advertisement
▼
Scroll to page 2
of 677
® Advanced Test Equipment Rentals www.atecorp.com 800-404-ATEC (2832) E stablished 1981 Service Manual Agilent Technologies 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A/40A/50A Synthesized Sweepers Serial Number Prefixes: This manual applies to any instrument with the following model number and serial number prefix combinations. You may have to modify this manual so that it applies directly to your instrument version. Refer to the “Instrument History” chapter. Agilent Technologies 83620A/22A/24A 3420A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A Agilent Technologies 83623A 3420A, 3339A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A Agilent Technologies 83630A 3420A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A, 3143A, 3101A Agilent Technologies 83640A 3420A, 3339A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A Agilent Technologies 83650A 3420A, 3250A, 3245A, 3213A, 3145A, 3143A, 3052A Part Number: 08360-90049 Printed in USA November 1995 © Copyright 1997-2000 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Notice The material contained in this document is provided “as is”, and is subject to being changed, without notice, in future editions. Further, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Agilent disclaims all warranties, either express or implied with regard to this manual and to any of the Agilent products to which it pertains, including but not limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Agilent shall not be liable for errors or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, use, or performance of this document or any of the Agilent products to which it pertains. Should Agilent have a written contract with the User and should any of the contract terms conflict with these terms, the contract terms shall control. Questions or Comments about our Documentation? We welcome any questions or comments you may have about our documentation. Please send us an E-mail at [email protected]. ii Notice Hewlett-Packard to Agilent Technologies Transition This manual may contain references to HP or Hewlett-Packard. Please note that HewlettPackard's former test and measurement, semiconductor products and chemical analysis businesses are now part of Agilent Technologies. To reduce potential confusion, the only change to product numbers and names has been in the company name prefix: where a product name/number was HP XXXX the current name/number is now Agilent XXXX. For example, model number HP 8648 is now model number Agilent 8648. Contacting Agilent Sales and Service Offices The sales and service contact information in this manual may be out of date. The latest service and contact information for your location can be found on the Web at: http://www.agilent.com/find/assist If you do not have access to the Internet, contact your field engineer. In any correspondence or telephone conversation, refer to your instrument by its model number and full serial number. Printed in USA July 2004 Certification Hewlett-Packard Company certies that this product met its published specications at the time of shipment from the factory. Hewlett-Packard further certies that its calibration measurements are traceable to the United States National Institute of Standards and Technology, to the extent allowed by the Institute's calibration facility, and to the calibration facilities of other International Standards Organization members. Warranty This Hewlett-Packard instrument product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year from date of shipment. During the warranty period, Hewlett-Packard Company will, at its option, either repair or replace products which prove to be defective. For warranty service or repair, this product must be returned to a service facility designated by Hewlett-Packard. Buyer shall prepay shipping charges to Hewlett-Packard and Hewlett-Packard shall pay shipping charges to return the product to Buyer. However, Buyer shall pay all shipping charges, duties, and taxes for products returned to Hewlett-Packard from another country. Hewlett-Packard warrants that its software and rmware designated by Hewlett-Packard for use with an instrument will execute its programming instructions when properly installed on that instrument. Hewlett-Packard does not warrant that the operation of the instrument, or software, or rmware will be uninterrupted or error-free. Limitation of Warranty The foregoing warranty shall not apply to defects resulting from improper or inadequate maintenance by Buyer, Buyer-supplied software or interfacing, unauthorized modication or misuse, operation outside of the environmental specications for the product, or improper site preparation or maintenance. NO OTHER WARRANTY IS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. HEWLETTPACKARD SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Exclusive Remedies THE REMEDIES PROVIDED HEREIN ARE BUYER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES. HEWLETT-PACKARD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. Assistance Product maintenance agreements and other customer assistance agreements are available for Hewlett-Packard products. For any assistance, contact your nearest Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Oce. c Copyright Hewlett-Packard Company 1995 All Rights Reserved. Reproduction, adaptation, or translation without prior written permission is prohibited, except as allowed under the copyright laws. 1400 Fountaingrove Parkway, Santa Rosa CA, 95403-1799, USA Safety Notes The following safety notes are used throughout this manual. Familiarize yourself with each of the notes and its meaning before operating this instrument. WARNING Warning denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure which, if not correctly performed or adhered to, could result in injury or loss of life. Do not proceed beyond a warning note until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met. CAUTION Caution denotes a hazard. It calls attention to a procedure that, if not correctly performed or adhered to, would result in damage to or destruction of the instrument. Do not proceed beyond a caution sign until the indicated conditions are fully understood and met. v General Safety Considerations WARNING vi These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only. To avoid electrical shock, do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so. The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose dangerous voltages. Disconnect the instrument from all voltage sources while it is being opened. The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch. The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply. This is a Safety Class I product (provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord). The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact. Any interruption of the protective conductor, inside or outside the instrument, is likely to make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is prohibited. For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse only with same type and rating (F 5A/250V). The use of other fuses or material is prohibited. CAUTION Always use the three-prong ac power cord supplied with this instrument. Failure to ensure adequate earth grounding by not using this cord may cause instrument damage. Before switching on this product, make sure that the line voltage selector switch is set to the voltage of the power supply and the correct fuse is installed. Assure the supply voltage is in the specied range. This product is designed for use in Installation Category II and Pollution Degree 2 per IEC 1010 and 664 respectively. Ventilation Requirements: When installing the product in a cabinet, the convection into and out of the product must not be restricted. The ambient temperature (outside the cabinet) must be less than the maximum operating temperature of the product by 4 C for every 100 watts dissipated in the cabinet. If the total power dissipated in the cabinet is greater than 800 watts, then forced convection must be used. Before Applying Power Verify that the product is congured to match the available main power source per the input power conguration instructions provided in this manual. If this product is to be energized via an autotransformer make sure the common terminal is connected to the neutral (grounded side of the mains supply). vii viii Preface This manual provides service information for the HP 8360 Series Synthesized Sweepers. Manual Conventions 4Front-Panel Key5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Softkey Screen Text This represents a key physically located on the instrument. This indicates a \softkey," a key whose label is determined by the rmware of the instrument. This indicates text displayed on the instrument's screen. ix Instruments Covered By This Manual This manual applies to instruments having a serial number prex listed on the title page (behind the \Documentation Map" tab). Some changes may have to be made to this manual so that it applies directly to each instrument; refer to Chapter 12, \Instrument History", to see what changes may apply to your instrument. A serial number label (Figure 0-1) is attached to the instrument's rear panel. A prex (four digits followed by a letter), and a sux (ve digits unique to each instrument), comprise the instrument serial number. Figure 0-1. Typical Serial Number Label This manual applies to HP 8360 synthesized sweepers having a model number and serial number prex listed on the title page (behind the \Documentation Map" tab). Some changes may have to be made to this manual so that it applies directly to each instrument; refer to Chapter 12, \Instrument History" in this manual to see what changes may apply to your instrument. Compliance This instrument has been designed and tested in accordance with IEC Publication 348, Safety Requirements for Electronic Measuring Apparatus, and has been supplied in a safe condition. The instruction documentation contains information and warnings which must be followed by the user to ensure safe operation and to maintain the instrument in a safe condition. x Sales and Service Offices Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Offices US FIELD OPERATIONS Headquarters California, Northern California, Southern Hewlett-Packard Co. 19320 Pruneridge Avenue Cupertino, CA 95014 (800) 752-0900 Hewlett-Packard Co. 301 E. Evelyn Mountain View, CA 94041 (415) 694-2000 Hewlett-Packard Co. 1421 South Manhattan Ave. Fullerton, CA 92631 (714) 999-6700 Colorado Georgia Illinois New Jersey Texas Hewlett-Packard Co. 24 Inverness Place, East Englewood, CO 80112 (303) 649-5512 Hewlett-Packard Co. 2000 South Park Place Atlanta, GA 30339 (404) 955-1500 Hewlett-Packard Co. 150 Green Pond Rd. Rockaway, NJ 07866 (201) 586-5400 Hewlett-Packard Co. 5201 Tollview Drive Rolling Meadows, IL 60008 (708) 255-9800 Hewlett-Packard Co. 930 E. Campbell Rd. Richardson, TX 75081 (214) 231-6101 EUROPEAN FIELD OPERATIONS Headquarters Hewlett-Packard S.A. 150, Route du Nant-d'Avril 1217 Meyrin 2/Geneva Switzerland (41 22) 780.8111 France Hewlett-Packard France 1 Avenue Du Canada Zone D'Activite De Courtaboeuf F-91947 Les Ulis Cedex France (33 1) 69 82 60 60 Germany Hewlett-Packard GmbH Hewlett-Packard Strasse 61352 Bad Homburg v.d.H Germany (49 6172) 16-0 Great Britain Hewlett-Packard Ltd. Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 5DZ England (44 734) 696622 xi Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Offices (continued) INTERCON FIELD OPERATIONS Headquarters Hewlett-Packard Company 3495 Deer Creek Road Palo Alto, California, USA 94304-1316 (415) 857-5027 Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd. Hewlett-Packard (Canada) Ltd. 31-41 Joseph Street 17500 South Service Road Blackburn, Victoria 3130 Trans-Canada Highway (61 3) 895-2895 Kirkland, Quebec H9J 2X8 Canada (514) 697-4232 Australia Canada China Japan Singapore China Hewlett-Packard Company 38 Bei San Huan X1 Road Shuang Yu Shu Hai Dian District Beijing, China (86 1) 256-6888 Taiwan Hewlett-Packard Taiwan 8th Floor, H-P Building 337 Fu Hsing North Road Taipei, Taiwan (886 2) 712-0404 xii Hewlett-Packard Japan, Ltd. 1-27-15 Yabe, Sagamihara Kanagawa 229, Japan (81 427) 59-1311 Hewlett-Packard Singapore (Pte.) Ltd. 150 Beach Road #29-00 Gateway West Singapore 0718 (65) 291-9088 Contents 1. Equipment Required HP 83620A/22A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . HP 83623A/24A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . HP 83630A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP 83640A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HP 83650A Required Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Performance Tests How to Use This Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator's Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation Verication Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automated Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation Verication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Self-tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Power Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Maximum Leveled Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PERFORMANCE TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Swept Frequency Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Frequency Switching Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CW Frequency Switching Time (Across Bandswitch Points) Stepped Sweep Frequency Switching Time (Within a Frequency Band) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1-9 1-16 1-23 1-30 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-4 2-4 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-7 2-8 2-12 2-22 2-23 2-24 Contents-1 Frequency List Frequency Switching Time (Across Bandswitch Points) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Power Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeter Band Power Flatness > 20 GHz and 40 GHz Millimeter Band Power Flatness > 40 GHz . . . . . . . 6. Maximum Leveled Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. External Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. Spurious Signals (Harmonics & Subharmonics) . . . . . . Harmonic Measurement < 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . Harmonic Measurement 20 to 26.5 GHz . . . . . . . . Harmonic Measurement 26.5 to 40 GHz . . . . . . . . Harmonic Measurement 38 to 50 GHz . . . . . . . . . Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure < 20 GHz Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure > 20 GHz 9. Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed Spurious Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Band Oset Spurious Signals . . . . . . . . . . . Low Band Mixer Spurs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10. Spurious Signals (Line-Related) . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. Single Sideband Phase Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. Pulse Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rise and Fall Times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pulse Leveling Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14. Pulse Performance (Alternate Procedure) . . . . . . . . Rise and Fall Times < 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . Pulse Leveling Accuracy < 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . Rise and Fall Times > 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . Pulse Leveling Accuracy > 20 GHz . . . . . . . . . . 15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough . . . . . . . . . System Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Band Video Feedthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Feedthrough > 2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16. AM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 2-28 2-31 2-32 2-33 2-33 2-33 2-34 2-37 2-40 2-41 2-43 2-45 2-46 2-47 2-48 2-50 2-51 2-53 2-54 2-56 2-60 2-65 2-68 2-68 2-73 2-76 2-76 2-81 2-83 2-85 2-87 2-89 2-90 2-91 2-95 2-96 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. Low Band < 2 GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Band > 2 GHz and < 20 GHz . . . . . . . High Band > 20 GHz { Doubler Engaged . . . . AM Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Normal AM Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . Deep AM Dynamic Range . . . . . . . . . . . FM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External FM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal FM (Option 002 only) . . . . . . . . . FM Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Quadrature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC FM Flatness (Unlocked) . . . . . . . . . . Maximum FM Deviation . . . . . . . . . . . . DC FM (100 Hz) (Using HP 8111A or HP 8116A) AC FM (at 100 kHz) (Using HP 3325A) . . . . . Internal Pulse Accuracy (Option 002) . . . . . . Modulation Meter (Option 002) . . . . . . . . . 3. Adjustments How To Use This Chapter . . . . . . . Menu Maps . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . Cautions And Warnings . . . . . . . . List of Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . 1. 10 MHz Standard . . . . . . . . . Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval . An Alternate Method . . . . . . . 2. Fractional-N VCO . . . . . . . . . 3. Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs 125 kHz Reference Spur Adjustment . API 1 Spur Adjustment . . . . . . API 2 Spur Adjustment . . . . . . 4. Sweep Ramp . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. Sampler Assembly . . . . . . . . . 200 MHz Loop VCO Tune Check . . Sampler Match Adjustment . . . . 200 MHz Loop Gain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-96 2-99 2-101 2-104 2-107 2-109 2-110 2-114 2-114 2-116 2-118 2-121 2-122 2-124 2-125 2-126 2-131 2-133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 3-1 3-2 3-2 3-4 3-5 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-13 3-14 3-16 3-16 3-18 3-19 3-20 3-21 3-22 Contents-3 IF Gain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. YO Driver +10V Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. YO Driver Gain and Linearity . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. YO Loop Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oset and Gain Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting to the Center of the Passband . . . . . . SRD Bias Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments . . . Setting the Fastest Sweep Time . . . . . . . . . . Sweep Speed Related Adjustments . . . . . . . . YTM Bandcross Delay Terms . . . . . . . . . . General Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . YTM Gain Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 1 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 2 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 3 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A only) . . Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . . Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . . Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only) . . . . . . . Multi-band Amplier/Multiplier Delay Compensation Band 4 Multi-band Amplier/Multiplier Delay Compensation (HP 83630A/40A/50A only) . . . Verication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10. Amplier/Filter Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustment Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oset and Gain Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . Squegg Clamp Calibration Constants . . . . . . . Adjusting for the Center of the Passband . . . . . Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments . . . Setting the Fastest Sweep Time . . . . . . . . . . Sweep Speed Related Adjustments . . . . . . . . YTF Bandcross Delay Terms . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amplier/Filter Oset and Gain Adjustment . . . . . Contents-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 3-24 3-26 3-29 3-31 3-32 3-32 3-32 3-32 3-32 3-33 3-33 3-33 3-33 3-34 3-39 3-39 3-40 3-41 3-43 3-44 3-44 3-45 3-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47 3-48 3-49 3-50 3-50 3-50 3-50 3-51 3-51 3-51 3-51 3-54 3-58 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Band 1 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 2 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 3 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A only) . . Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . . Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . . Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only) . . . . . . . Auto Tracking Verication . . . . . . . . . . . . Single-Band Amplier/Filter Delay . . . . . . . . Band 1 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 2 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 3 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A) . . . . Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . . Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only) . . . . Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only) . . . . . . . Multi-band YTF Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . Band 4 Multi-band YTF Delay (HP 83630A/40A/50A only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Power SRD Bias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modulator Oset and Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALC Power Level Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Band ALC Power Accuracy Adjustment . . . . . High Band Power Accuracy Adjustment . . . . . . . Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . . . . Millimeter Band Power Flatness . . . . . . . . . . AM/FM DAC Oset and Gain (Option 002) . . . . . AM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM Oset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Log AM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linear AM Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Wave Symmetry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Band Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 3-61 3-63 3-65 3-67 3-68 3-68 3-69 3-72 3-73 3-74 3-75 3-76 3-76 3-77 3-78 3-79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82 3-83 3-84 3-86 3-91 3-93 3-95 3-97 3-98 3-98 3-99 3-100 3-102 3-103 3-103 3-104 3-106 3-109 3-112 3-112 Contents-5 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. Low Band Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . AM Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . A. A10 Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. A8 Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . A. A11 Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. A8 Jumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modulation Generator Flatness (Option 002) External Trigger Edge Selection . . . . . . Triggering on the Leading Edge . . . . . . Triggering on the Trailing Edge . . . . . . Volts/GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Calibration Constants Denition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . Protected Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . Default Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checksum Verication . . . . . . . . . . . Calibration Constant Password . . . . . . . Entering a Password . . . . . . . . . . Disabling a Password . . . . . . . . . . Setting a Password . . . . . . . . . . . Bypassing the Password . . . . . . . . . Changing Working Data Calibration Constants Saving Working Data Calibration Constants . Loading Protected Data Calibration Constants Loading Default Data Calibration Constants . Calibration Constant Descriptions . . . . . . 5. Automated Tests Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up the System . . . . . . . . . . . Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . . Operating System Requirements . . . . . Installing the Software . . . . . . . . . . . Disk Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113 3-114 3-115 3-116 3-117 3-118 3-119 3-120 3-123 3-124 3-124 3-125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-2 4-3 4-3 4-4 4-4 4-5 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-7 4-8 4-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-3 5-3 Make Working Copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing the Program onto a Hard Disk . . . . . . . Operating from a Floppy Disk . . . . . . . . . . . Running the Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conguration Limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading the Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reporting Software Bugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTOMATED PERFORMANCE TESTS . . . . . . . 1. Step Attenuator Flatness Test . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Power Flatness and Accuracy Test . . . . . . . . . AUTOMATED ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment . . . . . . . . 2. YO Delay Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. ADC Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Power Flatness Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Front Panel Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Calibration Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. Power Sensor Conguration and Calibration Factor File Loading Sensor Calibration Factors . . . . . . . . . To Load Sensor Cal Factors: . . . . . . . . . . . Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Menu Maps ALC Menu . . . Frequency Menu Marker Menu . . Modulation Menu Power Menu . . Service Menu . . Sweep Menu . . System Menu . . User Cal Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 5-3 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-6 5-7 5-7 5-9 5-12 5-12 5-14 5-15 5-16 5-19 5-19 5-22 5-22 5-23 5-23 5-23 5-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 6-5 6-7 6-9 6-11 6-13 6-15 6-17 6-19 Contents-7 7. Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description and Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Preliminary Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Front Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. A3 Front Panel Processor Removal . . . . . . . . . 4. A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal . . . . . . . . 5. A2 Source Module Interface Removal . . . . . . . . 6. RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator Removal . . . . . . . 7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal . . . . . . . . . 8. Front Panel BNC Connectors Removal . . . . . . . 9. A1 Keyboard Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10. Display Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. A1 Keyboard Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. Front Panel Reassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . . Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description and Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Preliminary Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. B1 Fan Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. Rear Panel BNC Connectors Removal and Aux Output Disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Option 004) . . . 5. Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. A23 10 MHz Reference Standard Removal . . . . . . 7. T1 Transformer Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal . . . . . . . . . 9. Voltage Selector Switch Removal . . . . . . . . . . 10. Fuse Housing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. FL1 Line Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal . . . . . . . RF Deck Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . . . Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description and Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1. Preliminary Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Lift Up the RF Deck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 7-4 7-4 7-4 7-6 7-8 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 7-15 7-17 7-18 7-21 7-22 7-25 7-26 7-26 7-26 7-28 7-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 7-32 7-34 7-36 7-37 7-38 7-40 7-42 7-43 7-44 7-45 7-45 7-45 7-47 7-47 3. A20 RF Interface Removal . . . . . . . . . . 4. Microcircuit Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . Motherboard Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description and Procedure . . . . . . . . . . 1. Preliminary Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2. Front Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 3. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Front Panel) 4. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Option 004) 5. Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. Major Assemblies Removal . . . . . . . . . 7. RF Deck Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8. Motherboard Removal . . . . . . . . . . . 8. Post{Repair 9. Replaceable Parts Module{Exchange Program . . . . . . . . Replacement Information . . . . . . . . . Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . How to Order Parts . .. Fast! . . . . . . . 10. Preventive Maintenance How to Clean the Fan Filter . . . . . . . . How to Clean the Display Filter . . . . . . How to Replace the Line Fuse . . . . . . . How to Replace the CPU Battery (A15BT1) . Removal/Replacement . . . . . . . . . . Connector Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. Option Retrots Add Attenuator (Add Option 001) . . . . . Delete Attenuator (Delete Option 001) . . . Add Modulation/Generator (Add Option 002) Delete Keyboard/Display (Add Option 003) . Add Keyboard/Display (Delete Option 003) . Rear Panel RF Output (Add Option 004) . . Front Panel RF Output (Delete Option 004) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52 7-54 7-70 7-70 7-70 7-72 7-74 7-76 7-78 7-79 7-81 7-83 7-85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9-2 9-2 9-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 10-4 10-5 10-7 10-7 10-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-6 11-7 11-8 Contents-9 1 Hz Capability (Add Option 008) . . . . . . . . MATE Compatibility (Add Option 700) . . . . . . Rack Mount Slide Kit (Add Option 806) . . . . . . Rack Flange Kit Without Handles (Add Option 908) Extra Manual Set (Add Option 910) . . . . . . . Rack Flange Kit With Handles (Add Option 913) . . 12. Instrument History How to Use Instrument History . . . . . . . . . Change F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A10 ALC Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough . . . . . Change D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A20 RF Interface Assembly . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . B1 Fan Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . Change C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amplier/Filter Adjustment . . . . . . . . . A30 Directional Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . Change B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough . . . . System Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . Video Gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Band Video Feedthrough . . . . . . . High Band Video Feedthrough . . . . . . . Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough > 20 GHz Index Contents-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-9 11-9 11-10 11-10 11-11 11-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 12-3 12-3 12-5 12-5 12-11 12-11 12-11 12-13 12-15 12-15 12-15 12-27 12-29 12-30 12-31 12-33 12-33 12-37 12-37 Figures 0-1. 2-1. 2-2. 2-3. 2-4. 2-5. 2-6. 2-7. 2-8. 2-9. 2-10. 2-11. 2-12. 2-13. 2-14. 2-15. 2-16. 2-17. 2-18. 2-19. 2-20. 2-21. 2-22. 2-23. 2-24. 2-25. 2-26. 2-27. 2-28. Typical Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Timebase: Aging Rate Test Setup . . . . . Swept Frequency Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . Video Signal on the Oscilloscope . . . . . . . . . Frequency Switching Time Test Setup . . . . . . . Power Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . Power Flatness Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum Leveled Power Test Setup . . . . . . . External Leveling Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . Spurious Signals (Harmonic) Test Setup < 20 GHz . Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Test Setup > 20 GHz . Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) Test Setup . . . . Spurious signals (Line-Related) Test Setup . . . . . Single Sideband Phase Noise Test Setup . . . . . . Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio Test Setup . . . . Pulse Performance Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . Pulse Envelope Displayed Over 5 Divisions . . . . . Widened Pulse Envelope . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pulse Performance Test Setup < 20 GHz . . . . . . Signal Level between RF Power O and On . . . . Pulse Performance Test Setup >20 GHz . . . . . . Video Feedthrough Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . Measuring Maximum Voltage from the Baseline Video Feedthrough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM Accuracy Test Setup Low Band . . . . . . . . AM Accuracy Test Setup < 20 GHz . . . . . . . . AM Accuracy Test Setup > 20 GHz . . . . . . . . AM Bandwidth Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . AM Dynamic Range Test Setup . . . . . . . . . FM Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . x 2-9 2-12 2-16 2-22 2-28 2-31 2-34 2-37 2-40 2-43 2-50 2-56 2-61 2-65 2-68 2-72 2-73 2-77 2-80 2-83 2-88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-93 2-97 2-99 2-101 2-104 2-108 2-114 Contents-11 2-29. 2-30. 2-31. 2-32. 3-1. 3-2. 3-3. 3-4. 3-5. 3-6. 3-7. 3-8. 3-9. 3-10. 3-11. 3-12. 3-13. 3-14. 3-15. 3-16. 3-17. 3-18. 3-19. 3-20. 3-21. 3-22. 3-23. 3-24. 3-25. 3-26. 3-27. 3-28. 3-29. 3-30. 3-31. 3-32. 3-33. 3-34. FM Bandwidth Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum FM Deviation Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . Pulse Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modulation Meter Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . . 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Location . . . . . . . . . Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval . . . . . . . . . . A4L1 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fractional-N Reference and API Spur Adjustment Setup . . Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs Adjustment Locations FL2 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sampler Match Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . . IF Gain Adjustment Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . YO Driver +10V Reference Adjustment Location . . . . . YO Gain and Linearity Break Points . . . . . . . . . . YO Gain and Linearity Adjustment Locations . . . . . . Switch and Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments Setup . . . . . . . . . A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations . . . . . . . . . Single-Band Delay and Risetime Compensation . . . . . . Multi-Band Delay and Risetime Compensation . . . . . . Amplier/Filter Adjustments Setup . . . . . . . . . . . XA10J2 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations . . . . . . . . . Low Power SRD Bias Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . A9R105 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modulator Oset and Gain Adjustment Setup . . . . . . ALC Power Level Accuracy Adjustment Setup . . . . . . A10R125 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Flatness Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . A8R111 and A8R105 Adjustment Locations . . . . . . . AM Accuracy Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . A10R35 and A10R39 Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM Delay Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AM Delay Adjustment Location . . . . . . . . . . . . FM Gain Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM Gain Adjustment Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Wave Symmetry Adjustment Setup . . . . . . . . Contents-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-120 2-124 2-131 2-133 3-6 3-7 3-9 3-11 3-14 3-15 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-24 3-26 3-27 3-29 3-34 3-42 3-52 3-53 3-54 3-55 3-63 3-84 3-85 3-86 3-91 3-94 3-97 3-100 3-102 3-104 3-106 3-108 3-109 3-111 3-112 3-35. 3-36. 3-37. 3-38. 3-39. 3-40. 3-41. 5-1. 5-2. 7-1. 7-2. 7-3. 7-4. 7-5. 7-6. 7-7. 7-8. 7-9. 7-10. 7-11. 7-12. 7-13. 7-14. 7-15. 7-16. 7-17. 7-18. 7-19. 7-20. 7-21. 7-22. 7-23. 7-24. 7-25. 7-26. 7-27. 7-28. 7-29. A10 Jumper Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . A8 Jumper Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM Input Impedance Jumper Locations . . . . . A8 Jumper Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modulation Generator Flatness Adjustment Setup External Trigger Edge Selection Location . . . . A12S1 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Step Attenuator Flatness Test Setup . . . . . . Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment Setup . . . Cable Routing Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . Front Edge Trim Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Screw Locations . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations . Front Panel Processor Cables . . . . . . . . . . Display Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Source Module Interface Removal . . . . . . . . RPG Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing RF Output Connector (Front Panel) . . Front Panel BNC Locations . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . Keypad and Anti-rock Sheets . . . . . . . . . . Display Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Assembly Screw Locations . . . . . . Rear Panel Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . B1 Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel BNC Connector Locations . . . . . . Removing RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel Cable Locations . . . . . . . . . . Reference Standard Mountings . . . . . . . . . Transformer Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal . . . . . . . Voltage Selection Switch Removal . . . . . . . . Fuse, Line Filter, and Ground Wires . . . . . . Rear Panel Fuse Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . Line Filter Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-115 3-116 3-118 3-119 3-120 3-123 3-126 5-8 5-13 7-3 7-5 7-7 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 7-15 7-17 7-19 7-20 7-21 7-23 7-24 7-27 7-30 7-31 7-32 7-34 7-35 7-36 7-37 7-39 7-40 7-41 7-42 7-43 Contents-13 7-30. 7-31. 7-32. 7-33. 7-34. 7-35. 7-36. 7-37. 7-38. 7-39. 7-40. 7-41. 7-42. 7-43. 7-44. 7-45. 7-46. 7-47. 7-48. 7-49. 7-50. 7-51. 7-52. 7-53. 7-54. 7-55. 7-56. 7-57. 7-58. 7-59. 7-60. 7-61. 7-62. 9-1. 9-2. Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal . . . . . . . . . . . RF Deck Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing RF Output Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . W51 RF Cable Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Deck in the Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . A20 RF Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A . . . . . . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Option 001 . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Option 006 . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Options 001 and 006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A . . . . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001 RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006 RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A . . . . . . . . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A Option 001 . . . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83624A . . . . . . . . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83624A Option 001 . . . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A/24A Option 006 . . . RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A/24A Options 001 and 006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Deck Screw Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motherboard Disassembly Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . Front Edge Trim Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Screw Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations . . . . . . Removing RF Output Connector (Front Panel) . . . . . . . Removing RF Output Connector (Option 004) . . . . . . . Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel Cable Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Major Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . W51 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motherboard Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motherboard Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Module Exchange Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Major Assemblies (1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contents-14 7-44 7-46 7-48 7-49 7-51 7-53 7-55 7-56 7-57 7-58 7-59 7-60 7-61 7-62 7-63 7-64 7-65 7-66 7-67 7-68 7-69 7-71 7-73 7-74 7-75 7-76 7-78 7-79 7-80 7-82 7-83 7-85 7-86 9-4 9-5 9-2. 9-2. 9-2. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-3. 9-4. 9-5. 9-6. 9-6. 9-6. 9-7. 9-8. 9-9. 9-10. 9-11. 9-12. 9-13. 9-14. 9-15. 10-1. 10-2. 10-3. 12-1. Major Assemblies (2 of 4) . . . . . . . . . Major Assemblies (3 of 4) . . . . . . . . . Major Assemblies (4 of 4) . . . . . . . . . Cables (1 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (2 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (3 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (4 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (5 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (6 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (7 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (8 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (9 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (10 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (11 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (12 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (13 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (14 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (15 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (16 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables (17 of 17) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel, Casting and Keypad . . . . . . Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (1 of 3) . . Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (2 of 3) . . Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (3 of 3) . . Rear Panel Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . Bottom View, Attaching Hardware . . . . . Top View, Attaching Hardware . . . . . . . Left Side View, Attaching Hardware . . . . . Right Side View, Attaching Hardware . . . . RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware RF Connector and Attaching Hardware . . . Chassis Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Removing the Fan Filter . . . . . . . . . . Replacing the Line Fuse . . . . . . . . . . A15BT1 Battery Location . . . . . . . . . Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 . 9-7 . 9-8 . 9-14 . 9-15 . 9-16 . 9-17 . 9-18 . 9-19 . 9-20 . 9-21 . 9-22 . 9-23 . 9-24 . 9-25 . 9-26 . 9-27 . 9-28 . 9-29 . 9-30 . 9-37 . 9-39 . 9-40 . 9-41 . 9-42 . 9-43 . 9-46 . 9-48 . 9-49 . 9-51 . 9-52 . 9-53 . 9-55 . 9-56 . 10-3 . 10-6 . 10-7 . 12-55 Contents-15 Tables 1-1. 1-2. 1-3. 1-4. 1-5. 2-1. 2-2. 2-3. 2-4. 2-5. 2-6. 2-7. 2-8. 2-9. 2-10. 2-11. 2-12. 2-13. 2-14. 2-15. 2-16. 2-17. 2-18. 2-19. 2-20. 2-21. 2-22. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A . . . . . . . . . Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A . . . . . . . . . Required Equipment for HP 83630A . . . . . . . . . . . . Required Equipment for HP 83640A . . . . . . . . . . . . Required Equipment for HP 83650A . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation Verication Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Swept Frequency Accuracy Instrument Settings . . . . . . . Additional Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional Instrument Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CW Frequency Switching Time Settings . . . . . . . . . . Power Accuracy Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start and Stop Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Determining the Actual Spur Frequencies . . . . . . . . . Low Band Spurious Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spectrum Analyzer Frequencies and Line Spur Frequencies and Harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Noise Measurement System Parameters . . . . . . . Frequency Setting for Phase Noise Measurements . . . . . . Pulse On/O Center Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synthesizer Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synthesizer and LO Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . Risetime and Falltime Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies . . . . . . . . . Power Level Conversions to Volts Peak . . . . . . . . . . Contents-16 1-2 1-9 1-16 1-23 1-30 2-6 2-15 2-17 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-24 2-29 2-41 2-42 2-45 2-52 2-54 2-58 2-63 2-64 2-66 2-69 2-78 2-84 2-91 2-94 2-23. 2-24. 2-25. 2-26. 2-27. 2-28. 2-29. 2-30. 2-33. 2-34. 2-35. 2-36. 2-37. 3-1. 3-2. 3-3. 3-4. 3-5. 3-6. 3-7. 3-8. 3-9. 3-10. 4-9. 4-10. 4-11. 5-1. 5-2. 5-3. 5-4. 8-1. 9-1. 9-2. 9-3. 9-4. 9-5. Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies . . . . . . Synthesizer Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Meter Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Signal Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synthesizer Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synthesizer Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC FM Test Pass-Fail Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FM Deviation Frequencies and Settings . . . . . . . . . . Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A . . . . . . . . . Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A . . . . . . . . . . Test Record for HP 83630A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Record for HP 83640A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Record for HP 83650A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Summary of Fractional-N Reference & API Spurs Adjustment Calibration Constant Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Start and Stop Frequencies (GHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amplier/Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values . . Frequency Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALC Oset Calibration Constant Default Values . . . . . . Center Frequencies and Calibration Constants . . . . . . . ALC Calibration Constants and Default Values . . . . . . . Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment . . . . . Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment . . . . . Calibration Constant Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardware Conguration Cal Constants #463 and #464 . . . Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Required Binaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Test Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Synthesizer Hardkey Emulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Designations and Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . Major Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Panel, Casting and Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-95 2-106 2-110 2-112 2-115 2-122 2-126 2-129 2-135 2-143 2-151 2-159 2-167 3-13 3-36 3-48 3-56 3-71 3-87 3-90 3-93 3-94 3-95 4-10 4-33 4-35 5-2 5-7 5-13 5-20 8-1 9-3 9-9 9-31 9-38 9-39 Contents-17 9-6. 9-7. 9-7. 9-8. 9-9. 9-10. 9-11. 9-12. 9-13. 9-14. 9-15. 9-16. 12-1. Front Panel, Attaching Hardware . . . . . . Rear Panel (1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel (2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . Bottom View, Attaching Hardware . . . . . Top View, Attaching Hardware . . . . . . . Left Side View, Attaching Hardware . . . . . Right Side View, Attaching Hardware . . . . RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware RF Connector and Attaching Hardware . . . Chassis Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories . . . . Rear Panel Fan Assembly . . . . . . . . . Contents-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-40 . 9-44 . 9-45 . 9-47 . 9-48 . 9-50 . 9-51 . 9-52 . 9-54 . 9-55 . 9-57 . 9-58 . 12-13 1 Equipment Required HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-1 HP 83620A/22A HP 83620A/22A Required Equipment Table 1-1 Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Spectrum Analyzer HP 8566B2 Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 20 GHz Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to 80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum) Video Output: DC voltage proportional to vertical position of trace on display Capable of phase locking to external 10 MHz reference Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Non-harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Fractional{N Reference and API Spurs (A) FM Gain (A) Square Wave Symmetry (A) Analog Oscilloscope A vs B Sweep Mode Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Bandwidth: 100 MHz HP 1740A/ HP 54600B Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) HP 83620/ HP 8340A/B2 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) Local Oscillator (Synthesized Sweeper) Spectrum Analyzer with Tracking Generator Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz HP 3585A/B AM Bandwidth (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Controller 4 Mbyte RAM BASIC 5.1 HP-IB HP 9836/HP 9920/ HP 310/HP 320 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-2 Required Equipment HP 83620A/22A HP 8360 Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Use1 Recommended Model Software No Substitute (Shipped with synthesizer) HP P/N 08360-10001 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) DVM Range: 050 to +50 VDC Accuracy: 60.01% Input Impedance: 10 M HP 3456A2 / HP 3457A External Leveling (P) AM Accuracy (P) AM Bandwidth (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Modulation Meter (P) Low Power SRD Bias (A) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) ADC (AA) Digitizing Oscilloscope Dual Channel Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance: 1 M and 50 Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div Trigger: Event Triggerable HP 54110A/ HP 54111D2 / HP 54222A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) Modulation Generator Flatness (A) Digitizing Oscilloscope 3 dB Bandwidth: 20 GHz DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full scale 62 mV Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz: 40 mV p-p Trigger & Timebase Jitter: 2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy: 10 ps 60.1% of reading Channel Input Reection: 5% for 30 ps risetime HP 54124T Pulse Performance (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-3 HP 83620A/22A Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 1:1 HP 10437A Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 10:1 HP 10431A Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) Pulse Generator Pulse Width: 50 ns Rise Time: 10 ns Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Function Generator Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006 Amplitude Accuracy 100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB 100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB > 16 V p-p HP 3325A/B AM Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Modulation Meter (P) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) FM Gain (A) HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P) HP 8175A Function Generator Amplitude Range: Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 436A/ HP 437B/ HP 438A Power Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) AM Accuracy (A) Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 437B Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-4 Required Equipment HP 83620A/22A HP 8360 Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 438A Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8482A Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Power Flatness (AA) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W HP 8485D Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8485A Power Accuracy (P) Power Flatness (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) Power Flatness (A) AM Accuracy (A) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Attenuator Attenuation: 30 dB HP 11708A Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Measuring Receiver Frequency Range (tuned): 2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB AM Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth: to 99% Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count HP 8902A2 AM Accuracy (P) 60.05 dB at 50 MHz 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-5 HP 83620A/22A Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Range (carrier): 0.01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity: < 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset < 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset < 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset < 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset Oset Frequency Range: 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy: 62 dB to 1 MHz oset HP 3048A Single Sideband Phase Noise (P) Frequency Standard Frequency: 10 MHz Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr HP 5061A/HP 5071A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Microwave Amplier Frequency Range: 1.5 to 18 GHz Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm HP 8348A FM Bandwidth (P) Preamplier/ Power Amplier Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz Preamplier Gain: 25 dB Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB HP 8447F Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Delay Line Discriminator 1 meter of coax or Mixer Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 20 GHz (Norda 4817) FM Bandwidth (P) semirigid cable HP P/N 0955-0307 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP 11667B FM Bandwidth (P) Crystal Detector Frequency Range: DC to 20 GHz Maximum Input: 200 mW Polarity: Negative HP 33330D External Leveling (P) AM Bandwidth (P) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 6 dB HP 8493C Opt 006 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 1-6 Required Equipment HP 83620A/22A HP 8360 Table 1-1. Required Equipment for HP 83620A/22A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Use1 Recommended Model Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 10 dB HP 8493C Opt 010 Power Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) (2) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 20 dB HP 8493C Option 020 Maximum Leveled Power (P) Pulse Performance (P) 3.7 GHz Low Pass Filter HP P/N 9135-0191 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) 130 MHz Bessel Low Pass Filter Pulse Modulation Video K & L Microwave 5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P) 500 MHz Low Pass Filter Mini-Circuits SLP-550 Tool Kit No Substitute Invertron Capacitor 1000 pf Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) HP P/N 08360{60060 California Instruments 501TC Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) HP P/N 0160-4574 External Leveling (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-7 HP 83620A/22A The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments. SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter 1250-1159 SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter 1250-1158 SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter 1250-0669 SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter 1250-0672 SMB tee (f) (m) (m) 1250-1391 3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 5061-5311 1250-1745 1250-2187 1250-2188 11901C BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter BNC tee (m) (f) (f) 1250-0080 1250-0216 1250-1200 1250-1237 1250-0781 SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable HP-IB cable 2 meters 85680-60093 08340-20124 8120-2582 HP 10833B 1-8 Required Equipment HP 83623A/24A HP 8360 HP 83623A/24A Required Equipment Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Spectrum Analyzer HP 8566B2 Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 20 GHz Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to 80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum) Video Output: DC voltage proportional to vertical position of trace on display Capable of phase locking to external 10 MHz reference Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Non-harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Fractional{N Reference and API Spurs (A) FM Gain (A) Square Wave Symmetry (A) Analog Oscilloscope A vs B Sweep Mode Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Bandwidth: 100 MHz HP 1740A/ HP 54600B Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) HP 83620/ HP 8340A/B2 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) Local Oscillator (Synthesized Sweeper) Spectrum Analyzer with Tracking Generator Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz HP 3585A/B AM Bandwidth (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Controller 4 Mbyte RAM BASIC 5.1 HP-IB HP 9836/HP 9920/ HP 310/HP 320 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-9 HP 83623A/24A Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Software No Substitute (Shipped with synthesizer) HP P/N 08360-10001 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) DVM Range: 050 to +50 VDC Accuracy: 60.01% Input Impedance: 10 M HP 3456A2 / HP 3457A External Leveling (P) AM Accuracy (P) AM Bandwidth (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Modulation Meter (P) Low Power SRD Bias (A) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) ADC (AA) Digitizing Oscilloscope Dual Channel Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance: 1 M and 50 Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div Trigger: Event Triggerable HP 54110A/ HP 54111D2 / HP 54222A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) Modulation Generator Flatness (A) Digitizing Oscilloscope 3 dB Bandwidth: 20 GHz DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full scale 62 mV Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz: 40 mV p-p Trigger & Timebase Jitter: 2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy: 10 ps 60.1% of reading Channel Input Reection: 5% for 30 ps risetime HP 54124T Pulse Performance (P) Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 1:1 HP 10437A Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-10 Required Equipment HP 83623A/24A HP 8360 Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 10:1 HP 10431A Pulse Generator Pulse Width: 50 ns Rise Time: 10 ns Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Function Generator Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006 Amplitude Accuracy 100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB 100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB > 16 V p-p HP 3325A/B Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) AM Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Modulation Meter (P) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) FM Gain (A) HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P) HP 8175A Function Generator Amplitude Range: Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 436A/ HP 437B/ HP 438A Power Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) AM Accuracy (A) Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 437B Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 438A Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-11 HP 83623A/24A Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Power Sensor Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8482A Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Power Flatness (AA) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W HP 8485D Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 20 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8485A Power Accuracy (P) Power Flatness (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) Power Flatness (A) AM Accuracy (A) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Attenuator Attenuation: 30 dB 60.05 dB at 50 MHz HP 11708A Measuring Receiver Frequency Range (tuned): 2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB AM Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth: to 99% Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count HP 8902A2 Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Range (carrier): 0.01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity: < 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset < 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset < 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset < 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset Oset Frequency Range: 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy: 62 dB to 1 MHz oset HP 3048A Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) AM Accuracy (P) Single Sideband Phase Noise (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-12 Required Equipment HP 83623A/24A HP 8360 Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Frequency Standard Frequency: 10 MHz Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr HP 5061A/HP 5071A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Microwave Amplier Frequency Range: 1.5 to 18 GHz Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm HP 8348A FM Bandwidth (P) Preamplier/ Power Amplier Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz Preamplier Gain: 25 dB Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB HP 8447F Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Delay Line Discriminator 1 meter of coax or Mixer Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 20 GHz (Norda 4817) FM Bandwidth (P) semi-rigid cable HP P/N 0955-0307 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz HP 11667B FM Bandwidth (P) Crystal Detector Frequency Range: DC to 20 GHz Maximum Input: 200 mW Polarity: Negative HP 33330D External Leveling (P) AM Bandwidth (P) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 6 dB HP 8493C Opt 006 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 10 dB HP 8493C Opt 010 Power Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) (2) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 20 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 20 dB HP 8493C Option 020 Maximum Leveled Power (P) Pulse Performance (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-13 HP 83623A/24A Table 1-2. Required Equipment for HP 83623A/24A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) 3.7 GHz Low Pass Filter HP P/N 9135-0191 130 MHz Bessel Low Pass Filter Pulse Modulation Video K & L Microwave 5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P) 500 MHz Low Pass Filter Mini-Circuits SLP-550 Tool Kit No Substitute Invertron Capacitor 1000 pf Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) HP P/N 08360{60060 California Instruments 501TC Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) HP P/N 0160-4574 External Leveling (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 1-14 Required Equipment HP 83623A/24A HP 8360 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments. SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter 1250-1159 SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter 1250-1158 SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter 1250-0669 SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter 1250-0672 SMB tee (f) (m) (m) 1250-1391 3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 5061-5311 1250-1745 1250-2187 1250-2188 11901C BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter BNC tee (m) (f) (f) 1250-0080 1250-0216 1250-1200 1250-1237 1250-0781 SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable HP-IB cable 2 meters 85680-60093 08340-20124 8120-2582 HP 10833B HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-15 HP 83630A HP 83630A Required Equipment Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Spectrum Analyzer HP 8566B2 Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 22 GHz (26.5 GHz with external mixers) Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 22 GHz Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to 80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum) Video Output: DC voltage proportional to vertical position of trace on display Capable of phase locking to external 10 MHz reference Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Non-harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Fractional{N Reference and API Spurs (A) FM Gain (A) Square Wave Symmetry (A) Analog Oscilloscope A vs B Sweep Mode Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Bandwidth: 100 MHz HP 1740A/ HP 54600B Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) HP 83620/ HP 8340A/B2 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) Local Oscillator (Synthesized Sweeper) Spectrum Analyzer with Tracking Generator Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz HP 3585A/B AM Bandwidth (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Controller 4 Mbyte RAM BASIC 5.1 HP-IB HP 9836/HP 9920/ HP 310/HP 320 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-16 Required Equipment HP 83630A HP 8360 Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Software No Substitute (Shipped with synthesizer) HP P/N 08360-10001 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) DVM Range: 050 to +50 VDC Accuracy: 60.01% Input Impedance: 10 M HP 3456A2 / HP 3457A External Leveling (P) AM Accuracy (P) AM Bandwidth (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Modulation Meter (P) Low Power SRD Bias (A) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) ADC (AA) Digitizing Oscilloscope Dual Channel Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance: 1 M and 50 Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div Trigger: Event Triggerable HP 54110A/ HP 54111D2 / HP 54222A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) Modulation Generator Flatness (A) Digitizing Oscilloscope 3 dB Bandwidth: 26.5 GHz DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full scale 62 mV Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz: 40 mV p-p Trigger & Timebase Jitter: 2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy: 10 ps 60.1% of reading Channel Input Reection: 5% for 30 ps risetime HP 54124T Pulse Performance (P) Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 1:1 HP 10437A Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-17 HP 83630A Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 10:1 HP 10431A Pulse Generator Pulse Width: 50 ns Rise Time: 10 ns Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Function Generator Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006 Amplitude Accuracy 100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB 100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB > 16 V p-p HP 3325A/B Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) AM Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Modulation Meter (P) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) FM Gain (A) HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P) HP 8175A Function Generator Amplitude Range: Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 436A/ HP 437B/ HP 438A Power Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) AM Accuracy (A) Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 437B Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 438A Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-18 Required Equipment HP 83630A HP 8360 Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Power Sensor Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8482A Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Power Flatness (AA) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 26.5 GHz Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W HP 8485D Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 26.5 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8485A Power Accuracy (P) Power Flatness (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) Power Flatness (A) AM Accuracy (A) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Attenuator Attenuation: 30 dB HP 11708A Measuring Receiver Frequency Range (tuned): 2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB AM Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth: to 99% Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count HP 8902A2 Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Range (carrier): 0.01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity: < 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset < 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset < 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset < 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset Oset Frequency Range: 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy: 62 dB to 1 MHz oset HP 3048A 60.05 dB at 50 MHz AM Accuracy (P) Single Sideband Phase Noise (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-19 HP 83630A Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Frequency Standard Frequency: 10 MHz Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr HP 5061A/HP 5071A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Microwave Amplier Frequency Range: 1.5 to 26.5 GHz Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm HP 8348B FM Bandwidth (P) Preamplier/ Power Amplier Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz Preamplier Gain: 25 dB Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB HP 8447F Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Delay Line Discriminator 1 meter of coax or Mixer Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 26.5 GHz (Norda 4817) FM Bandwidth (P) semi-rigid cable HP P/N 0955-0307 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz HP 11667B FM Bandwidth (P) Crystal Detector Frequency Range: DC to 26.5 GHz Maximum Input: 200 mW Polarity: Negative HP 33330D External Leveling (P) AM Bandwidth (P) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 6 dB HP 8493C Opt 006 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 10 dB HP 8493C Opt 010 Power Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) (2) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 1-20 Required Equipment HP 83630A HP 8360 Table 1-3. Required Equipment for HP 83630A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 HP 8493C Option 020 Maximum Leveled Power (P) Pulse Performance (P) 3.7 GHz Low Pass Filter HP P/N 9135-0191 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) 130 MHz Bessel Low Pass Filter Pulse Modulation Video K & L Microwave 5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P) 500 MHz Low Pass Filter Mini-Circuits SLP-550 Attenuator Tool Kit Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 20 dB No Substitute Invertron Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) HP P/N 08360{60060 California Instruments 501TC Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) Capacitor 1000 pf HP P/N 0160-4574 External Leveling (P) Microwave Amplier Frequency Range: 2 to 8 GHz Leveled Output Power: +16 dBm HP 11975A Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Harmonic Mixer Frequency Range: 20 to 26.5 GHz HP 11970K Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) K{Band Coax Adapter WR42 to APC 3.5 mm (f) K281C Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-21 HP 83630A The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments. SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter 1250-1159 SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter 1250-1158 SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter 1250-0669 SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter 1250-0672 SMB tee (f) (m) (m) 1250-1391 3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 5061-5311 1250-1745 1250-2187 1250-2188 11901C BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter BNC tee (m) (f) (f) 1250-0080 1250-0216 1250-1200 1250-1237 1250-0781 SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable HP-IB cable 2 meters 85680-60093 08340-20124 8120-2582 HP 10833B 1-22 Required Equipment HP 83640A HP 8360 HP 83640A Required Equipment Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Spectrum Analyzer Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 22 GHz (40 GHz with external mixers) Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 22 GHz Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to 80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum) Video Output: DC voltage proportional to vertical position of trace on display Capable of phase locking to external 10 MHz reference HP 8566B2 Analog Oscilloscope A vs B Sweep Mode Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Bandwidth: 100 MHz HP 1740A/HP 54600B Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Local Oscillator (Synthesized Sweeper) Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Non-harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Fractional{N Reference and API Spurs (A) FM Gain (A) Square Wave Symmetry (A) HP 83620/ HP 8340A/B2 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) Spectrum Analyzer with Tracking Generator Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz HP 3585A/B AM Bandwidth (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Controller 4 Mbyte RAM BASIC 5.1 HP-IB HP 9836/HP 9920/ HP 310/HP 320 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-23 HP 83640A Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Software No Substitute (Shipped with synthesizer) HP P/N 08360-10001 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) DVM Range: 050 to +50 VDC Accuracy: 60.01% Input Impedance: 10 M HP 3456A2 / HP 3457A External Leveling (P) AM Accuracy (P) AM Bandwidth (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Modulation Meter (P) Low Power SRD Bias (A) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) ADC (AA) Digitizing Oscilloscope Dual Channel Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance: 1 M and 50 Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div Trigger: Event Triggerable HP 54110A/ HP 54111D2 / HP 54222A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) Modulation Generator Flatness (A) Digitizing Oscilloscope 3 dB Bandwidth: 40 GHz DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full scale 62 mV Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz: 40 mV p-p Trigger & Timebase Jitter: 2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy: 10 ps 60.1% of reading Channel Input Reection: 5% for 30 ps risetime HP 54124T Pulse Performance (P) Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 1:1 HP 10437A Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-24 Required Equipment HP 83640A HP 8360 Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 10:1 HP 10431A Pulse Generator Pulse Width: 50 ns Rise Time: 10 ns Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Function Generator Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006 Amplitude Accuracy 100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB 100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB > 16 V p-p HP 3325A/B Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) AM Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Modulation Meter (P) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) FM Gain (A) HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P) HP 8175A Function Generator Amplitude Range: Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 436A/ HP 437B/ HP 438A Power Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) AM Accuracy (A) Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 437B Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 438A Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-25 HP 83640A Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Power Sensor Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8482A Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 40 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8487A Power Accuracy (P) Power Flatness (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) Power Flatness (A) AM Accuracy (A) Square Wave Symmetry (A) Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 40 GHz Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W HP 8487D Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Attenuator Attenuation: 30 dB 60.05 dB at 50 MHz HP 11708A Measuring Receiver Frequency Range (tuned): 2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB AM Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth: to 99% Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count HP 8902A2 Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Range (carrier): 0.01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity: < 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset < 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset < 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset < 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset Oset Frequency Range: 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy: 62 dB to 1 MHz oset HP 3048A AM Accuracy (P) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Single Sideband Phase Noise (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-26 Required Equipment HP 83640A HP 8360 Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Frequency Standard Frequency: 10 MHz Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr HP 5061A/HP 5071A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Microwave Amplier Frequency Range: 1.5 to 26.5 GHz Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm HP 8348A FM Bandwidth (P) Preamplier/ Power Amplier Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz Preamplier Gain: 25 dB HP 8447F Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Delay Line Discriminator 1 meter of coax or Mixer Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 20 GHz (Norda 4817) Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB FM Bandwidth (P) semi-rigid cable HP P/N 0955-0307 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz HP 11667C FM Bandwidth (P) Crystal Detector Frequency Range: DC to 40 GHz Maximum Input: 200 mW Polarity: Negative HP 33330E External Leveling (P) AM Bandwidth (P) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 40 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 6 dB HP 8493C Opt 006 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 40 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 20 dB HP 8490D Option 020 Maximum Leveled Power (P) Pulse Performance (P) Attenuator Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 40 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 20 dB HP 8490D Option 010 Power Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) (2) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-27 HP 83640A Table 1-4. Required Equipment for HP 83640A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) 3.7 GHz Low Pass Filter HP P/N 9135-0191 130 MHz Bessel Low Pass Filter Pulse Modulation Video K & L Microwave 5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P) 500 MHz Low Pass Filter Mini-Circuits SLP-550 Tool Kit No Substitute Invertron Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) HP P/N 08360{60060 California Instruments 501TC Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) Capacitor 1000 pf HP P/N 0160-4574 External Leveling (P) Microwave Amplier Frequency Range: 2 to 8 GHz Leveled Output Power: +16 dBm HP 11975A Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) Mixer Frequency Range: 26.5 to 40 GHz HP 11970A Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Mixer Frequency Range: 20 to 26.5 GHz HP 11970K Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) K{Band Coax Adapter WR42 to APC 3.5 mm (f) K281C Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) R{Band Coax Adapter WR28 to APC 2.4 mm (f) R281A Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 1-28 Required Equipment HP 83640A HP 8360 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments. SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter 1250-1159 SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter 1250-1158 SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter 1250-0669 SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter 1250-0672 SMB tee (f) (m) (m) 1250-1391 3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 5061-5311 1250-1745 1250-2187 1250-2188 11901C BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter BNC tee (m) (f) (f) 1250-0080 1250-0216 1250-1200 1250-1237 1250-0781 SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable HP-IB cable 2 meters 85680-60093 08340-20124 8120-2582 HP 10833B HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-29 HP 83650A HP 83650A Required Equipment Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Spectrum Analyzer Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 22 GHz (50 GHz with external mixers) Frequency Span: 0 Hz, 100 Hz to 22 GHz Amplitude Range: +20 to 0100 dBm Resolution Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Video Bandwidth: 10 Hz to 3 MHz Log Fidelity: 60.1 dB/dB over 0 to 80 dB display (61.0 dB maximum) Video Output: DC voltage proportional to vertical position of trace on display Capable of phase locking to external 10 MHz reference HP 8566B2 Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Non-harmonic) (P) Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Fractional{N Reference and API Spurs (A) FM Gain (A) Square Wave Symmetry (A) Analog Oscilloscope A vs B Sweep Mode Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Bandwidth: 100 MHz HP 1740A/ HP 54600B Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) HP 83620/ HP 8340A/B2 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) Local Oscillator (Synthesized Sweeper) Spectrum Analyzer with Tracking Generator Frequency Range: 20 Hz to 10 MHz HP 3585A/B AM Bandwidth (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Controller 4 Mbyte RAM BASIC 5.1 HP-IB HP 9836/HP 9920/ HP 310/HP 320 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-30 Required Equipment HP 83650A HP 8360 Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Software No Substitute (Shipped with synthesizer) HP P/N 08360-10001 Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) YO Delay (AA) ADC (AA) Power Flatness (AA) DVM Range: 050 to +50 VDC Accuracy: 60.01% Input Impedance: 10 M HP 3456A2 / HP 3457A External Leveling (P) AM Accuracy (P) AM Bandwidth (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Modulation Meter (P) Low Power SRD Bias (A) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) ADC (AA) Digitizing Oscilloscope Dual Channel Bandwidth: DC to 300 MHz Input Impedance: 1 M and 50 Vertical Sensitivity: 5 mV/Div Horizontal Sensitivity: 50 ns/Div Trigger: Event Triggerable HP 54110A/ HP 54111D2 / HP 54222A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) Modulation Generator Flatness (A) Digitizing Oscilloscope 3 dB Bandwidth: 50 GHz DC Voltage Accuracy: 60.4% of full scale 62 mV Trigger Sensitivity DC to 100 MHz: 40 mV p-p Trigger & Timebase Jitter: 2.5 ps + 5E05 x delay setting Time Interval Accuracy: 10 ps 60.1% of reading Channel Input Reection: 5% for 30 ps risetime HP 54124T Pulse Performance (P) Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 1:1 HP 10437A Internal Pulse Accuracy (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-31 HP 83650A Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Oscilloscope Probes Division Ratio: 10:1 HP 10431A Pulse Generator Pulse Width: 50 ns Rise Time: 10 ns Frequency: 10 Hz to 5 MHz HP 8112B/HP 8116A2 Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Function Generator Frequency Accuracy: 65 x 1006 Amplitude Accuracy 100 kHz to 1 MHz: 60.1 dB 100 kHz to 20 MHz: 60.4 dB > 16 V p-p HP 3325A/B Swept Frequency Accuracy (P) Frequency Switching Time (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Modulator Oset and Gain (A) AM Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) FM Accuracy (P) Maximum FM Deviation (P) Modulation Meter (P) AM Accuracy (A) AM Delay (A) FM Gain (A) HP 8111A/HP 8116A/ Maximum FM Deviation (P) HP 8175A Function Generator Amplitude Range: Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 436A/ HP 437B/ HP 438A Power Accuracy (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) AM Accuracy (A) Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 437B Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) Power Meter Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW Accuracy: 60.02 dB HP 438A Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. 1-32 Required Equipment HP 83650A HP 8360 Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Power Sensor Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 2.3 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8482A Power Flatness (P) Power Flatness (A) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 50 GHz Power Range: 1 W to 100 mW HP 8487A Power Accuracy (P) Power Flatness (P) AM Dynamic Range (P) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) ALC Power Level Accuracy (A) Power Flatness (A) AM Accuracy (A) Power Flatness and Accuracy (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Power Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Power Sensor Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 50 GHz Power Range: 100 pW to 10 W HP 8487D Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Attenuator Attenuation: 30 dB HP 11708A Measuring Receiver Frequency Range (tuned): 2.5 MHz to 1.3 GHz Range: 0 dBm to 0127 dBm Relative Power Accuracy: 60.5 dB AM Rates: 20 Hz to 100 kHz Depth: to 99% Accuracy: 61% of reading 61 count HP 8902A2 Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency Range (carrier): 0.01 to 18 GHz Sensitivity: < 070 dBc at 100 Hz oset < 078 dBc at 1 kHz oset < 086 dBc at 10 kHz oset < 0107 dBc at 100 kHz oset Oset Frequency Range: 100 Hz to 2 MHz Amplitude Accuracy: 62 dB to 1 MHz oset HP 3048A 60.05 dB at 50 MHz AM Accuracy (P) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AP) Single Sideband Phase Noise (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 2 Recommended model is part of the microwave test station. HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-33 HP 83650A Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Frequency Standard Frequency: 10 MHz Stability: > 1 x 10010 /yr HP 5061A/HP 5071A Internal Timebase: Aging Rate (P) 10 MHz Standard (A) Microwave Amplier Frequency Range: 1.5 to 26.5 GHz Leveled Output Power: 16 dBm HP 8348A FM Bandwidth (P) Preamplier/ Power Amplier Frequency Range: 100 kHz to 1.3 GHz Preamplier Gain: 25 dB Power Amplier Gain: 22 dB HP 8447F Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Delay Line Discriminator 1 meter of coax or Mixer Frequency Range: 1 GHz to 26.5 GHz (Norda 4817) FM Bandwidth (P) semi-rigid cable HP P/N 0955-0307 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) Power Splitter Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 50 GHz HP 11667C FM Bandwidth (P) Crystal Detector Frequency Range: DC to 50 GHz Maximum Input: 200 mW Polarity: Negative HP 33330E External Leveling (P) AM Bandwidth (P) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 50 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 6 dB HP 8490D Opt 006 Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) Attenuator Frequency Range: 10 MHz to 50 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 20 dB HP 8490D Option 020 Maximum Leveled Power (P) Pulse Performance (P) Attenuator Frequency Range: 50 MHz to 50 GHz Maximum Input Power: 300 mW Attenuation: 20 dB HP 8490D Option 010 Power Accuracy (P) Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) FM Bandwidth (P) (2) Amp/Mult Adjustments (A) Amp/Filt Adjustments (A) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) Step Attenuator Flatness (AA) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 1-34 Required Equipment HP 83650A HP 8360 Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) 3.7 GHz Low Pass Filter HP P/N 9135-0191 130 MHz Bessel Low Pass Filter Pulse Modulation Video K & L Microwave 5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Feedthrough (P) 500 MHz Low Pass Filter Mini-Circuits SLP-550 Tool Kit No Substitute Invertron Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough (P) HP P/N 08360{60060 California Instruments 501TC Spurious Signals (Line Related) (P) Capacitor 1000 pf HP P/N 0160-4574 External Leveling (P) Mixer Frequency Range: 26.5 to 40 GHz HP 11970A Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Microwave Amplier Frequency Range: 2 to 8 GHz Leveled Output Power: +16 dBm HP 11975A Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) AM Accuracy (P) Mixer Frequency Range: 20 to 26.5 GHz HP 11970K Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Mixer Frequency Range: 40 to 50 GHz HP 11970Q Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) K{Band Coax Adapter WR42 to APC 3.5 mm (f) K281C Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-35 HP 83650A Table 1-5. Required Equipment for HP 83650A (continued) Instrument Critical Specications Recommended Model Use1 R{Band Coax Adapter WR28 to APC 2.4 mm (f) R281A Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) Q{Band Coax Adapter WR22 to APC 2.4 mm (f) Q281A Spurious Signals (Harmonic) (P) Pulse Performance-Alt (P) 1 A { Manual Adjustment AA { Automated Adjustment AP { Automated Performance Test P { Manual Performance Test 1-36 Required Equipment HP 83650A HP 8360 The following list of adapters and cables is provided for convenience. They may be used in equipment setups for performance tests or adjustments. SMA (m) to SMA (m) adapter 1250-1159 SMA (f) to SMA (f) adapter 1250-1158 SMB (m) to SMB (m) adapter 1250-0669 SMB (f) to SMB (f) adapter 1250-0672 SMB tee (f) (m) (m) 1250-1391 3.5 mm (f) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 3.5 mm (f) to N-type (m) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.92 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (f) to 2.4 mm (f) adapter 2.4 mm (m) to 3.5 mm (f) adapter 5061-5311 1250-1745 1250-2187 1250-2188 11901C BNC (f) to BNC (f) adapter BNC (m) to BNC (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMA (m) adapter BNC (f) to SMB (m) adapter BNC tee (m) (f) (f) 1250-0080 1250-0216 1250-1200 1250-1237 1250-0781 SMB (f) to BNC (m) exible cable SMA semi-rigid cable 2 feet BNC cable HP-IB cable 2 meters 85680-60093 08340-20124 8120-2582 HP 10833B HP 8360 Required Equipment 1-37 HP 83650A 2 Performance Tests How to Use This Chapter This chapter contains the following procedures: Operation Verication Tests : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-4 Performance Tests : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-7 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-8 2. Swept Frequency Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-12 3. Frequency Switching Time : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-22 4. Power Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-28 5. Power Flatness : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-31 6. Maximum Leveled Power : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-34 7. External Leveling : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-37 8. Spurious Signals (Harmonics & Subharmonics) : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-40 9. Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-50 10. Spurious Signals (Line-Related) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-56 11. Single Sideband Phase Noise : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-60 12. Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-65 13. Pulse Performance : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-68 14. Pulse Performance (Alternate Procedure) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-76 15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-87 16. AM Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-96 17. AM Bandwidth : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-104 18. AM Dynamic Range : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-107 19. FM Accuracy : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-114 20. FM Bandwidth : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-118 21. Maximum FM Deviation : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-124 22. Internal Pulse Accuracy (Option 002) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-131 23. Modulation Meter (Option 002) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2-133 Step Attenuator (see Chapter 5). HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-1 Use the procedures in this chapter to test the electrical performance of the synthesizer. These tests do not require access to the interior of the instrument. The synthesizer must warm up for at least one hour before the electrical specications are valid. Menus Fold-out menu maps are located in Chapter 6. Some menus have more than one page of softkeys. Select the more softkey to view the next page of softkeys. more is not included in the keystrokes given in these procedures. NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN Note In all cases where you are instructed to preset the synthesizer, use the factory preset mode only. Operator's Check For assurance that most of the internal functions of the instrument work (without testing for specications), see \Operator's Check," in the User's Handbook . Operation Verification Tests To meet the needs of most incoming inspections (80% verication), and provide reasonable assurance that the instrument works, see the \Operation Verication" section of this chapter. Automated Performance Tests The automated performance tests available at time-of-shipment are included in Chapter 5. 2-2 Performance Tests HP 8360 Equipment Required The equipment required to perform the tests in this chapter is listed in Chapter 1. You may use any equipment that meets the critical specications given. Test Record Test records are supplied at the end of this chapter. Use a test record when you perform a full calibration of your synthesizer. This form provides a tabulated index of the performance tests, their acceptable limits, the measurement uncertainty of each test, and a column to record actual measurements. There is more than one test record. Be sure you use the one designated (at the top) for your synthesizer. Test Sequence Perform the tests in the order that they appear. Calibration Cycle Perform the tests in this chapter at least once every 24 months. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-3 Operation Verification The following procedures meet the needs of most incoming inspections (80% verication), and provide a reasonable assurance that the instrument is functioning properly. Do these procedures in the order given. The operation verication form is supplied at the end of the procedure. Use the form to record the pass/fail results of an operation verication. 1. Self-tests 1. Perform the full self-tests contained in the instrument rmware. No additional test equipment is required. Press 4SERVICE5 Selftest (Full) . The synthesizer executes a series of self-tests. When completed, the following message is displayed if all the tests passed: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN ALL SELF-TESTS HAVE PASSED! 2. Record Pass on the operation verication form and continue to the next test, \Power Accuracy". If the synthesizer fails one or more self-tests, a dierent message is displayed listing the most independent test that failed and a reference to the best entry point into the Troubleshooting manual. Record Fail on the operation verication form and see the Troubleshooting manual. After repair, repeat operation verication from the beginning. 2-4 Performance Tests Operation Verification HP 8360 2. Power Accuracy 1. Follow the procedure for this performance test given in this chapter. 2. If the synthesizer passes this test, record Pass on the operation verication form and continue to the next test, \Power Flatness". If the synthesizer fails, record Fail on the operation verication form and then follow the \In Case of Diculty" instructions given for this performance test. After repair, repeat operation verication from the beginning. 3. Power Flatness 1. Follow the procedure for this performance test given in this chapter. 2. If the synthesizer passes this test, record Pass on the operation verication form and continue to the next test, \Maximum Leveled Power". If the synthesizer fails, record Fail on the operation verication form and then follow the \In Case of Diculty" instructions given for this performance test. After repair, repeat operation verication from the beginning. 4. Maximum Leveled Power 1. Follow the procedure for this performance test given in this chapter. 2. If the synthesizer passes this test, record Pass on the operation verication form. Operation verication is completed. If the synthesizer fails, record Fail on the operation verication form and then follow the \In Case of Diculty" instructions given for this performance test. After repair, repeat operation verication from the beginning. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-5 Operation Verification Table 2-1. Operation Verification Form Date Customer Tested By Firmware Revision Test Facility Model Serial Number Options Test 1. 2. 3. 4. Results (Pass/Fail) Self-Tests Power Accuracy Power Flatness Maximum Leveled Power 2-6 Performance Tests Operation Verification HP 8360 PERFORMANCE TESTS HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-7 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate Description and Procedure This procedure checks the accuracy of the internal timebase. The time required for a specic phase change is measured both before and after a specied waiting period. The aging rate is inversely proportional to the absolute value of the dierence in the measured times. The overall accuracy of the internal timebase is a function of: TBC 6AR 6TE 6LE where: TBC = timebase calibration TE = temperature effects AR = aging rate LE = line effects After the timebase is adjusted, the timebase frequency should stay within the aging rate if the following things happen: The timebase oven does not cool down. The instrument keeps the same orientation with respect to the earth's magnetic eld. The instrument stays at the same altitude. The instrument does not receive any mechanical shock. If the timebase oven cools (the instrument is disconnected from AC power), you may have to readjust the timebase frequency after a new warmup cycle. Typically, however, the timebase frequency returns to within 61 Hz of the original frequency. Note The internal timebase can be tested after reconnecting AC power for 10 minutes, but for best accuracy, test again after the instrument has been on or in standby condition for 24 hours. 2-8 Performance Tests Internal Timebase: Aging Rate HP 8360 Frequency changes due either to a change in orientation with respect to the earth's magnetic eld, or to a change in altitude, usually go away when the instrument is returned to its original position. A frequency change due to mechanical shock usually appears as a xed frequency error. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-1. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Note If the oscilloscope does not have a 50 input impedance, connect channel 1 through a 50 feedthrough. Figure 2-1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate Test Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope Frequency Standard HP 8360 HP 54111D HP 5061A Performance Tests 2-9 Internal Timebase: Aging Rate 2. On the oscilloscope, adjust the external triggering for a display of the 10MHz REF OUTPUT signal from the synthesizer: Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Input Coupling Input Impedance On 120 mV dc 50 Channel 2: Display Off Timebase: Time/Division Delay Delay Reference Sweep 5 ns 0 s At center Trig'd Trigger: Trigger Mode Trig 3 Level Trigger Src Input Impedance Input Coupling Edge 100 mV Trig 3 50 dc Display: Display Mode Real time 3. Monitor the time and the display. Note the time required for a 360 phase change: T1 = (s) (h) 4. Wait 3 to 24 hours. Note how long you waited: T2 = (s) 5. Repeat step 3. Record the phase change time: T3 = 2-10 Performance Tests Internal Timebase: Aging Rate HP 8360 6. Calculate the aging rate as follows: Aging Rate = (1 cycle/10 MHz) (1/T1 0 1/T3) (24 hours/T2) Example: T1 = 351 seconds T2 = 3 hours T3 = 349 seconds = (1 cycle/10 MHz) (1/351s = 1.306x10 11 per day 0 0 1/349s) (24h/3h) 7. Enter the aging rate on the test record. Note If the absolute frequency of the standard and of the timebase oscillator are extremely close, you can reduce the measurement time (T1 and T3) by measuring the time required for a phase change of less than 360. In step 6, change 1 cycle to 0.5 cycle for 180, or 0.25 cycle for 90. Related Adjustments 10 MHz Standard In Case of Difficulty 1. Ensure that the instruments have warmed up long enough and that environmental conditions have not changed throughout the test. 2. If the frequency standard and the internal standard are very dierent in frequency, the time required for a 360 phase shift is too short for an accurate measurement. If the 360 phase shift takes less than two minutes, perform the \10 MHz Standard" adjustment. 3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-11 Internal Timebase: Aging Rate 2. Swept Frequency Accuracy Description and Procedure With the synthesizer in swept mode, the spectrum analyzer is set to zero span at the measurement frequency. As the synthesizer sweeps through the spectrum analyzer frequency setting, a signal is generated on the spectrum analyzer's video output that is input to the oscilloscope. The synthesizer's TRIGGER OUTPUT, used to trigger the oscilloscope, is a series of 1601 pulses, evenly spaced during the sweep. The oscilloscope is triggered on the pulse that represents the desired measurement frequency, and the spectrum analyzer is tuned to display the video output on the oscilloscope. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-2. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-2. Swept Frequency Accuracy Test Setup 2-12 Performance Tests Swept Frequency Accuracy HP 8360 Equipment Spectrum Analyzer Digitizing Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes HP 8566B HP 54111D HP 10431A 2. On the spectrum analyzer, set the center frequency to the rst center frequency listed in Table 2-2. Then set: Span: Reference Level: Scale Log: Resolution Bandwidth: 3. Set the oscilloscope as follows: 0 Hz 0 dBm 10 dB/div 100 kHz Trigger 3 is a trigger enable that ensures that channel 2 (the true trigger) triggers only on a forward sweep after the specied number of events. Note Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Input Coupling Input Impedance Offset On 300 mV dc 1 M 1V Channel 2: Display Volts/Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance On 1V 2V dc 1 M HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-13 Swept Frequency Accuracy Timebase: Time/Division Delay Delay Reference Sweep 25 s 0s At center Triggered Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Edge Chan 2 1.6V Trig 3 1.6V Events Positive Edge Trig 3 33 events Positive edge Channel 2 Mode Src Level Src Level Mode After On On Of On Display: Display Mode 4. On the synthesizer, press: 4USER CAL5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Real time NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Freq Cal Menu Swp Span Cal Always First start frequency in Table 2-2 First stop frequency in Table 2-2 4START5 4STOP5 Note Set the frequency range rst, or you cannot set the sweep time properly. 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 41005 4ms5 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 (For Option 006, set to 150 ms) For the HP 83640A/50A only, also press: 4SERVICE5 (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Tools Menu Disable Doubler 2-14 Performance Tests Swept Frequency Accuracy (asterisk on) HP 8360 Table 2-2. Swept Frequency Accuracy Instrument Settings Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Synthesizer Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent (GHz) Start Stop 0.01 20 5.357325 429 0.01 9.1 5.98099375 1052 2 7 2.10 33 2 7 3.20625 387 2 7 3.26875 407 2 7 5.215625 1030 2 7 5.653125 1170 2 7 6.90625 1571 7 13.5 7.1990625 50 7 13.5 13.296875 1551 15 20 15.20 65 15 20 19.696875 1504 2 13.5 2.100625 15 2 13.5 6.8875 681 2 13.5 7.203750 725 2 13.5 13.385 1585 7 20 7.195 25 7 20 13.3375 781 7 20 13.76 833 7 20 19.805 1577 5. Tune the spectrum analyzer center frequency to nd and center the video signal on the oscilloscope. (See Figure 2-3.) Align the video input with the trigger output at center screen. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-15 Swept Frequency Accuracy Figure 2-3. Video Signal on the Oscilloscope 6. Note the nal center frequency setting required to center the video signal. 7. Record the dierence between the initial center frequency setting and the value noted in step 6 in Table 2-2 as frequency error. 8. Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the remaining instrument settings in Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 through Table 2-6 as appropriate for each instrument model. 9. Calculate the frequency error as a percent of the sweep width as follows for each of the results in Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 through Table 2-6: frequency error stop frequency 0 start frequency x100 = percent 10. Record the worst case value on the test record. 2-16 Performance Tests Swept Frequency Accuracy HP 8360 For HP 83620/22A/23A/24A only: Table 2-3. Additional Instrument Settings Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Synthesizer Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent (GHz) Start Stop 2 20 2.10125 10 2 20 6.8825 435 2 20 7.1525 459 2 20 13.25 1001 2 20 13.79 1049 2 20 19.775 1581 HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-17 Swept Frequency Accuracy For HP 83630A only: Table 2-4. Additional Instrument Settings Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Synthesizer Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent (GHz) Start Stop 0.01 26.5 5.45700625 330 2 26.5 2.18375 13 2 26.5 6.7775 313 2 26.5 7.145 337 2 26.5 13.3925 745 2 26.5 13.6375 761 2 26.5 19.7625 1161 2 26.5 20.13 1185 2 26.5 26.49875 1405 2-18 Performance Tests Swept Frequency Accuracy HP 8360 For HP 83640A only: Table 2-5. Additional Instrument Settings Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Synthesizer Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent (GHz) Start Stop 0.01 26.5 5.45700625 330 2 40 2.19 9 2 40 6.8925 207 2 40 7.13 217 2 40 13.305 477 2 40 13.590 489 2 40 19.7175 747 2 40 20.145 765 2 40 23.850 921 2 40 13.3025 1037 2 40 16.6275 1317 2 40 16.8175 1333 2 40 19.715 1577 HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-19 Swept Frequency Accuracy For HP 83650A only: Table 2-6. Additional Instrument Settings Spectrum Analyzer Oscilloscope Frequency Synthesizer Frequency (GHz) Center Frequency Trigger Events Error Percent (GHz) Start Stop 0.01 26.5 5.45700625 330 2 50 2.15 6 2 50 6.86 163 2 50 7.1 171 2 50 13.4 381 2 50 13.61 388 2 50 19.85 596 2 50 20.12 605 2 50 23.75 726 2 50 13.3 821 2 50 16.66 1045 2 50 16.75 1051 2 50 18.94 1197 2 50 19.06 1205 2 50 23.875 1526 2-20 Performance Tests Swept Frequency Accuracy HP 8360 Related Adjustments YO Driver +10V Reference YO Driver Gain and Linearity YO Delay Compensation Sweep Ramp Calibration In Case of Difficulty 1. Verify that the spectrum analyzer frequency is accurate. If necessary, calibrate the frequency with the synthesizer's 10 MHz reference connected to the spectrum analyzer's external reference. 2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-21 Swept Frequency Accuracy 3. Frequency Switching Time Description and Procedure The synthesizer's Z-AXIS BLANK/MARKER output goes active high when a change in frequency is initiated, and returns low when the synthesizer settles at the new frequency. Using an oscilloscope to monitor this output, the frequency switching time is measured in CW, step sweep, and frequency list modes. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-4. Preset both instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-4. Frequency Switching Time Test Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes 2-22 Performance Tests Frequency Switching Time HP 54111D HP 10431A HP 8360 CW Frequency Switching Time (Across Bandswitch Points) 2. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Preset Input Coupling Input Impedance On TTL dc 1 M Channel 2: Display Off Timebase: Time/Division 10 ms Delay Reference At left Delay 10 ms Sweep Triggered 0 Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Mode Src Level Slope Display: Display Mode Averaging Edge Chan 1 1.6V Pos Repetitive Off the rst Initial CW Frequency 3. On the synthesizer, set in Table 2-7. 4. On the oscilloscope, clear the display. The oscilloscope should display Awaiting Trigger. 5. On the synthesizer, set the rst Second CW Frequency in Table 2-7. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-23 Frequency Switching Time Table 2-7. CW Frequency Switching Time Settings Initial CW Frequency (GHz) Second CW Frequency (GHz) Pulse Width 0.01 1 502 13.5 502 1 Set to 2 GHz (lowest start frequency) for synthesizers not capable of 0.01 GHz. 2 Set to the highest stop frequency for synthesizers not capable of 50 GHz. 6. On the oscilloscope, note the pulse width of the Z-axis blank/markers signal. Record this value as pulse width in Table 2-7. 7. Clear the oscilloscope display and repeat steps 3 through 6 for the remaining frequencies in Table 2-7. 8. On the test record, record the maximum pulse width from Table 2-7. Stepped Sweep Frequency Switching Time (Within a Frequency Band) 9. On the synthesizer, press: FREQUENCY 4MENU5 Step NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Swp Menu Step Size 41005 4MHz5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Step Dwell 4105 4ms5 4START5 42.45 4GHz5 4STOP5 46.95 4GHz5 4SINGLE5 SWEEP 4MENU5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Sweep Mode Step 4SINGLE5 10. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Preset Input Coupling On TTL dc Timebase: Time/Division Delay Reference Delay Sweep 2 ms At left 2 ms Triggered 0 2-24 Performance Tests Frequency Switching Time HP 8360 Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Mode After Src On Of On Display: Display Mode Events Negative edge Chan 1 1 events Positive edge Channel 1 Repetitive 11. Set the oscilloscope for a single sweep at the next trigger. Press 4Stop/Single5. The oscilloscope should display Awaiting Trigger. 12. On the synthesizer, initiate a stepped sweep. Press 4SINGLE5. 13. On the oscilloscope, measure the positive pulse width and note the value . 14. Increment the trigger to 20 events and repeat steps 11 through 13. Pulse width value . 15. Increment the trigger to 45 events and repeat steps 11 through 13. . Pulse width value 16. Record the worst case value from steps 13 through 15 on the test record. Frequency List Frequency Switching Time (Across Bandswitch Points) 17. On the synthesizer, delete any entries in the frequency list menu. Press: FREQUENCY 4MENU5 List Menu Delete Menu All 18. On the synthesizer, press Enter List Freq and enter the following frequencies in the frequency list menu: Frequency List for Synthesizers with 0.01 GHz Capability Frequency (GHz): 6.9 2.1 1.9 13.5 20.0 26.51 40.01 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-25 Frequency Switching Time Frequency List for Synthesizers without 0.01 GHz Capability Frequency (GHz): 7.1 6.9 2.0 13.5 20.0 26.51 40.01 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 19. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Preset Input Coupling On TTL dc Channel 2: Display Off Timebase: Time/Division Delay Reference Delay Sweep 5 ms At left 2 ms Triggered Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Events Negative edge Channel 1 1 events Positive edge Channel 1 Mode After Src On Of On Display: Display Mode 0 Repetitive 2-26 Performance Tests Frequency Switching Time HP 8360 20. On the synthesizer, press: 4SINGLE5 SWEEP 4MENU5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Sweep Mode List 4SINGLE5 21. On the oscilloscope, set a single sweep at the next trigger. Press 4Stop/Single5. The oscilloscope should display Awaiting Trigger. 22. On the synthesizer, initiate a frequency list sweep. Press 4SINGLE5. 23. On the oscilloscope, measure the positive pulse width and note the value: Pulse Width Value 1 event 2 events 3 events 4 events 5 events1 6 events1 1 Not applicable for all models. (Each event corresponds to a change in frequency in the frequency list.) 24. Increment the trigger on events and repeat steps 21 and 22 for a trigger on events up to and including 6. 25. Record the worst case value from step 23 on the test record. Related Adjustments Fractional-N VCO Sampler Assembly YO Loop Gain In Case of Difficulty 1. Verify that the oscilloscope triggers when stepping between two frequencies. If necessary, adjust the trigger level on the oscilloscope. 2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-27 Frequency Switching Time 4. Power Accuracy Description and Procedure Using a power meter, check the power accuracy of the synthesizer at several CW frequencies. At each frequency, verify that the actual output power is within specication over the full dynamic range of the ALC loop. 1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-5 and let them warm up for at least one hour. Press 4PRESET5 on the synthesizer. 2. On the power meter: a. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor. b. Set to dBm mode. 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-5. 4. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Press: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Figure 2-5. Power Accuracy Test Setup Equipment Power Meter Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 10 dB 2-28 Performance Tests Power Accuracy HP 436A/7A/8A HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 8360 5. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 Enter the rst CW value in Table 2-8. POWER 4MENU5 Up/Dn Power 415 4dB5 Uncoupl Atten (Option 001 only) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 105 4dBm5 4RF ON/OFF5 O (amber light o) 6. Zero the power meter. 7. On the synthesizer, turn the RF on (amber light on). Table 2-8. Power Accuracy Frequencies Frequency (GHz) Measured Dierence at 10 dBm Measured Dierence at > 10 dBm 0.11 1.01 6.0 10.0 18.0 23.0 1 28.0 1 36.0 1 45.0 1 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 8. On the power meter, set the power sensor calibration factor for the frequency to be measured. 9. Note the dierence between the power meter reading and the power value set on the synthesizer. Write this value down on a separate piece of paper. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-29 Power Accuracy Note For power levels of 10 dBm and above, measure the power at 10 dBm, then set the attenuator to the 10 dB position (use a 10 dB attenuator for synthesizers without a step attenuator.) Record the dierence between the measurements: (approximately 10 dB). Then, with the attenuator still set to 10 dB, complete the remaining measurements. Each of these measurements should be oset by the dierence in dB that you measured. 10. On the synthesizer, use the up 4*5 key to increment the power level 1 dB. 11. Repeat steps 8 through 10, to the maximum specied power level of your synthesizer. Record the worst case measured dierence (greatest duration) for this frequency in Table 2-8 for power levels 10 dBm and, if your synthesizer is capable, for power levels > 10 dBm. 12. On the synthesizer, set the power level to 010 dBm. 13. Repeat steps 8 through 11 for the remaining frequencies in Table 2-8 not to exceed the maximum specied frequency of your synthesizer. Remember to delete the 10 dB of attenuation for power levels below 0 dBm. 14. Record the worst case measured values for each frequency range and power range on the test record. Related Adjustments Modulator Oset and Gain ALC Power Level Accuracy ALC Power Flatness In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 2-30 Performance Tests Power Accuracy HP 8360 5. Power Flatness Description and Procedure This procedure uses the user atness correction array to automatically measure power atness. The power meter is connected directly to the synthesizer's RF output. The synthesizer controls the power meter via HP-IB while the power meter measures the RF output. (There cannot be another controller on the HP-IB during this test.) If the synthesizer has a step attenuator, it is set to 0 dB so that any input into the atness array indicates the RF output power atness. This performance test requires an HP 437B power meter. The Note correct power sensor calibration factors must be loaded and selected. This procedure deletes any existing user atness correction array. 1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-6. Connect the power sensor for the frequency range being calibrated. Do not connect the power sensor to the synthesizer yet. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-6. Power Flatness Test Setup HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-31 Power Flatness Equipment Power Meter Power Sensor Power Sensor Power Sensor HP 437A HP 8482A HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) Low Band Power Flatness Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 2. In the synthesizer's atness menu: a. Delete all entries in the user atness correction array. Press: POWER 4MENU5 Fltness Menu Delete Menu Delete All b. Set the auto ll stop frequency to 2 GHz: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Auto Fill Stop 425 4GHz5 c. Set the auto ll start frequency to 15 MHz: 4PRIOR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Auto Fill Start 4155 4MHz5 d. Set the auto ll increment to 10 MHz: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Auto Fill Incr 4105 4MHz5 3. On the power meter, load the calibration factors for the power sensor. a. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor. b. Connect the power sensor to the synthesizer's RF OUTPUT as shown in Figure 2-6. 4. Set the synthesizer to measure the power correction values and generate a new user atness array for the frequency range entered. Press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Mtr Meas Menu Measure Corr All When the atness correction array is completed, the menu is returned. 5. Scroll through the user atness correction values using the up/down arrow keys. Note the maximum and minimum correction values. The dierence between them is the power atness measurement. Record the value on the test record and compare the value to the specication. 6. Delete the atness correction array. Press: POWER 4MENU5 Fltness Menu Delete Menu Delete All NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2-32 Performance Tests Power Flatness HP 8360 High Band Power Flatness 7. With the appropriate power sensor for this frequency range, repeat steps 2 through 6 for: A 20 GHz stop frequency. A 2.05 GHz start frequency. A 100 MHz increment. Millimeter Band Power Flatness > 20 GHz and 40 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 8. With the appropriate power sensor for this frequency range, repeat steps 2 through 6 for: A 40 GHz stop frequency (for HP 83630A only, set to 26.5 GHz). A 20.05 GHz start frequency. A 100 MHz increment. Millimeter Band Power Flatness > 40 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 9. With the appropriate power sensor for this frequency range, repeat steps 2 through 6 for: A 50 GHz stop frequency. A 40.05 GHz start frequency. A 100 MHz increment. Related Adjustments Power Flatness In Case of Difficulty 1. The power meter must be an HP 437B. 2. The correct calibration factors for the power sensor must be loaded. 3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-33 Power Flatness 6. Maximum Leveled Power Note This performance test is not valid unless the synthesizer meets both its power accuracy and power atness specications. Perform those tests rst. Description and Procedure The unleveled status indicator is displayed when the instrument is unleveled as the synthesizer sweeps over specic frequency ranges in fast continuous sweep, and fast and slow single sweep operation. Because of the synthesizer's power accuracy and atness performance, a power meter is not required for this measurement. The following procedure tests the most likely worst case situations for maximum leveled power. 1. Set up and turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-7. Preset the synthesizer and let it warm up for at least one hour. Note The 20 dB attenuator provides a good match on the RF output. If the synthesizer has a step attenuator, you can simulate a good match by decoupling the step attenuator from the ALC and setting the attenuator to 20 dB. Figure 2-7. Maximum Leveled Power Test Setup Equipment Attenuator 20 dB Attenuator 20 dB HP 8490D Option 020 (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 020 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) 2-34 Performance Tests Maximum Leveled Power HP 8360 2. To achieve peak power, initiate auto tracking on the synthesizer as follows. Terminate the RF OUTPUT with a good 50 ohm impedance match such as a 20 dB attenuator or a power sensor (not necessary for synthesizers with a step attenuator.) Press: POWER 4MENU5 Tracking Menu Auto Track Wait for the synthesizer to complete auto tracking before continuing to the next step. 3. On the synthesizer, press: 4POWER LEVEL5 Set the power to 1 dB below the specied maximum leveled power for the synthesizer's full frequency range. 4RF ON/OFF5 On (amber light is on) 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4ms5 (minimum) 4. Increase the power level until the unleveled status indicator comes on, then reduce the power level until the indicator just goes o. (Power is leveled). 5. Set the sweep to 4SINGLE5 and initiate several sweeps. If necessary, reduce the power level until the unleveled status indicator does not turn on while sweeping. 6. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4SWEEP TIME5 40.55 4sec5 Initiate several sweeps. If necessary, reduce the power level until the unleveled status indicator does not turn on while sweeping. Record the power level on the test record. 7. On the synthesizer, press: 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 (minimum) 8. For the following synthesizer models, change the stop frequency to each of the frequencies listed. Repeat steps 3 through 7 for each of these new frequency ranges. HP 83630A: 20.0 GHz HP 83640A: 26.5 GHz 20.0 GHz (Option 001 only) HP 83650A: 40.0 GHz 26.5 GHz 20.0 GHz (Option 001 only) HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-35 Maximum Leveled Power Related Adjustments Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments Amplier/Filter Adjustments Modulator Oset and Gain In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 2-36 Performance Tests Maximum Leveled Power HP 8360 7. External Leveling Description and Procedure The synthesizer is set up to externally level using a negative crystal detector. A DVM measures the crystal detector DC output. A 1000 pf capacitor across the DVM input limits the eect of any small signals generated by the DVM. The synthesizer power level is set to the minimum allowable limit and then is increased until the power output is leveled. The external leveling voltage is then measured and compared to the minimum specication. Next, the output power is increased until the maximum leveled power is reached. The leveling voltage is measured and compared to the specication. The synthesizer must meet the power atness specication before proceeding with this test. Note 1. Preset all instruments shown in Figure 2-8 and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-8. External Leveling Test Setup Equipment Digital Voltmeter Crystal Detector Crystal Detector Capacitor 1000 pf HP 8360 HP 3456A HP 33330E (HP 83640A/50A) HP 33330D (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP P/N 0160-4574 Performance Tests 2-37 External Leveling 2. To achieve peak power, initiate auto tracking on the synthesizer as follows: terminate the RF output with a good 50 impedance match such as a 10 dB attenuator or a power sensor (not necessary for synthesizers with a step attenuator). Press: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Auto Track (asterisk on) Wait for the synthesizer to complete auto tracking before continuing to the next step. 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-8. 4. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4ALC5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Leveling Point ExtDet Coupling Factor 405 4dB5 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 365 4dBm5 5. Maximum accuracy for the HP 3456A is obtained by increasing the DVM display resolution and the number of integration cycles. On the HP 3456A, set: 41005 4STORE5 4N CYC INT5 465 4STORE5 4N DIG DISP5 Set the DVM to measure DC volts. 6. Increase the synthesizer power level until the LOW UNLVLED message turns o. (If it is already out, leave the power level at 036 dBm.) 7. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 4105 4GHz5 Record the DVM reading on the test record and compare the reading to the specication. Note If the UNLVLED message turns on before reaching +4 dBm, set the stop frequency to a low enough frequency where the specied output power is 4 dBm. If you don't get an unleveled message, disconnect the BNC tee temporarily to make sure that the unleveled message turns on. Then reconnect the equipment and continue with the test. 8. Press 4POWER LEVEL5. Increase the synthesizer power level until the UNLVLED message turns on. Decrease power just until the message goes out. 9. Record the DVM reading on the test record and compare the reading to the specication. 2-38 Performance Tests External Leveling HP 8360 Related Adjustments Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments Amplier/Filter Adjustments Power Flatness In Case of Difficulty 1. Be sure you are externally leveling with a negative crystal detector. 2. If the DVM readings are not within the specications, perform an external detector calibration (under the 4USER CAL5 key.) 3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-39 External Leveling 8. Spurious Signals (Harmonics & Subharmonics) Description and Procedure Use this procedure to measure the synthesizer's harmonics and subharmonics over its entire frequency range. Harmonics are integer multiples of the synthesizer RF output frequency and subharmonics are fractional multiples of the YO frequency. Subharmonics do not exist at all frequencies. In low band, mixer spurs and fundamental feedthrough are the most signicant harmonically-related signals. The mixer spur/YO frequency relationship is as follows: X (5.4 GHz xed oscillator) 0 Y (YO frequency) = Mixer Spur Frequency where X and Y are integers. Other harmonics are typically direct multiples of the YO frequency. In this procedure, the synthesizer is manually swept over its frequency range while the spectrum analyzer measures the harmonics and subharmonics in each frequency band. Any harmonics or subharmonics that are within 5 dB of the specication are subsequently veried with a more accurate procedure. 1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-9 and Figure 2-10. Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. On the HP 8566B, connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT. Press 4SHIFT5 4W5 to calibrate the spectrum analyzer. Figure 2-9. Spurious Signals (Harmonic) Test Setup < 20 GHz 2-40 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) HP 8360 Equipment Spectrum Analyzer Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 10 dB HP 8566B HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) 2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Set: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Harmonic Measurement < 20 GHz 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-9. 4. On the synthesizer, press: 4POWER LEVEL5 Set the maximum specied leveled power. SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep 5. On the spectrum analyzer, set the rst set of start and stop frequencies from Table 2-9. Then set: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 Reference Level: 20 dBm Scale Log: 5 dB/Division Bandwidth Resolution: 3 MHz Video Bandwidth 3 MHz Table 2-9. Start and Stop Frequencies Start Frequency Stop Frequency (GHz) (GHz) 0.011 2.2 2.2 7.0 7.0 13.5 13.5 20.0 1 Set to 2 GHz for HP 83622A/24A. 6. Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-41 Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) See Table 2-10 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output frequencies. Table 2-10. Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output Frequencies YO Frequencies (GHz) 5.41 2.0 3.5 4.5 to 7.4 to 7.0 to 6.75 to 6.67 Harmonic N/A 1 2 3 RF Output Frequencies (GHz) 0.01 to 2.0 2.0 to 7.0 7.0 to 13.5 13.5 to 20.0 7. Compare the amplitude of the harmonics to the specications listed in the test record. If any harmonic is within 5 dB of specication, make a more accurate measurement using the \Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure < 20 GHz" that follows. 8. For the HP 83620A/30A: Record, on the test record, the value of the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 0.01 to 2.2 GHz. For the HP 83622A/24A: Record, on the test record, the value of the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 2 to 2.2 GHz. For the HP 83623A/40A/50A and all for instruments with Option 006: Record, on the test record, the value of the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 10 to < 50 MHz and 50 MHz to 2.2 GHz. 9. Reset your synthesizer to the parameters given in step 5. 10. For each set of start and stop frequencies given in Table 2-9 manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range and check the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics. 11. Compare the harmonics/subharmonics to the specications listed in the test record and verify any that are within 5 dB of specication with the \Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure < 20 GHz". 12. For the HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A: Record, on the test record, the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 2.2 and 20 GHz and 2-42 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) HP 8360 the value of the worst case subharmonic for RF output frequencies of 7 to 20 GHz. For the HP 83630A/40A/50A: Record, on the test record, the worst case subharmonic for RF output frequencies of 7 and 20 GHz. Note, for future use, the worst case harmonic for RF output frequencies of 2.2 to . 20 GHz Harmonic Measurement 20 to 26.5 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 13. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-10 using the HP 11970K Mixer (20 to 26.5 GHz). Figure 2-10. Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Test Setup > 20 GHz HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-43 Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) Equipment Spectrum Analyzer Microwave Amplier Harmonic Mixer (20 to 26.5 GHz) Harmonic Mixer (26.5 to 40 GHz) Harmonic Mixer (40 to 50 GHz) HP 8566B1 HP 11975A HP 11970K HP 11970A HP 11970Q 1 Firmware revision 13.8.86 or later. 14. On the spectrum analyzer, select the external mixer for the 20 to 26.5 GHz frequency range and set the reference level oset to compensate for the mixer's conversion loss at 23 GHz. 15. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 4235 4GHz5 16. Set the microwave amplier output power level to +16 dBm. 17. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: 23 GHz 1 MHz Adjust the reference level to position the signal peak at the top reference graticule. Use this reference level for all harmonic measurements. 18. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Start Frequency: Stop Frequency: 20 GHz 26.5 GHz 19. Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics. See Table 2-11 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output frequencies. Since an external mixer is used, use the spectrum analyzer signal identify feature to verify that suspected signals are in the 20 to 26.5 GHz frequency range. The signals most likely to appear are the fth and sixth YO harmonics. 20. Compare the amplitude of the harmonics and subharmonics to the specications listed in the test record. If any harmonics or subharmonics are within 5 dB of the specication, make a more accurate measurement using the \Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure > 20 GHz" that 2-44 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) HP 8360 and the worst case follows. Note the worst case harmonic subharmonic from 20 to 26.5 GHz. 21. For the HP 83630A only: Record, on the test record, the worst case subharmonic from > 20 to 26.5 GHz. For the HP 83630A/40A/50A only: From steps 12 and 20, determine the worst case harmonic from 2.2 to 26.5 GHz and record this value on the test record. Table 2-11. Corresponding YO Frequency Ranges and RF Output Frequencies Model HP 83630A/50A YO Frequencies YO Harmonic YO Harmonic RF Output Frequencies (GHz) (GHz) From Amp/Mult at RF Output 5.0 to 6.625 4 4 20 to 26.5 HP 83650A 4.41667 to 5.5667 3 6 26.5 to 33.4 HP 83650A 5.5667 to 6.333 3 6 33.4 to 38 HP 83650A 4.75 to 6.25 4 8 38 to 50 HP 83640A 5.0 to 6.375 2 4 20 to 25.5 HP 83640A 4.25 to 5.0 3 6 25.5 to 30 HP 83640A 5.0 to 6.667 3 6 30 to 40 Harmonic Measurement 26.5 to 40 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 22. Replace the HP 11970K mixer with the HP 11970A Mixer ( 26.5 to 40 GHz). 23. On the spectrum analyzer, select the external mixer for the 26.5 to 40 GHz frequency range and set the reference level oset to compensate for the mixer's conversion loss at 33 GHz. 24. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 4335 4GHz5 25. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: 33 GHz Frequency Span: 1 MHz HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-45 Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) Adjust the reference level to position the signal peak at the top reference graticule. Use this reference level for all harmonic measurements. 26. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Start Frequency: Stop Frequency: 26.5 GHz 40 GHz (HP 83640A) 38 GHz (HP 83650A) 27. Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics. See Table 2-11 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output frequencies. Since an external mixer is used, use the spectrum analyzer signal identify feature to verify that suspected signals are in the 26.5 to 40 GHz frequency range. The signals most likely to appear are the fth and sixth YO harmonics. 28. Compare the amplitude of the harmonics and subharmonics to the specications listed in the test record. If any harmonics or subharmonics are within 5 dB of the specication, make a more accurate measurement using the \Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure > 20 GHz" that and the worst case follows. Note the worst case harmonic subharmonic from 26.5 to 40 GHz. 29. For the HP 83640A only: From step 28, determine the worst case harmonic from 26.5 to 40 GHz and record this value on the test record. For the HP 83640A/50A only: From steps 20 and 28, determine the worst case subharmonic from > 20 and 40 GHz and record this value on the test record. Harmonic Measurement 38 to 50 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 30. Replace the HP 11970A mixer with the HP 11970Q Mixer (33 to 50 GHz). 31. On the spectrum analyzer, select external mixer for the 33 to 50 GHz frequency range and set the reference level oset to compensate for the conversion loss at 40 GHz. 32. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 4405 4GHz5 2-46 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) HP 8360 33. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: 40 GHz Frequency Span: 1 MHz Adjust the reference level to position the signal peak at the top reference graticule. Use this reference level for all harmonic measurements. 34. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Start Frequency: Stop Frequency: 38 GHz 50 GHz 35. Manually sweep the synthesizer across the frequency range while checking the spectrum analyzer display for harmonics and subharmonics. See Table 2-11 for the YO frequency ranges that correspond to the RF output frequencies. Since an external mixer is used, use the spectrum analyzer signal identify feature to verify that suspected signals are in the 38 to 50 GHz frequency range. The signals most likely to appear are the fth and sixth YO harmonics. 36. Compare the amplitude of the harmonics and subharmonics to the specications listed in the test record. If any harmonics or subharmonics are within 5 dB of the specication, make a more accurate measurement using the \Harmonic/Subharmonic Verication Procedure > 20 GHz" that and the worst case follows. Note the worst case harmonic subharmonic from 38 to 50 GHz. 37. For the HP 83650A only: From steps 28 and 36, determine the worst case harmonic from 26.5 to 50 GHz and record this value on the test record. From step 36, determine the worst case subharmonic from > 40 and 50 GHz and record this value on the test record. Harmonic/Subharmonic Verification Procedure < 20 GHz 1. Set the synthesizer to the RF output frequency that corresponds to the harmonic or subharmonic to be measured. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-47 Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) 2. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Frequency: Span: Reference Level: Scale Log: Bandwidth Resolution: Video Bandwidth: Same frequency as the synthesizer 1 MHz 15 dBm 5 dB/Division 10 kHz 30 kHz 3. Measure the synthesizer RF output amplitude with the spectrum analyzer marker. 4. Set the spectrum analyzer to the harmonic or subharmonic frequency to be measured. Measure the signal level with the spectrum analyzer marker. Change the reference level as necessary. 5. Calculate the harmonic/subharmonic level, where the harmonic/subharmonic is less than the carrier, as follows: Harmonic/Subharmonic amplitude (dBc) = 0[Synthesizer RF output amplitude (dBm) 0 (Harmonic/Subharmonic amplitude (dBm))] For example: RF Output = +10 dBm Harmonic = 60 dBm Harmonic (dBc) = [RF Out (Harmonic)] = [10 ( 60 dBm)] = [10 + 60 dBm] = 70 dBc 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Harmonic/Subharmonic Verification Procedure > 20 GHz Note For accurate measurements, the synthesizer must meet its power atness specication. 1. Note the synthesizer CW frequency that produces the suspect harmonic/subharmonic. 2. Set the synthesizer to the same RF output frequency as the harmonic/subharmonic to be measured. 2-48 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) HP 8360 3. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Frequency: Span: Reference Level: Scale Log: Bandwidth Resolution: Video Bandwidth: Same frequency as the synthesizer 1 MHz 15 dBm 5 dB/Division 10 kHz 30 kHz 4. Measure the synthesizer RF output amplitude with the spectrum analyzer marker. 5. Set the synthesizer to the CW frequency noted in step 1. 6. Measure the signal level with the spectrum analyzer marker. Change the reference level as necessary. 7. Calculate the harmonic/subharmonic level where the harmonic/subharmonic is less than the carrier, as follows: Harmonic/Subharmonic Amplitude (dBc) = [Synthesizer RF output amplitude (dBm) 0 Harmonic/Subharmonic amplitude (dBm)] For example: RF Output = +10 dBm Harmonic = 60 dBm Harmonic (dBc) = [RF Out (Harmonic)] = [10 ( 60 dBm)] = [10 + 60 dBm] = 70 dBc 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-49 Spurious Signals (Harmonics Subharmonics) 9. Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) Description and Procedure Use this procedure to measure known, xed, oset spurs that are generated in the frequency synthesis section of the synthesizer. The synthesizer is set to various CW frequencies where these spurious signals will most likely occur. Then the spectrum analyzer is tuned to the spur frequencies to measure their levels. 1. Preset the instruments shown in Figure 2-11 and let them warm up for at least one hour. On the HP 8566B, connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT. Press 4SHIFT5 4W5 to calibrate the spectrum analyzer. Figure 2-11. Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP 8566B 2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Set: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on) 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-11. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2-50 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) HP 8360 Fixed Spurious Signals 4. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 419.7655 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 Set the maximum specied leveled power. 5. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: Reference Level: Scale Log: Resolution Bandwidth: Sweep Time: Marker: 19.765 GHz 500 kHz 10 dBm 5 dB/Division Auto Auto Set to 19.765 GHz 6. On the spectrum analyzer, set the marker to the highest peak and then set the marker to center frequency. Decrease the frequency span to 100 Hz keeping the signal centered on the display and then repeat the marker peak search and set the marker to center frequency. 7. Note the signal amplitude on the spectrum analyzer. This is the carrier amplitude to which the spurs are referenced. dBm Carrier Amplitude 8. Use the following procedure to determine the actual frequency of the spurs in Table 2-12: a. On the synthesizer, press: 4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal . b. Use the RPG knob to select the rst calibration constant in Table 2-12 (#18). c. To the value of the spectrum analyzer center frequency (19.765 GHz), add the value of the calibration constant (or twice the value, as indicated in Table 2-12) and the value from the second column of Table 2-12 (20 kHz). Record this value (in Hz) in the last column of Table 2-12. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-51 Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) For example: 19.765 GHz (Spectrum analyzer center frequency) + 338 kHz (Possible value of calibration constant #18 + 20 kHz (Value from second column of the table) ---------------------------------------------------------------------= 19,765,358,000 Hz (Record this result in the last column of the table.) Repeat this procedure for the remaining calibration constants in Table 2-12. The last two actual spur frequencies have already been calculated and are not related to calibration constants. Table 2-12. Determining the Actual Spur Frequencies Calibration Constant (Hz) Calibration Constant #18 2(Calibration Constant #18) Calibration Constant #19 2(Calibration Constant #19) N/A N/A Additional Value Actual Spur (kHz) Frequency (Hz) 20 40 60 120 125 500 19,765,125,000 19,765,500,000 9. On the spectrum analyzer, set the center frequency to the rst \Actual Spur Frequency" from Table 2-12. Then set: Reference Level: Video Averaging: Marker: 050 dBm On 100 samples Same as spectrum analyzer frequency 10. Locate the spur corresponding to the spectrum analyzer frequency (see Table 2-12) and use the marker to measure its amplitude. If the spur is in the noise level, use the noise level amplitude (this gives a worst case value). dBm Spur Absolute Amplitude 2-52 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) HP 8360 11. Calculate the spur level in dBc as follows: Carrier Amplitude (dBm) 0 Spur Absolute Amplitude (dBm) = Spur Level (dBc) Record the result on the test record. Compare the result to the specication. 12. Repeat steps 9 through 11 for each of the spurs and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2-12. Low Band Offset Spurious Signals Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 13. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 415 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 14. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: Reference Level: Resolution Bandwidth: Video Bandwidth: Marker: Video Averaging: 1 GHz 500 Hz 0 dBm Auto Auto 1 GHz Off 15. Use the marker to measure the synthesizer's RF output amplitude at 1 GHz. This is the carrier amplitude to which the spurs are referenced. dBm RF output at 1 GHz 16. Set the spectrum analyzer center frequency to each of the frequencies in Table 2-13. Use the marker to measure the spurs (change the reference level as necessary). Calculate the spur level in dBc for each of the spurs as follows: Spur Level (dBc) = 0[RF Output at 1 GHz (dBm) 0 (Spur Level)] Record the spur level in dBc on the test record. Compare the spur level to the specication. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-53 Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) Table 2-13. Low Band Spurious Signals Spur Spectrum Analyzer Frequency 100 MHz 100 MHz Fixed Spur 900 MHz 100 MHz Oset Spur 6.4 GHz LO Feedthrough Spur Low Band Mixer Spurs 17. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 41.65 4GHz5 18. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Start Frequency: Stop Frequency: Reference Level: Resolution Bandwidth: Video Bandwidth: Sweep Time: Scale Log: Marker: 1.4 GHz 1.8 GHz 0 dBm 300 kHz 100 kHz Auto 10 dB/Division Normal Peak Search MKR-->REF LVL 19. Set the synthesizer to CW 1.9999 GHz and tune from 1.9999 GHz to 1.8 GHz. This results in the most dominant mixing spur moving from 1.4 to 1.8 GHz. The spur should be at the left-hand edge of the display (1.4 GHz). It should then travel to the right as you tune down. If you can't see it, increase power until you can identify the spur. Then reset the power level to 0 dBm (the performance specication is valid for 0 dBm). You are nished tuning when the spur merges with the 2 GHz carrier. 20. Identify the worst point (where the spur has the greatest power level), or if the spur is lost in the noise oor use that value, and record the dierence between the reference level and spurious signal amplitude on the test record. 2-54 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) HP 8360 Related Adjustments Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-55 Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) 10. Spurious Signals (Line-Related) Description and Procedure Use this procedure to measure line-related spurs. The synthesizer is placed at a CW frequency where the synthesizer is most sensitive to line-related spurs. The spectrum analyzer measures the RF output oset by the harmonics of the line power frequency (60 Hz or 50 Hz). To eliminate measuring the spectrum analyzer line-related spurs, an Invertron is used to operate the spectrum analyzer at a dierent line frequency so that its own spurs will not aect the measurement. The spectrum analyzer must have the capability of a 10 Hz resolution bandwidth. A wider resolution bandwidth results in the synthesizer's phase noise masking the spur. 1. Set the invertron for a line frequency of 55 Hz and for normal operating voltage. 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-12. Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-12. Spurious signals (Line-Related) Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer Invertron 2-56 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Line-Related) HP 8566B California Instruments 501TC HP 8360 3. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Set: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on) 4. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4CW5 46.995 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 5. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: Reference Level: Scale Log: Resolution Bandwidth: Sweep Time: Marker: 6.99 GHz 2 kHz 10 dBm 5 dB/Division 300 Hz Auto Set to 6.99 GHz 6. On the spectrum analyzer, set the marker to the highest peak and note the frequency dierence of the marker from the center frequency. Calibrate the spectrum analyzer frequency oset so that the signal peak is in the center of the display. 7. Note the signal amplitude on the spectrum analyzer. This is the carrier amplitude to which the spurs are referenced. dBm Carrier Amplitude This procedure is written for a line frequency of 60 Hz. For a 50 Hz line frequency, look for spurs at frequencies of 50 Hz times the harmonics in Table 2-14, and set the spectrum analyzer frequencies accordingly. Note 8. On the spectrum analyzer, set the center frequency to the rst spur frequency from Table 2-14. Then set: Reference Level: Frequency Span: Resolution Bandwidth: Marker: Video Averaging: HP 8360 050 dBm 100 Hz 10 Hz Same as spectrum analyzer frequency On 100 samples Performance Tests 2-57 Spurious Signals (Line-Related) 9. Locate the spur corresponding to the spectrum analyzer frequency (see Table 2-14) and use the marker to measure its amplitude. If the spur is in the noise level, use the noise level amplitude (this gives a worst case value). dBm Spur Absolute Amplitude 10. Calculate the spur level in dBc as follows: Spur Level (dBc) = 0[Carrier Amplitude (dBm) 0 (Spur Level)] Record the result on the test record. Compare the result to the specication. Note The odd harmonics will normally be higher than the even harmonics. 11. Repeat steps 8 through 10 for each of the spurs and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2-14. Change the spectrum analyzer reference level as indicated in the table. Table 2-14. Spectrum Analyzer Frequencies and Line Spur Frequencies and Harmonics Line Spur Line Spur Spectrum Analyzer Reference Level (dBm) Harmonic Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz) 2 120 6,990,000,120 050 3 180 6,990,000,180 050 4 240 6,990,000,240 050 12. For synthesizers capable of frequencies down to 10 MHz, set the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer to 1.9 GHz and repeat steps 6 through 11 for this frequency. 2-58 Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Line-Related) HP 8360 Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-59 Spurious Signals (Line-Related) 11. Single Sideband Phase Noise Description and Procedure This procedure uses a phase noise measurement system. It is the fastest and most accurate method for measuring phase noise. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-13. Preset the equipment and let them warm up for at least one hour. 2-60 Performance Tests Single Sideband Phase Noise HP 8360 Figure 2-13. Single Sideband Phase Noise Test Setup Equipment Phase Noise Measurement System HP 8360 HP 3048A Performance Tests 2-61 Single Sideband Phase Noise 2. Load the measurement software for the phase noise measurement system. 3. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 46.995 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 4. On the phase noise measurement system, set: Measurement Type: Start Offset Freq: Stop Freq: Minimum Averages: Carrier Frequency: Det Input Freq: DUT: Ref Source: Ext Timebase: Down Converter: HP 11848A LNA: Note phase locked 100 Hz 2 MHz 40 6.99 GHz 50 MHz user's srce, man 8662A, SYS, VCO, EFC not in use 1179C, SYS out To avoid entering these parameters each time you perform this test, create a le on the phase noise measurement system containing these parameters. With these parameters entered, the software automatically sets the remaining parameters. Table 2-15 shows the complete set of parameters. 2-62 Performance Tests Single Sideband Phase Noise HP 8360 Table 2-15. Phase Noise Measurement System Parameters Measurement Type: phase locked K VCO Method: Start Oset Freq: 100 Hz VCO Tune Constant: 82.33 Hz/V Stop Freq: 2 MHz measured Minimum Averages: 40 Loop Suppression: Veried Closed PLL BW: 150.5 Hz Carrier Frequency: 6.99 GHz Peak Tuning Range: 725.1 Hz Det Input Freq: 50 MHz Assumed Pole: 37.9 kHz Entered K VCO: 28 Hz/V DUT: user's srce, man Center Voltage: 0V Ref Source: 8662A, SYS, VCO, EFC Tune-voltage Range: 610V Ext Timebase: not in use Phase Detector: Down Converter: 11792C, SYS HP 11848A LNA: Out 5 to 1600 MHz K Detector Method: measured Detector Constant: 458.8 mV/Rad 5. Follow the instructions on the controller to make the phase noise measurement. 6. The dynamic signal analyzer has two traces. The sine wave shows the beatnote frequency in time domain (like an oscilloscope). The other trace is in the frequency domain (like a spectrum analyzer). At the message VERIFY BEATNOTE <1 MHZ, tune the signal generator for minimum sine wave frequency with the frequency domain signal near the left edge (0 Hz). 7. When the measurement is complete record the results on the test record and compare them to the specication. 8. Repeat steps 3 through 6 for the frequencies in Table 2-16. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-63 Single Sideband Phase Noise Table 2-16. Frequency Setting for Phase Noise Measurements Synthesizer Phase Noise Measurement System Frequency (GHz) Carrier Frequency Detector Input (GHz) (MHz) 1.971 1.97 310 18.0 18.0 720 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. Related Adjustments Sampler Assembly In Case of Difficulty 1. Line spurs may be present in the trace which exceed the phase noise specication. They should be ignored. 2. Be sure that the signal generator frequency (detector input) is tuned close enough that a zero beat can be found. 3. Note where the problem occurs (carrier frequency and oset frequency from the carrier) and refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 2-64 Performance Tests Single Sideband Phase Noise HP 8360 12. Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio Description and Procedure Using a spectrum analyzer, the synthesizer's CW RF output power is measured both with pulse on and with pulse o. The dierence in power is the pulse on/o ratio. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-14. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. On the HP 8556B, connect the CAL OUTPUT to the RF INPUT. Press 4SHIFT5 4W5 to calibrate the spectrum analyzer. Figure 2-14. Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP 8360 HP 8566B Performance Tests 2-65 Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio 2. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 The rst center frequency in Table 2-17. For the HP 83623A/24A only: Set the power level to 0 dBm by pressing: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 For all other synthesizers: Set the power level to 09.9 dBm by pressing: 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 9.95 4dBm5 Then, for all synthesizers: Press: FREQUENCY 4MENU5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Up/Dn Size CW 4505 4MHz5 3. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: Reference Level: Marker: Center Frequency Step Size: The same frequency set in step 2 100 Hz 0 dBm On 50 MHz Table 2-17. Pulse On/Off Center Frequencies Center Frequency (GHz) Pulse On/O Ratio 1.01 6.0 9.0 20.0 22.01 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 4. On the spectrum analyzer: a. Tune center frequency to center the signal on the display. b. Set the marker to highest peak. c. Note the marker amplitude. 5. On the synthesizer, turn on the external pulse. Press: 4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2-66 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio HP 8360 or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press: 4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk on) On the spectrum analyzer set the reference level to 070 dBm. Set the marker to the highest peak and note the maximum marker amplitude. The dierence between the marker value in step 4 and the marker value in step 7 is the pulse on/o ratio. Record this value in Table 2-17. On the spectrum analyzer, set the reference level to 0 dBm. On the synthesizer, turn o external pulse: 4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl (asterisk o) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press: 4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk o) Repeat steps 2 through 10 for the remaining synthesizer and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2-17 with the following changes to step 7 when testing 6.0 GHz: For a CW Frequency of 6.0 GHz: a. Step the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer in 50 MHz steps from 6.0 to 7.0 GHz. b. Note the frequency of the highest amplitude signal. Set the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer to this frequency. c. Set the marker to the highest peak and note the maximum marker amplitude. Record the worst case value from Table 2-17 on the test record. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 11. 12. Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty 1. A failure can be caused by a spur. Move the center frequency of both the spectrum analyzer and the synthesizer by 1 kHz, and retest at that point. If the on/o ratio is bad, it will be bad over greater than a 100 kHz region. 2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-67 Pulse Modulation On/Off Ratio 13. Pulse Performance Description and Procedure In this procedure, the synthesizer's RF output is displayed directly on a high-bandwidth digitizing oscilloscope where the rise and fall times are measured and a comparison of pulsed and CW power level accuracy is made. Power level accuracy is checked at a 10 Hz pulse repetition rate to verify its operation at the slowest specied rate. Rise and Fall Times 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-15. Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-15. Pulse Performance Test Setup 2-68 Performance Tests Pulse Performance HP 8360 Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope Pulse Generator Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 20 dB Attenuator 20 dB HP 54124T HP 8112A HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 8490D Option 020 (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 020 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) 2. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-18. 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 Leveling Point Internal (asterisk on) Leveling Mode Search (asterisk on) 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk 4ALC5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN on) Table 2-18. Synthesizer Frequencies Risetime Falltime Level Synthesizer Frequencies (GHz) Accuracy 1.91 5.0 9.0 15.0 23.0 1 28.0 1 35.0 1 45.0 1 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-69 Pulse Performance Note The CW frequencies checked provide a minimum verication of pulse performance. If pulse performance at a dierent frequency is important, repeat the test at that CW frequency. 3. On the pulse generator, set: Pulse Width: Pulse Period: Pulse Level: Disable: 50 ns 10 us (100 kHz) 5V LED off (enables pulse generator) 4. On the oscilloscope, set: Note Channel 3: Ext Probe Display Volts/Division Offset 10 On 15 mV (Readjust as required) 0V Timebase: Time/Division Delay Delay Reference 5 ns 100 ns At center Trigger: Trigger Slope Probe Atten Trigger Level Positive 20 1.2V Display: Display Mode Display Time Screen Persistence 1 sec Single On the oscilloscope, turn the waveform math function on. Then use the waveform math maximum function to determine the pulse envelope when making the following measurements. 2-70 Performance Tests Pulse Performance HP 8360 5. On the synthesizer, press: (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press: 4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk on) 6. On the oscilloscope: a. Adjust the timebase delay to position the rising edge of the pulsed RF near the center of the display. b. Adjust the channel 3 volts/division and oset to obtain a 5 division signal level between the RF power o and the RF power on. (See Figure 2-16.) c. Adjust the channel 3 oset to move the RF power o line one-half division below the nearest horizontal graticule (making the horizontal graticule cross the waveform at the 10% point.) d. Adjust the oscilloscope timebase to widen the pulse envelope so that the measurement can be made with greater accuracy. (See Figure 2-17.) e. Use the oscilloscope's delta t function to measure the time dierence between the 10% and 90% risetime points on the envelope. (The 10% point of the risetime is where the pulse envelope crosses the graticule. The 90% point is 4 divisions up.) Record this value in Table 2-18. 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Pulse On/Off Extrnl NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-71 Pulse Performance Figure 2-16. Pulse Envelope Displayed Over 5 Divisions 7. Adjust the timebase delay to position the falling edge of the pulse near the center of the oscilloscope display. 8. Measure the falltime the same way as you measured the risetime (see step 6). Record this value in Table 2-18. 9. Repeat steps 5 through 8 at each synthesizer frequency in Table 2-18. 10. Record each worst case risetime and falltime value from Table 2-18 on the test record. 2-72 Performance Tests Pulse Performance HP 8360 Figure 2-17. Widened Pulse Envelope Pulse Leveling Accuracy 11. On the pulse generator, set: Pulse Width: Pulse Period: Pulse Level: 1 us 1 ms 5V 12. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-18 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Leveling Mode Normal 4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl 4ALC5 (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press: 4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-73 Pulse Performance 13. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 3: Volts/Division Timebase: Time/Division Delay Reference Trigger: Trigger Level 30 mV 100 ns At left 50 mV Increase the oscilloscope sensitivity to 5 mV/division. Adjust the delay and timebase so that the pulse waveform takes up the entire display. Adjust the oscilloscope channel 3 oset to position the top of the pulse envelope near the center graticule. 14. On the synthesizer, turn o external pulse and set the power level to 00.3 dBm. Press: Pulse On/Off Ext (asterisk o) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 .35 4dBm5 15. Use the oscilloscope's waveform math maximum function to determine the peak power level (if the waveform math function was previously on, clear the display before executing this step.) Use the oscilloscope's delta V feature and position marker 1 at the center of the peak power as displayed by the math waveform (the width of the waveform is caused by noise in the system.) Leave the marker at that position. 16. Set the synthesizer's power level to +0.3 dBm. Press: 4POWER LEVEL5 4.35 4dBm5 17. Clear the oscilloscope display and use the oscilloscope's waveform math maximum feature to determine the peak power level. Use the oscilloscope's delta V feature and position marker 2 at the center of the peak power as displayed by the math waveform. If the dierence between marker 1 and marker 2 is less than 1 division, repeat steps 13 through 17 with channel 3 volts/division set to a more sensitive scale. 18. On the synthesizer, press: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Pulse On/Off Extrnl 2-74 Performance Tests Pulse Performance (asterisk on) HP 8360 19. Observe the peak pulse power. It should stay within the two delta V markers set in steps 16 and 18. Record the \Pass" or \Fail" in the Level Accuracy column in Table 2-18. 20. Repeat steps 12 through 19 at each synthesizer frequency in Table 2-18. 21. If all results in Table 2-18 are \Pass", record \Pass" on the test record. If any results are \Fail", record \Fail" on the test record. Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-75 Pulse Performance 14. Pulse Performance (Alternate Procedure) Description and Procedure In this procedure, the synthesizer's RF output is downconverted in frequency so that an oscilloscope can measure the rise and fall times and make a comparison of pulsed and CW power level accuracy. For measurements above 20 GHz RF output frequency, a spectrum analyzer with external mixer is used to downconvert to a 321.4 MHz RF. Power level accuracy is checked at a 10 Hz pulse repetition rate to verify its operation at the slowest specied rate. The power amplier ensures a sucient signal level into the oscilloscope to make the measurement. 1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-18 and Figure 2-20. Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Rise and Fall Times < 20 GHz Note This procedure is not valid for fast pulse option (Option 006). 2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-18. 2-76 Performance Tests Pulse Performance (Alternate) HP 8360 Figure 2-18. Pulse Performance Test Setup < 20 GHz Equipment Local Oscillator (Synthesized Sweeper) Digitizing Oscilloscope Preamplier Mixer Attenuator 6 dB Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 10 dB HP 8360 HP 83620A HP 54111D HP 8447F HP P/N 0955-0307 HP 8493C Option 006 HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) Performance Tests 2-77 Pulse Performance (Alternate) 3. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-19. 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 55 4dBm5 (asterisk on) on) 4. On the local oscillator (HP 83620A), set the center frequency to the rst LO frequency in Table 2-19. Then set: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Leveling Point Internal Leveling Mode Search (asterisk 4ALC5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Power Level: RF Power: 10 dBm On Table 2-19. Synthesizer and LO Frequencies Synthesizer LO Frequencies Risetime Falltime Level Frequencies (GHz) (GHz) Accuracy 1.91 2.4 5.0 4.5 9.0 8.5 15.0 14.5 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. Note The CW frequencies checked provide a minimum verication of pulse performance. If pulse performance at a dierent frequency is important, repeat the test at that CW frequency. 5. On the pulse generator, set: Pulse Width: Pulse Period: Pulse Level: Disable: 50 ns 10 us (100 kHz) 5V LED off (enables pulse generator) 2-78 Performance Tests Pulse Performance (Alternate) HP 8360 6. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance On 100 mV 0V dc 50 ohms Channel 2: Display Off Timebase: Time/Division Delay Delay Reference 10 ns 100 ns At center Trigger: Trigger Mode Trigger Source Trigger Level Edge Chan 2 2V Display: Display Mode Averaging Number of Averages Screen Repetitive On 1 Single Note On the oscilloscope, turn the waveform math function on. Then use the waveform math maximum function to determine the pulse envelope when making the following measurements. 7. On the synthesizer, press: 4MOD5 HP 8360 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Pulse On/Off Extrnl (asterisk on) Performance Tests 2-79 Pulse Performance (Alternate) 8. On the oscilloscope: a. Adjust the timebase delay to position the rising edge of the pulsed RF near the center of the display. b. Adjust the channel 1 volts/division and oset to obtain a 5 division signal level between the RF power o and the RF power on (see Figure 2-19). c. Adjust the channel 1 oset to move the RF power o line one-half division below the nearest horizontal graticule (making the horizontal graticule cross the waveform at the 10% point.) d. Use the oscilloscope's delta T function to measure the time dierence between the 10% and 90% risetime points on the envelope. (The 10% point of the risetime is where the pulse envelope crosses the graticule. The 90% point is 4 divisions up.) Record this value in Table 2-19. Figure 2-19. Signal Level between RF Power Off and On 9. Adjust the timebase delay to position the falling edge of the pulse near the center of the oscilloscope display. 10. Measure the falltime the same way as you measured the risetime. (See step 8.) Record this value in Table 2-19. 2-80 Performance Tests Pulse Performance (Alternate) HP 8360 11. Repeat steps 7 through 10 at each synthesizer and LO frequency in Table 2-19. 12. For the HP 83620A/22A and for the HP 83623A/24A, record each worst case risetime and falltime value from Table 2-19 on the appropriate test record. Pulse Leveling Accuracy < 20 GHz 13. On the pulse generator, set: Pulse Width: Pulse Period: Pulse Level: 1 us 1 ms 5V 14. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-19 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 05 4dBm5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Leveling Mode Normal 4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl 4ALC5 (asterisk on) 15. On the spectrum analyzer, set the center frequency to the rst frequency in Table 2-19. 16. On the oscilloscope, set: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Channel 1: Volts/Division 30 mV Timebase: Time/Division 100 ns Delay Reference At left Adjust the delay and timebase so that the pulse waveform takes up the entire display. Adjust the oscilloscope channel 1 oset to position the top of the pulse envelope near the center graticule. 17. On the synthesizer, turn o external pulse and set the power level to 00.3 dBm. Press: Pulse On/Off Extrnl (asterisk o) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 0.35 4dBm5 HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-81 Pulse Performance (Alternate) 18. Use the oscilloscope's waveform math maximum function to determine the peak power level (if the waveform math function was previously on, clear the display before executing this step.) Use the oscilloscope's delta V feature and position marker 1 at the center of the peak power as displayed by the math waveform (the width of the waveform is caused by noise in the system.) Leave the marker at that position. 19. Set the synthesizer's power level to 00.3 dBm. Press: 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 0.35 4dBm5 20. Clear the oscilloscope display and use the oscilloscope's waveform math maximum feature to determine the peak power level. Use the oscilloscope's delta V feature and position marker 2 at the center of the peak power as displayed by the math waveform. If the dierence between marker 1 and marker 2 is less than 1 division, change channel 1 volts/division to a more sensitive scale and repeat steps 16 through 20. 21. On the synthesizer, press: 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 05 4dBm5 (asterisk on) 22. Reset the oscilloscope waveform math feature to maximum and observe the peak pulse power. It should stay within the two delta V markers set in steps 17 and 19. Record the value in Table 2-19. 23. Repeat steps 12 through 21 at each synthesizer and LO frequency in Table 2-19. 24. For the HP 83620A/22A and for the HP 83623A/24A, record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2-19 on the appropriate test record. 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Pulse On/Off Extrnl 2-82 Performance Tests Pulse Performance (Alternate) HP 8360 Rise and Fall Times > 20 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. Figure 2-20. Pulse Performance Test Setup >20 GHz Equipment Spectrum Analyzer Digitizing Oscilloscope Microwave Amplier RF Amplier Pulse Generator Harmonic Mixer Harmonic Mixer Harmonic Mixer Attenuator 6 dB Attenuator 10 dB HP 8360 HP 8566B HP 54111D HP 11975A HP 8447F HP 8116A HP 11970K HP 11970A (HP 83640A/50A) HP 11970Q (HP 83650A) HP 8493C Option 006 HP 8490D Option 010 Performance Tests 2-83 Pulse Performance (Alternate) Table 2-20. Risetime and Falltime Values CW Frequency Risetime Falltime Level Accuracy 23 GHz 28 GHz 35 GHz 45 GHz Procedure > 20 to 26.5 GHz. 25. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-20 using the HP 11970K Mixer. 26. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 4235 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 Leveling Point Intrnl (asterisk Leveling Mode Search (asterisk on) 4ALC5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN on) 27. Set the microwave amplier output power level to +16 dBm. 28. On the spectrum analyzer, select external mixer and set the frequency range for the mixer. Then set: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: 23 GHz 0 Hz 29. Repeat steps 5 through 10 recording the risetime and falltime values in Table 2-20. For HP 83630A only, record the worst case risetime and worst case falltime values from Table 2-19 and Table 2-20 on the test record. Procedure > 26.5 to 40 GHz. 30. Replace the HP 11970K Mixer with the HP 11970A Mixer. 31. Repeat steps 5 through 10 at synthesizer and spectrum analyzer CW frequencies of 30 and 35 GHz recording the risetime and falltime values in Table 2-20. For HP 83640A only, record the worst case risetime and worst case falltime values from Table 2-19 and Table 2-20 on the test record. 2-84 Performance Tests Pulse Performance (Alternate) HP 8360 Procedure > 40 GHz to 50 GHz. 32. Replace the HP 11970A Mixer with the HP 11970Q Mixer (33 to 50 GHz). 33. Repeat steps 5 through 10 at synthesizer and spectrum analyzer CW frequencies of 45 GHz and record the risetime and falltime values in Table 2-20. For the HP 83650A only, record the worst case risetime and worst case falltime values from Table 2-19 and Table 2-20 on the test record. Pulse Leveling Accuracy > 20 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. Procedure > 20 to 26.5 GHz. 34. Replace the HP 11970Q Mixer with the HP 11970K Mixer. 35. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 4235 4GHz5 36. Repeat steps 13 through 22 and record the level accuracy in Table 2-20. 37. For HP 83630A only, record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2-19 and Table 2-20 on the test record. Procedure > 26.5 to 40 GHz. 38. Replace the HP 11970K Mixer with the HP 11970A Mixer. 39. Repeat steps 13 through 22 for CW frequencies of 30 and 35 GHz and record the level accuracy in Table 2-20. 40. For HP 83640A only, record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2-19 and Table 2-20 on the test record. Procedure > 40 to 50 GHz. 41. Replace the HP 11970A Mixer with the HP 11970Q Mixer. 42. Repeat steps 13 through 22 for a CW frequency of 45 GHz and record the level accuracy in Table 2-20. 43. For HP 83650A only, record the worst case level accuracy from Table 2-19 and Table 2-20 on the test record. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-85 Pulse Performance (Alternate) Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty 1. A noisy amplier can cause a noisy trace that is too wide to measure. Substitute ampliers to verify a problem with the amplier. 2. If there is no change in amplication, the amplier may be saturated (operating in compression). The 0.3 dB variation should be approximately equal on both sides. Try a lower synthesizer power level to get the amplier out of saturation. 3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 2-86 Performance Tests Pulse Performance (Alternate) HP 8360 15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Description and Procedure In CW, at specied maximum leveled power, the synthesizer is pulse modulated using a pulse generator. The synthesizer's RF output is ltered (only the video feedthrough passes), amplied, and displayed on an oscilloscope. Because of the low amplitude of the video feedthrough, a preamplier is used in the test setup; system gain must be considered when making this measurement. When video feedthrough is expressed as a percentage, the following equation is used: Video feedthrough (%) = [(video Vp/carrier Vp) x 100]/video gain 1. Preset all the instruments shown in Figure 2-21 and let them warm up for at least one hour. 2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on) 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-21 with the pulse generator connected directly to channel 1 of the oscilloscope (A). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-87 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Figure 2-21. Video Feedthrough Test Setup Equipment Pulse Generator Digitizing Oscilloscope Preamplier 130 MHz Filter 500 MHz Low Pass Filter 3.7 GHz Filter Attenuator 6 dB Attenuator 20 dB HP 8116A HP 54111D HP 8447F K & L Microwave 5LL30-130/BT2400/BP Mini-Circuits SLP-550 HP P/N 9135-0191 HP 8493C Option 006 (HP 83620A/22A/ 30A/40A/50A) HP 8493C Option 020 (HP 83623A/24A) 2-88 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough HP 8360 System Calibration The pulse generator output level can be aected by loading. Leave the pulse generator connected to the oscilloscope's channel 2 (through the BNC tee) as you set the output level. Note 4. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance On 50 mV 0V dc 50 Channel 2: Display Input Impedance Off 50 Timebase: Time/Division Delay Delay Reference 20 ns 0s At center Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Edge Channel 1 0.05V Positive Mode Source Level Slope Display: Display Mode Averaging Number of Averages HP 8360 Repetitive On 16 Performance Tests 2-89 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 5. On the pulse generator, set: Pulse: Pulse width: Frequency: Offset: Selected 10 ns 2 MHz (500 ns) 0V 6. On the pulse generator, set the pulse amplitude for a reading of 0.1V on the oscilloscope. Video Gain 7. Connect the pulse generator to the oscilloscope's channel 1 through the attenuator, lters, and amplier (B). 8. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Volts/Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance 0.2V 0.3V dc 50 Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Edge Channel 1 0.4V Negative Mode Source Level Slope 0 0 Vp 9. On the oscilloscope, note the pulse amplitude: 10. Calculate the video gain: Vp (from step 9) Video gain = system pulse generator Vp Vp = system 0:1 Vp Video Gain = 2-90 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough HP 8360 Low Band Video Feedthrough Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 11. Connect the pulse generator output to the synthesizer's pulse input (C). 12. Connect the synthesizer to the oscilloscope's channel 1 through the attenuator, lters, and amplier (D). 13. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 First CW frequency in Table 2-21 4ALC5 Leveling Mode Search . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4POWER LEVEL5 4105 4dBm5 (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Pulse On/Off Extrnl NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext Table 2-21. Low Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies Synthesizer CW Video Video Frequency Feedthrough (%) Feedthrough (%) (GHz) 10 dBm > 10 dBm 0.4 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.9 HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-91 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 14. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance On 0.01 V 0V dc 50 Channel 2: Display Volts/Division Offset Off 1V 2V Timebase: Time/Division Delay Delay Reference 200 ns 400 ns At center Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Edge Channel 2 1V Positive Mode Source Level Slope Display: Display Mode Repetitive Averaging On Number of averages 64 15. On the pulse generator, set: Pulse width: Frequency: Offset: Amplitude: 500 ns 200 kHz (5 0V 5V s) 16. On the oscilloscope, note the maximum voltage from the baseline. (See Figure 2-22.) Video feedthrough (Vp) = Vp 2-92 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough HP 8360 Figure 2-22. Measuring Maximum Voltage from the Baseline Video Feedthrough 17. Using the video gain from step 10, the video feedthrough (Vp) from step 16, and the carrier voltage from Table 2-22 calculate the video feedthrough as a percent of carrier power: Video feedthrough (%) = [(video Vp/carrier Vp)x100]/video gain HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-93 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Table 2-22. Power Level Conversions to Volts Peak Synthesizer Maximum Peak Carrier Specied Power (dBm) Voltage Into 50 (V) 1 Synthesizer Maximum Peak Carrier Specied Power (dBm) Voltage Into 50 (V) 1 0 0.316 10.5 1.059 0.5 0.335 11.0 1.122 1.0 0.355 11.5 1.189 1.5 0.376 12.0 1.259 2.0 0.398 12.5 1.334 2.5 0.422 13.0 1.413 3.0 0.447 13.5 1.496 3.5 0.473 14.0 1.585 4.0 0.501 14.5 1.679 4.5 0.531 15.0 1.778 5.0 0.562 15.5 1.884 5.5 0.596 16.0 1.995 6.0 0.631 16.5 2.113 6.5 0.668 17.0 2.239 7.0 0.708 17.5 2.371 7.5 0.750 18.0 2.512 8.0 0.794 18.5 2.661 8.5 0.841 19.0 2.819 9.0 0.891 19.5 2.985 9.5 0.944 20.0 2.985 10.0 1.000 1 Peak Carrier Voltage = 10 PdBm010 20 18. Record the video feedthrough (in Table 2-21). 19. Repeat steps 16 through 18 for the remaining CW frequencies in Table 2-21. 20. For synthesizers capable of > 10 dBm, set the maximum specied leveled power and repeat steps 16 through 18 for all of the CW frequencies in Table 2-21. 21. Record the worst case value from Table 2-21 for each power range on the test record. 2-94 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough HP 8360 Video Feedthrough > 2 GHz 22. 23. 24. 25. Replace the 130 MHz low pass lter with a 500 MHz low pass lter. Repeat steps 7 through 10 to check video gain once more. On the oscilloscope, reset channel 1 to 0.01 volts/division. Set the synthesizer to its maximum specied leveled power and repeat steps 13 and 16 through 17 (the oscilloscope and pulse generator are already set up) for the CW frequencies in Table 2-23. Do not exceed the maximum frequency of your synthesizer. Record the video feedthrough in Table 2-23. Table 2-23. Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies Frequency Video (GHz) Feedthrough (%) 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 23.0 28.0 35.0 45.0 26. Record the worst case value in Table 2-23 on the test record. Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-95 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 16. AM Accuracy Description and Procedure This procedure measures the AM accuracy of the synthesizer. The local oscillator and mixer are used to downconvert the synthesizer frequency to the frequency range of the measuring receiver (an HP 11793A Microwave Converter can be substituted for the mixer). For measurements above 20 GHz RF output frequency, a spectrum analyzer with external mixer are used to downconvert to a 321.4 MHz RF. The function generator provides AM modulation. The function generator signal level is adjusted for 30% AM as measured by the measuring receiver. The function generator signal level is checked for accuracy. A DVM may be necessary to measure the function generator output. 1. Turn on the equipment shown in Figure 2-23. Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. 2. On the measuring receiver, calibrate and store the AM calibration factor. Low Band < 2 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-23. 2-96 Performance Tests AM Accuracy HP 8360 Figure 2-23. AM Accuracy Test Setup Low Band Equipment Function Generator Digital Voltmeter Measuring Receiver Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 10 dB HP 3325A HP 3456A HP 8902A HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/23A/30A) 4. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 45005 4MHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 4USER CAL5 HP 8360 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Always (asterisk on) Performance Tests 2-97 AM Accuracy 5. On the function generator, set: Function: Frequency: DC Offset: Sine wave 1 kHz 0 mV Set the amplitude to 600 mVp-p (or 212 mVrms ) and verify this amplitude with the DVM. Note that the DVM measures in V rms (Vrms x 1.414 x 2 = Vp-p ). 6. On the measuring receiver, set: HP Filter: 300 Hz LP Filter: 3 kHz Measurement: AM Detector: Peak /2 (both on) Automatic Operation 6 7. On the synthesizer, turn on AM modulation. Press: 4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on) For instruments with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on) 8. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN For Instruments with Option 002 only. 9. On the synthesizer, turn on internal AM. Press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Int (asterisk on) 10. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Internal AM Rate 415 4kHz5 Internal AM Depth 4305 4enter5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 11. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver. 2-98 Performance Tests AM Accuracy HP 8360 High Band > 2 GHz and < 20 GHz 12. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-24. Figure 2-24. AM Accuracy Test Setup < 20 GHz Equipment Function Generator Digital Voltmeter Local Oscillator (Synthesized Sweeper) Measuring Receiver Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 10 dB Mixer HP 8360 HP 3325A HP 3456A HP 83620A HP 8902A HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP P/N 0955-0307 Performance Tests 2-99 AM Accuracy 13. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 455 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 4USER CAL5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Always 14. On the local oscillator, set: (asterisk on) CW Frequency: 5.1 GHz RF: On Power Level: 10 dBm 15. On the function generator, set: Function: Frequency: DC Offset: Sine wave 1 kHz 0 mV Set the amplitude to 600 mV p-p and verify this amplitude with the DVM. Note that the DVM measures in V rms (V rms x 1.414 x 2 = V p-p). 16. On the measuring receiver, set: HP Filter: 300 Hz LP Filter: 3 kHz Measurement: AM Detector: Peak /2 (both on) Automatic Operation 6 17. On the synthesizer, turn on AM modulation. Press: 4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on) For instruments with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on) 18. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN For Instruments with Option 002 only. 19. On the synthesizer, turn external AM o and internal AM on. Press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o) AM On/Off Int (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2-100 Performance Tests AM Accuracy HP 8360 20. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Internal AM Rate 415 4kHz5 Internal AM Depth 4305 4enter5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 21. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver. High Band > 20 GHz { Doubler Engaged Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 22. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-25. Figure 2-25. AM Accuracy Test Setup > 20 GHz HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-101 AM Accuracy Equipment Spectrum Analyzer Microwave Amplier Measuring Receiver Harmonic Mixer Function Generator Attenuator 10 dB HP 8566B HP 11975A HP 8902A HP P/N 0955-0307 HP 3325A HP 8490D Option 010 23. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 4285 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4 35 4dBm5 0 (asterisk o) For instruments with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on) 24. Set the microwave amplier output power level to +16 dBm. 25. On the spectrum analyzer, set: 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AM On/Off 100%/V NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Center Frequency: Frequency Span: 28 GHz 0 Hz 26. Set up the function generator as in step 6. 27. Set up the measuring receiver as in step 7 and select automatic operation. 28. On the synthesizer, press: 4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on) For instruments with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on) 29. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN For Instruments with Option 002 only:. 30. On the synthesizer, turn external AM o and internal AM on. Press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o) AM On/Off Int (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2-102 Performance Tests AM Accuracy HP 8360 31. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Internal AM Rate 415 4kHz5 Internal AM Depth 4305 4enter5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 32. On the test record, record the modulation depth as indicated by the measuring receiver. Related Adjustments Modulator Oset and Gain In Case of Difficulty 1. The AM input impedance is internally selectable to either 50 or 2 k (the factory-set value is 50 ). If the AM input is set for 2 k , and the function generator requires a 50 system, use a DVM to measure the AM input signal level while it is connected to the synthesizer. 2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-103 AM Accuracy 17. AM Bandwidth Description and Procedure This test veries that the peak RF output power does not vary more than a specied amount over the specied amplitude modulation rate frequency range. The spectrum analyzer with the tracking generator operates as a network analyzer to measure the atness. Flatness errors associated with the tracking generator and spectrum analyzer are calibrated out of the measurement. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-26 with the tracking generator output connected to the 50 ohm input of the spectrum analyzer and to the DVM. Press 4PRESET5 and let the equipment warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-26. AM Bandwidth Test Setup 2-104 Performance Tests AM Bandwidth HP 8360 Equipment Spectrum Analyzer With Tracking Generator Crystal Detector Crystal Detector Digital Voltmeter HP 3585A/B HP 33330E (HP 83640A/50A) HP 33330D (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 3456A 2. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Start Frequency: Stop Frequency: Sweep Manual: dB/Div: Range: Tracking Generator Amplitude: 5 kHz 200 kHz 5 kHz 1 dB 5 dBm Maximum 600 mV p-p (212 mV rms on the DVM) 3. On the spectrum analyzer, clear trace A memory. Change the 4REF LEV5, using the RPG knob, to position the trace (dot) on the center horizontal graticule. 4. Set the spectrum analyzer to continuous sweep. When a full sweep is completed, store trace A into trace B memory. Then display A minus B (turning o trace B). A straight line should be displayed. The spectrum analyzer is now calibrated. 5. Connect the tracking generator output to the synthesizer's AM input and connect the synthesizer's RF output through the crystal detector to the spectrum analyzer's 50 ohm input. 6. On the synthesizer, press: 4USER CAL5 AM CAL MENU AM BW CAL Always (asterisk on) 4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-24 4POWER LEVEL5 Set to 5 dB below specied maximum leveled power 4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on) or for synthesizers with Option 002, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4MOD5 HP 8360 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AM On/Off Ext AM Type 100%/V Performance Tests 2-105 AM Bandwidth Table 2-24. Synthesizer Frequencies 3 dB Synthesizer Frequencies (GHz) Bandwidth 1.51 5.0 9.0 18.0 23.01 28.01 36.01 44.01 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 7. On the spectrum analyzer, clear and view trace A (light on). Change the reference level to set the peak of the trace on the center graticule. If an over range occurs, turn the RPG knob in the opposite direction. The display now shows the synthesizer AM atness from 5 kHz to 200 kHz. 8. Use the spectrum analyzer markers to determine the 3 dB bandwidth. Record the frequency of the 3 dB bandwidth in Table 2-24. If the 3 dB bandwidth point is o the display, record \> 200 kHz" in Table 2-24. 9. Set the spectrum analyzer to 4CONT5 and repeat steps 7 and 8 for the remaining synthesizer frequencies in Table 2-24. 10. Record the smallest bandwidth from Table 2-24 on the test record. Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 2-106 Performance Tests AM Bandwidth HP 8360 18. AM Dynamic Range Description and Procedure In this procedure, a function generator is used to provide a DC voltage to the synthesizer's AM input. The synthesizer is set to 0 dBm output power. AM is enabled and a DC voltage is applied. The DC voltage is set for maximum AM without an overmodulation indication to drive the synthesizer's modulator to the edge of distortion. The output power is measured with a power meter. A measurement is made in 1 GHz steps across the synthesizer's frequency range. This equipment lets you measure down to 030 dBm. If you reach this level before the synthesizer overmodulates, the power meter will indicate an under range measurement. This procedure is repeated using the deep AM function in the search ALC mode. A spectrum analyzer is used in place of the power meter to make the deep AM measurement. This equipment allows you to measure down to approximately 065 dBm. If your synthesizer does not overmodulate by this point, and you wish to measure the power level just before overmodulation, use a power supply to increase the DC voltage supply to the AM input. CAUTION Do not exceed 015 V DC to the AM input or damage will occur. 1. Preset the instruments shown in Figure 2-27 and let them warm up for at least one hour. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-107 AM Dynamic Range Figure 2-27. AM Dynamic Range Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer Digital Voltmeter Function Generator Power Meter Power Sensor Power Sensor HP 8566B HP 3456A HP 3325A HP 436A/7A/8A HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) 2. On the synthesizer, turn on RF peaking and AM bandwidth calibration. Press: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on) 4PRIOR5 AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Always (asterisk on) 3. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor. 4. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-27 with the power sensor connected to the synthesizer's RF OUTPUT. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2-108 Performance Tests AM Dynamic Range HP 8360 5. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 415 4GHz5 (Set to 2 GHz for synthesizers with lowest start frequency of 2 GHz) FREQUENCY 4MENU5 Up/Dn Size CW 415 4GHz5 POWER 4MENU5 Uncoupl Atten (Option 001 only) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 105 4dBm5 4MOD5 Verify that all modulation is o. (No asterisks next to key labels.) For synthesizers with Option 002, if modulation is on, an \AM," \FM," or \PLS" message will be displayed. 6. On the power meter, set: Mode: Cal Factor %: dBm Cal factor corresponding to the synthesizer's CW frequency 7. On the function generator, turn o all waveforms and set: DC Offset: 01.5 V DC Normal AM Dynamic Range 8. On the synthesizer, turn on AM modulation to 10 dB/V: 4MOD5 AM On/Off 10dB/V (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) AM Type 10 dB/V (asterisk on) 9. Decrease the function generator output just until the OVERMOD message turns on. Then increase the signal until the OVERMOD message turns o. (The more negative the signal applied to the modulator is, the more the RF output level decreases.) 10. Wait for the power meter to settle then note the power meter reading in Table 2-25. If the power meter reads under range, record < 030 dB. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-109 AM Dynamic Range Table 2-25. Power Meter Readings 1 GHz 12 GHz 2 GHz 13 GHz 3 GHz 14 GHz 4 GHz 15 GHz 5 GHz 16 GHz 6 GHz 17 GHz 7 GHz 18 GHz 8 GHz 19 GHz 9 GHz 20 GHz 10 GHz 21 GHz1 11 GHz 22 GHz1 1 HP 83630A/40A/50A only. 11. Repeat steps 9 and 10 from 2 to 22 GHz, in 1 GHz steps. Change the power meter cal factor % as required. 12. Record the worst case value from Table 2-25 on the test record. Deep AM Dynamic Range 13. Disconnect the power sensor from the synthesizer and connect the spectrum analyzer as shown in Figure 2-27. 14. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 415 4GHz5 (Set to 2 GHz for synthesizers with lowest start frequency of 2 GHz) 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 155 4dBm5 (asterisk o) or for synthesizers with Option 002, press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Int (asterisk o) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AM On/Off 10 dB/V NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2-110 Performance Tests AM Dynamic Range HP 8360 15. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: CF Step Size: Reference Level: Scale Log: 1 1 1 5 5 GHz MHz GHz dBm dB/Division 16. Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer with the center frequency control. 17. On the synthesizer, press: AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on) Deep AM (asterisk on) or for synthesizers with Option 002, press: AM On/Off Ext AM Type 100%/V (asterisk o) Deep AM (asterisk on) 18. Change the spectrum analyzer reference level to 040 dBm. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Note Make the following measurements as quickly as possible since the signal amplitude is subject to drift when you use deep AM at low levels. If necessary, turning AM o and on again will reset the power level. 19. With a 10 mV resolution, adjust the function generator until you get an OVERMOD message on the synthesizer or until the signal drops into the noise level on the spectrum analyzer. Decrease the function generator output just until the OVERMOD message disappears. 20. Record the RF signal level (or the noise level if the signal is in the noise). HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-111 AM Dynamic Range Table 2-26. RF Signal Level 1 GHz 12 GHz 2 GHz 13 GHz 3 GHz 14 GHz 4 GHz 15 GHz 5 GHz 16 GHz 6 GHz 17 GHz 7 GHz 18 GHz 8 GHz 19 GHz 9 GHz 20 GHz 10 GHz 21 GHz1 11 GHz 22 GHz1 1 HP 83630A/40A/50A only. 21. On the synthesizer, turn o modulation. Set: AM On/Off 10dB/V (asterisk o) or for synthesizers with Option 002, press: AM Type 10 dB/V (asterisk o) 22. Step the synthesizer and spectrum analyzer CW and center frequencies in 1 GHz steps. Turn modulation back on and repeat steps 19 through 21 to the highest frequency from Table 2-26 that applies to your synthesizer. 23. Record the worst case values from step 20 on the test record: a. For the HP 83630A, record worst case values for frequencies < 20 GHz and for frequencies 20 GHz. b. For the HP 83640A/50A, record worst case values for frequencies 20 GHz and for frequencies > 20 GHz. c. For all other instruments, record the worst case value for all frequencies tested. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2-112 Performance Tests AM Dynamic Range HP 8360 Related Adjustments Modulator Oset and Gain Modulation Generator Adjustment (Option 002) In Case of Difficulty 1. Make sure that the most negative voltage without an OVERMOD message is applied. 2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-113 AM Dynamic Range 19. FM Accuracy Description and Procedure Use this procedure to measure the FM accuracy of the synthesizer. With the synthesizer set to an FM sensitivity of 10 MHz/V, and the function generator providing an FM modulation index of 2.404, the RF output should be a null. The function generator amplitude is adjusted for the Bessel null and the dierence between signals is recorded. Note Since the modulation frequency for external FM is 1 MHz, this procedure relies on the voltage-setting accuracy of the function generator (the frequency is too high for a DVM, and an oscilloscope is not accurate enough.) External FM 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-28. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-28. FM Accuracy Test Setup 2-114 Performance Tests FM Accuracy HP 8360 Equipment Spectrum Analyzer Function Generator HP 8566B HP 3325A 2. To achieve peak power on the synthesizer, turn on RF peaking. Press: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on) 3. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-27 4POWER LEVEL5 Set the specied maximum leveled power NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Table 2-27. Synthesizer Frequencies Synthesizer Frequencies External FM Internal FM (GHz) Error (%) Error (%) 1.01 5.0 10.0 16.0 22.01 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 4. On the function generator, set: Function: Frequency: Amplitude: DC Offset: Sine wave 1 MHz 480.8 mV p-p (169.96 mV rms) 0 V 5. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Reference Level: Attenuator: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: HP 8360 0 dBm Auto Same frequency as in step 3 50 kHz Performance Tests 2-115 FM Accuracy Resolution Bandwidth: Video Bandwidth: Sweep Time: Sweep: 3 kHz 1 kHz Auto Continuous 6. Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer display using the center frequency function. 7. Turn on the synthesizer modulation. Press: 4MOD5 FM On/Off 100 kHz (asterisk on) or for synthesizers with Option 002, press: 4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) 8. Adjust the function generator amplitude to minimize the amplitude of the signal on the spectrum analyzer. 9. Calculate the percentage of error as follows: Error (%) = [(480.8 mV p-p 0 New Amplitude)/480.8 mV p-p] x 100. 10. Record the error in Table 2-27. 11. Turn o the synthesizer FM modulation. Press: FM On/Off 100 kHz (asterisk o) or for synthesizers with Option 002, press: FM On/Off Ext (asterisk o) 12. Repeat steps 6 through 11 at the synthesizer (and spectrum analyzer) frequencies in Table 2-27. 13. Record the worst case value from Table 2-27 on the test record. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Internal FM (Option 002 only) 14. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-27 4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk o) 15. Set the spectrum analyzer center frequency to the same frequency as the synthesizer. 16. Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer display using the center frequency function. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 2-116 Performance Tests FM Accuracy HP 8360 17. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN FM Menu FM On/Off Int Internal FM Rate 415 4MHz5 Internal FM Dev 42.4045 4MHz5 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 18. Adjust the internal FM deviation on the synthesizer to minimize the amplitude of the carrier on the spectrum analyzer. 19. Calculate the percentage of error as follows: Error (%) = [(2.404 MHz 0 New FM Deviation)/2.404 MHz] x 100. 20. Record the error in Table 2-27. 21. Turn o the internal FM modulation. Select: FM On/Off Int (asterisk o) 22. Repeat steps 15 through 21 at the synthesizer (and spectrum analyzer) frequencies in Table 2-27. 23. Record the worst case \Internal FM Error" (from Table 2-27) on the test record. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Related Adjustments FM Gain Modulation Generator (Option 002) Modulation Generator Flatness (Option 002) In case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-117 FM Accuracy 20. FM Bandwidth Description and Procedure Use this procedure to verify that the RF output power does not vary more than a specied amount over the specied frequency modulation rate frequency range. A low frequency spectrum analyzer with a tracking generator operates as a network analyzer to measure the FM atness. Flatness errors associated with the tracking generator and spectrum analyzer are calibrated out of the measurement. Flatness errors due to the power splitter and microwave amplier are minimized by external leveling at the amplier. The delay line discriminator is used to demodulate the FM from the RF carrier. It also provides an input to the spectrum analyzer that is equivalent to the tracking generator frequency and proportional in power to the synthesizer RF output. The delay line discriminator is formed by driving a mixer with a modulated carrier into the LO port, and a delayed carrier into the RF port. The delay is produced with a cable of approximately 3 feet in length. With this setup, the mixer responds to phase dierences between the two inputs. The cable has a constant time delay and, as the carrier frequency is frequency-modulated, a linear phase shift occurs between the mixer inputs. Since the mixer inputs are in quadrature, the mixer operates as a phase detector that amplitude tracks the RF input (synthesizer power) and has an output frequency corresponding to the FM rate (tracking generator frequency). 2-118 Performance Tests FM Bandwidth HP 8360 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-29 with the tracking generator output connected to the channel 1 input of the oscilloscope and to the FM input of the synthesizer (A). A DVM can be used in place of the oscilloscope for rms measurements. Preset all the equipment and let them warm up at least one hour. 2. To achieve peak power on the synthesizer, turn on RF peaking. Press: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on) 3. On the spectrum analyzer, set: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Center frequency: 100 kHz Frequency Span: 0 Hz Set the spectrum analyzer tracking generator to 100 mV p-p (35 mV rms). Choose the alternate detector if your tracking generator has an alternate detector that improves the low-end atness. 4. Connect the tracking generator output to the 50 ohm input of the spectrum analyzer through the 10 dB attenuator (B). On the spectrum analyzer, set: Start Frequency: Stop Frequency: Resolution Bandwidth: Video Bandwidth: Sweep: dB/Div: Range: HP 8360 100 kHz 10 MHz 10 kHz 1 kHz Continuous 1 dB 10 dBm 0 Performance Tests 2-119 FM Bandwidth Figure 2-29. FM Bandwidth Test Setup 2-120 Performance Tests FM Bandwidth HP 8360 Equipment Spectrum Analyzer with Tracking Generator Digitizing Oscilloscope Digital Voltmeter Microwave Amplier Power Splitter Power Splitter Mixer Attenuator 10 dB (2) Attenuator 10 dB (2) Delay Line Discriminator (cable 3 ft.) HP 3585A/B HP 54111D HP 3456A HP 8348A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 11667C (HP 83640A/50A) HP 11667B (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP P/N 0955-0307 HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP P/N 08503-20038 5. On the spectrum analyzer, clear trace A memory. Change the reference level, using the RPG knob, to position the trace on the center horizontal graticule. 6. When a full sweep is completed, store trace A into trace B memory. Then display A minus B (turning o trace B). A straight line should be displayed. Find Quadrature 7. Connect the tracking generator output to the synthesizer's FM input and connect the mixer's IF output to the DVM's VOLTS HI/LO input (C). Set the DVM to measure DC volts. 8. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 First synthesizer frequency in Table 2-28 4ALC5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Leveling Point ExtDet Coupling Factor 4165 4dB5 Set the power so that the microwave amplier displays an output of 16 dBm. 4POWER LEVEL5 HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-121 FM Bandwidth Table 2-28. Synthesizer Frequencies Synthesizer Frequencies (GHz) Maximum Dierence 1.51 5.0 9.0 18.0 23.02 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 2 HP 83630A/40A/50A only. 9. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: 100 kHz 0 Hz 10. On the synthesizer, press 4CW5 and use the left arrow key to position the cursor in the 1 MHz position (one digit left of the decimal point). Use the rotary knob or step keys to adjust the CW frequency for 0 V DC on the DVM. DC FM Flatness (Unlocked) 11. Move the mixer's IF output from the DVM to the spectrum analyzer's 50 input (D). 12. On the synthesizer, turn on FM DC. Press: 4MOD5 FM On/Off DC (asterisk on) 13. On the spectrum analyzer, set: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Start Frequency: Stop Frequency: dB/Div: 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 dB Change the reference level to set the start of the trace or the highest peak on the center graticule. 2-122 Performance Tests FM Bandwidth HP 8360 14. The display now shows the synthesizer FM atness from 100 kHz to 10 MHz. Use the spectrum analyzer markers to nd the 3 dB bandwidth. Record this frequency in Table 2-28. If the total variation is less than 3 dB then record \> 10 MHz" in Table 2-28. 15. Repeat steps 7 through 14 at the synthesizer frequencies in Table 2-28. 16. Record the smallest bandwidth from Table 2-28 on the test record. Related Adjustments FM Gain In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-123 FM Bandwidth 21. Maximum FM Deviation Description and Procedure In this procedure, the synthesizer's RF output is monitored directly on a spectrum analyzer for low FM rates. The FM amplitude is increased until the maximum deviation exceeds the specication. For higher FM rates, the FM rate is set so that a Bessel null occurs when the RF peak deviation equals the specication. The modulation amplitude is increased in order to pass through the correct Bessel null for the FM rate used and the peak deviation specied. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-30. Preset all the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-30. Maximum FM Deviation Test Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer Function Generator Function Generator 2-124 Performance Tests Maximum FM Deviation HP 8566B HP 3325A HP 8111A or HP 8116A HP 8360 DC FM ( 100 Hz) (Using HP 8111A or HP 8116A) Synthesizer models without 1 GHz capability should use 5 GHz settings instead of 1 GHz, as indicated in parenthesis. Note 2. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 415 4GHz5 (5 GHz) FREQUENCY 4MENU5 Up/Dn NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Size CW 415 4GHz5 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: Reference Level: on) 1 GHz (5 GHz) 187.5 MHz 10 dBm 4. Connect the high voltage output (16 V p-p) function generator and set it as follows: Function: Sine wave Frequency: 100 Hz Amplitude: Minimum 5. Center the signal on the spectrum analyzer display by adjusting the center frequency. Set the spectrum analyzer to maximum hold. 6. On the synthesizer, press: 4MOD5 FM On/Off DC (asterisk on) or for synthesizers with Option 002, press: 4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) FM Coupling DC (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Note The function generator must be capable of supplying > 16 Vp-p into 50 to obtain sucient FM deviation for this step. 7. Increase the function generator amplitude until the width of the signal displayed exceeds eight divisions on the spectrum analyzer. In Table 2-29 record PASS if the signal exceeds eight divisions with no unlock or overmod message on the synthesizer. Record FAIL if not. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-125 Maximum FM Deviation Table 2-29. DC FM Test Pass-Fail Results 1 GHz1 5 GHz 9 GHz 18 GHz 22 GHz1 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 8. On the synthesizer, press: FM On/Off DC (asterisk o) or for synthesizers with Option 002, press: FM On/Off Ext (asterisk o) 9. On the spectrum analyzer, clear and write to trace A. 10. Decrease the function generator amplitude to minimum. 11. Repeat steps 5 through 10 for the remaining synthesizer and spectrum analyzer frequencies in Table 2-29. 12. Circle PASS on the test record if all the results in Table 2-29 are PASS. If not, circle FAIL on the test record. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AC FM (at 100 kHz) (Using HP 3325A) Note Maximum FM deviation for a 100 kHz rate is limited to a modulation index of 5 times n, where n = frequency band. The modulation index is equivalent to deviation/rate. Synthesizer models without 1 GHz capability should use 5 GHz settings, as indicated in parenthesis, instead of 1 GHz. 13. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 415 4GHz5 (5 GHz) 14. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center frequency: Frequency Span: Same as synthesizer frequency 1 MHz 2-126 Performance Tests Maximum FM Deviation HP 8360 Reference Level: 10 dBm Clear all data from the display. 15. Center the signal on the analyzer display. 16. Connect the synthesized function generator and set it as follows: Function: Frequency (FM Rate): Amplitude: 17. On the synthesizer, press: Sine wave 100 kHz 1 mV (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, press: 4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) This activates FM sensitivity. Use the down arrow key to set FM sensitivity to 1.00 MHz/V. 18. On the function generator, set: 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN FM On/Off 100 kHz NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Amplitude (Calculated Null Voltage): 271 mV rms Use the 4AMPTD CAL5 key to do an amplitude calibration. Use the arrow keys to adjust the amplitude to achieve a null of the 1st sideband (Sideband Nulled). Note The sidebands may not respond to increases and decreases of the FM input voltage symmetrically. In this case, take the average of the voltages that cause the lower sideband and upper sideband to null. If the sidebands null at more than one voltage level, use the lower voltage value as the null voltage. 19. Record the \Actual Null Voltage" in the space provided in Table 2-30. 20. Calculate the actual FM sensitivity using the formula: Calculated Null Voltage Actual FM Sensitivity = Actual Null Voltage (Set FM Sensitivity) Record this value in the space provided in Table 2-30. 21. On the function generator, increase the amplitude (FM input voltage) until the synthesizer displays an UNLOCK or OVERMOD message. Decrease the FM Input Voltage just until the UNLOCK or OVERMOD message turns o. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-127 Maximum FM Deviation 22. Record the FM input voltage in the Maximum FM Voltage column of Table 2-30. 23. Calculate the maximum FM deviation using the formula: Max FM Deviation = (Actual FM Sensitivity)[(1.414)(Max FM Voltage)] 24. Record the maximum FM deviation in the appropriate column of the test record. 25. Repeat steps 13 through 24 for all the synthesizer settings indicated in Table 2-30. Remember to use the set FM sensitivity as a multiplier when Note calculating the actual FM sensitivity. 2-128 Performance Tests Maximum FM Deviation HP 8360 Table 2-30. FM Deviation Frequencies and Settings Synthesizer Settings Spectrum Analyzer Settings Sideband Function Generator Settings Nulled Readings and Calculations Ampl. Actual Freq. FM Rate (mVrms ) Null Volts (MHz) (mVrms ) CW FM Center Freq. Span Freq. Freq. Sens. (GHz) (MHz/V) (GHz) (MHz) 11 1 1 1 1 0.1 271 5 1 5 1 1 0.1 271 9 1 9 1.2 5 0.1 621 17 1 17 1.3 6 0.1 706 221 1 22 1.3 6 0.1 706 11 10 1 5 1 1 271 5 10 5 5 1 1 271 11 10 1 1 carrier 3 510 5 10 5 1 carrier 3 510 Actual Max. FM FM Volts Sens. (mVrms ) (MHz/V) 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-129 Maximum FM Deviation Related Adjustments FM Gain Modulation Generator Modulation Generator Flatness In Case of Difficulty 1. If the synthesizer remains unlocked, turn AC FM o and begin the procedure from step 13 for the CW frequency in question. 2. Refer to the Troubleshooting Manual. 2-130 Performance Tests Maximum FM Deviation HP 8360 22. Internal Pulse Accuracy (Option 002) Description and Procedure This performance test uses an oscilloscope to measure the pulse width of the output of the modulation generator (not the pulse width of the RF output). 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-31. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-31. Pulse Accuracy Test Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes HP 54111D HP 10437A 2. On the synthesizer, press: Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Int (asterisk on) Internal Menu Internal Pulse Width 4255 4ns5 Internal Pulse Period 43005 4ns5 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-131 Internal Pulse Accuracy 3. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Input Coupling Input Impedance On 500 mV dc 50 Timebase: Time/Division Delay Reference Sweep 10 ns center auto Trigger: Trigger Mode Trig Src Trigger Level Slope Edge Chan 1 1.2V Pos Display: Display Mode Averaging Display Time Repetitive Off 0.2 s 4. Adjust the oscilloscope oset to fully display the signal. 5. Use the oscilloscope to measure the width of the pulse. Record the value measured on the test record. 6. On the synthesizer, change the pulse width to 50 ns. Press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Internal Pulse Width 4505 4ns5 7. Use the oscilloscope to measure the width of the pulse. Record the value measured on the test record. Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 2-132 Performance Tests Internal Pulse Accuracy HP 8360 23. Modulation Meter (Option 002) Description and Procedure The modulation meter measures and displays the value of the externally generated amplitude or frequency modulation. This procedure determines the accuracy of the modulation meter. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-32. Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 2-32. Modulation Meter Test Setup Equipment Function Generator Digital Voltmeter HP 3325A HP 3456A 2. Set the DVM to measure AC. Press: 4105 4STORE5 4N CYC INT5 465 4STORE5 4N DIG DISP5 3. On the synthesizer, press 4CW5 4105 4GHz5. 4. Set the function generator for a 100 kHz, 600 mV p-p, sine wave output signal. 5. On the synthesizer, turn on external AM modulation and turn on the AM meter function. Press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on). 4PRIOR5 Monitor Menu Meter On/Off AM (asterisk on). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-133 Modulation Meter 6. Record the AM METER value on the test record. 7. Set the function generator for a 1 kHz, 1.800 V p-p, sine wave output signal. If necessary, adjust the function generator for a DVM reading of 0.6363 AC V rms. 8. Record the AM METER value on the test record. 9. Disconnect the BNC tee from the AM input and connect it to the FM input. 10. On the synthesizer, turn o external AM, turn on external FM, set the FM sensitivity to 1 MHz/V, and turn on the FM meter function. Press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o) 4PRIOR5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 415 4MHz5 11. 12. 13. 14. (asterisk on) Set the function generator for a 1 kHz, 10 V p-p, sine wave output signal. If necessary, adjust the function generator amplitude for a DVM reading of 3.535 AC V rms. Record the FM METER value on the test record. Set the function generator for a 100 kHz, 2 V p-p, sine wave output signal. Record the FM METER value on the test record. 4PRIOR5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Monitor Menu Meter On/Off FM Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 2-134 Performance Tests HP 83620A/22A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (1 of 8) Test Facility: Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency C % Hz (nominal) Firmware Revision Special Notes: HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-135 HP 83620A/22A Test Record Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (2 of 8) Model Report Number Test Equipment Used Model Number Date Trace Number Cal Due Date 1. Digital Oscilloscope 2. Measuring Receiver 3. Power Sensor 4. Power Meter 5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6. Function Generator 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 2-136 Performance Tests HP 83620A/22A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (3 of 8) Model Report No. Test No. Test Description 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate 7. 2. Minimum Spec. Results Calculated Rate Date Maximum Measurement Spec. Uncertainty 5x10 010 /day 65.6x10011 0.1% of 60.005% of sweep sweep 50 ms 610 s Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value: 10. Start Freq Stop Freq 3. Frequency Switching Time 8. 4. CW Step 5 ms 25. Frequency List 50 ms 610 s 00.6 dB +0.6 dB 60.19 dB 00.7 dB +0.7 dB 60.35 dB 01.2 dB +1.2 dB 60.21 dB 01.3 dB +1.3 dB 60.46 dB Power Accuracy 14. > 010 dBm: < 2 GHz 2 and 20 GHz > +10 dBm: < 2 GHz 2 and 20 GHz 5. Power Flatness 5. 6. 61 s 16. Stepped Sweep < 2 GHz 1.0 dB 0.13 dB 2 and 20 GHz 1.2 dB 0.25 dB Maximum Leveled Power Standard or Opt. 006: 6. 20 GHz +13 dBm 61.8 dB +11.5 dBm 61.8 dB Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006: 6. 20 GHz HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-137 HP 83620A/22A Test Record Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (4 of 8) Model Test No. 7. Test Description Report No. Date 00.2 mV 63 V Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty External Leveling 7. Minimum Power 00.5 V 10. Maximum Power 8. 620 V Spurious Signals: Harmonic Harmonics (Standard): < 2.2 GHz < 2.2 GHz 8. 0.01 to 030 dBc 61.75 dB 8. 2 to 030 dBc 61.75 dB 050 dBc 61.75 dB 12. 2.2 and 20 GHz Harmonics (Opt. 006): 8. < 50 MHz 8. 50 MHz to < 2.2 GHz 12. 2.2 and 20 GHz 020 dBc 61.75 dB 030 dBc 61.75 dB 060 dBc 61.75 dB 050 dBc 61.75 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB Subharmonics: 12. 7 and 20 GHz 9. Spurious Signals: Non-harmonic 11. Spur Frequency: 060 dBc 61 dB 125 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB 500 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB 100 MHz Fixed 060 dBc 61 dB 100 MHz Oset 060 dBc 61 dB 16. Spur Frequency: LO Feedthrough 20. Low Band Mixer Spur 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61.85 dB 2-138 Performance Tests HP 83620A/22A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (5 of 8) Report No. Date 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 100 Hz to 070 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 0107 dBc 62 dB 070 dBc 62 dB 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 0107 dBc 62 dB 060 dBc 62 dB 068 dBc 62 dB 076 dBc 62 dB 097 dBc 62 dB Model Test No. Test Description 10. Spurious Signals: Line Related Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 10. At 6.99 GHz: 10. At 1.9 GHz: 11. 61 dB1 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7. Osets at 6.99 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 kHz 7. Osets at 1.97 GHz: < 1 kHz 1 kHz to < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 Hz to 100 kHz 7. Osets at 18.0 GHz: < 1 kHz 1 kHz to < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 Hz to 100 kHz 1 61 dB1 63 dB if the Invertron is not used. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-139 HP 83620A/22A Test Record Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (6 of 8) Model Test No. 12. Test Description Date 80 dB 61 dB Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio 12. On/O Ratio 13. Report No. Pulse Performance Standard: 10. Risetime 25 ns 60.9 ns 10. Falltime 25 ns 60.9 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB Option 006: 14. 10. Risetime 10 ns 60.4 ns 10. Falltime 10 ns 60.4 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB Pulse Performance (Alternate) 12. Risetime 15. 25 ns 12. Falltime 25 ns 24. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21. < 2 GHz 10 dBm 2% 60.22% 5% 60.4% Standard: 0.2% 60.03% Option 006: 1% 60.07% > 10 dBm 26. 2 and 20.0 GHz 2-140 Performance Tests HP 83620A/22A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (7 of 8) Model Test No. 16. Date Report No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty AM Accuracy < 2 GHz: 8. 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 18. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 21. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% AM Depth 11. AM Depth Opt. 002 > 2 and < 20 GHz: 17. AM Bandwidth 10. 3 dB Bandwidth 18. 19. 20. 100 kHz 610.31 kHz AM Dynamic Range 12. Normal 020 dBm 60.4 dB 23. Deep 037 dBm 61.66 dB FM Accuracy 13. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% 63.7% 23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002 010% +10% 63.7% FM Bandwidth 16. 3 dB Bandwidth HP 8360 8 MHz 6320 kHz Performance Tests 2-141 HP 83620A/22A Test Record Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (8 of 8) Model Test No. 21. Date Report No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Maximum FM Deviation 12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz: > 675 MHz Deviation 62.3 MHz Pass/Fail 24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz: Modulation Index 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 642.4 kHz 17 GHz 1.5 MHz 663.6 kHz 1 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 1 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 5 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz: Modulation Index 5 24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz: > 68 MHz deviation 22. 23. Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt. 002) 5. Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 6110 ps 7. Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 6117 ps 25% 35% 60.6% Modulation Meter (Opt. 002) 5. AM Meter 7. AM Meter 85% 95% 60.6% 11. FM Meter 4.95 MHz 5.05 MHz 615 kHz 13. FM Meter 950 kHz 1.05 MHz 610 kHz 2-142 Performance Tests HP 83623A/24A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (1 of 8) Test Facility: Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency C % Hz (nominal) Firmware Revision Special Notes: HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-143 HP 83623A/24A Test Record Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (2 of 8) Model Report Number Test Equipment Used Model Number Date Trace Number Cal Due Date 1. Digital Oscilloscope 2. Measuring Receiver 3. Power Sensor 4. Power Meter 5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6. Function Generator 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 2-144 Performance Tests HP 83623A/24A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (3 of 8) Model Report No. Test No. Test Description 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate 7. 2. Minimum Spec. Results Calculated Rate Date Maximum Measurement Spec. Uncertainty 5x10 010 /day 65.6x10011 0.1% of 60.005% of sweep sweep 50 ms 610 s Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value: 10. Start Freq Stop Freq 3. Frequency Switching Time 8. 4. CW Step 5 ms 25. Frequency List 50 ms 610 s 00.6 dB +0.6 dB 60.19 dB 00.7 dB +0.7 60.35 dB 01.2 dB +1.2 dB 60.21 dB 01.3 dB +1.3 dB 60.46 dB Power Accuracy 14. > 010 dBm: < 2 GHz 2 and 20 GHz > +10 dBm: < 2 GHz 2 and 20 GHz 5. Power Flatness 5. 6. 61 s 16. Stepped Sweep < 2 GHz 1.0 dB 0.13 dB 2 and 20 GHz 1.2 dB 0.25 dB Maximum Leveled Power 6. HP 83623A: Standard or Opt. 006 +17 dBm 61.8 dB Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006 +15.5 dBm 61.8 dB Standard +20 dBm 61.8 dB Option 006 +17 dBm 61.8 dB 6. HP 83624A: HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-145 HP 83623A/24A Test Record Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (4 of 8) Model Test No. 7. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Option 001 +18.5 dBm 61.8 dB Opts. 001 and 006 +15.5 dBm 61.8 dB 00.2 mV 63 V External Leveling 7. Minimum Power 00.5 V 10. Maximum Power 8. Date Report No. 620 V Spurious Signals: Harmonic Harmonics (Standard): 8. < 50 MHz < 2.2 GHz < 2.2 GHz 020 dBc 61.75 dB 8. 50 MHz to 025 dBc 61.75 dB 8. 2 to 025 dBc 61.75 dB 025 dBc 61.75 dB 12. 2.2 to 20 GHz Harmonics (Opt. 006): 8. < 50 MHz 8. 50 MHz to 020 dBc 61.75 dB 025 dBc 61.75 dB 060 dBc 61.75 dB 050 dBc 61.75 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 125 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB 500 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB < 2.2 GHz 12. 2.2 and 20 GHz Subharmonics 12. 7 to 20 GHz 9. Spurious Signals: Non-harmonic 11. Spur Frequency: 2-146 Performance Tests HP 83623A/24A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (5 of 8) Model Test No. Test Description Report No. Date 060 dBc 61 dB Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 16. Spur Frequency: 100 MHz Fixed 100 MHz Oset 060 dBc 61 dB LO Feedthrough 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61.85 dB 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 100 Hz to 070 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 0107 dBc 62 dB 100 Hz to 070 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 0107 dBc 62 dB 20. Low Band Mixer Spur 10. Spurious Signals: Line Related 10. At 6.99 GHz: 10. At 1.9 GHz: 11. 61 dB1 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7. Osets at 6.99 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 kHz 7. Osets at 1.97 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 kHz 1 61 dB1 63 dB if the Invertron is not used. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-147 HP 83623A/24A Test Record Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (6 of 8) Report No. Date 100 Hz to 060 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 068 dBc 62 dB 076 dBc 62 dB 097 dBc 62 dB 80 dB 61 dB Model Test No. Test Description 7. Osets at 18.0 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 kHz 12. Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio 12. On/O Ratio 13. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Pulse Performance Standard: 10. Risetime 25 ns 60.9 ns 10. Falltime 25 ns 60.9 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB Option 006: 14. 15. 10. Risetime 10 ns 60.4 ns 10. Falltime 10 ns 60.4 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB Pulse Performance (Alternate) 12. Risetime 25 ns 12. Falltime 25 ns 24. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21. < 2 GHz 10 dBm > 10 dBm 26. 2 and 20.0 GHz 2-148 Performance Tests HP 83623A/24A Test Record 2% 60.22% 5% 60.35% 1% 60.06% HP 8360 Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (7 of 8) Model Test No. 16. Date Report No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty AM Accuracy < 2 GHz: 8. 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 18. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 21. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% AM Depth 11. AM Depth Opt. 002 > 2 and < 20 GHz: 17. AM Bandwidth 10. 3 dB Bandwidth 18. 100 kHz 610.31 kHz AM Dynamic Range 12. Normal 020 dBm 60.4 dB HP 83623A 033 dBm 61.65 dB HP 83624A 030 dBm 61.65 dB 23. Deep 19. 20. FM Accuracy 13. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% 63.7% 23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002 010% +10% 63.7% FM Bandwidth 16. 3 dB Bandwidth HP 8360 8 MHz 6320 kHz Performance Tests 2-149 HP 83623A/24A Test Record Table 2-34. Test Record for HP 83623A and 83624A (8 of 8) Model Test No. 21. Date Report No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Maximum FM Deviation 12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz: > 675 MHz Deviation 62.3 MHz Pass/Fail 24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz: Modulation Index 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 642.2 kHz 17 GHz 1.5 MHz 663.6 kHz 1 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 1 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 5 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz: Modulation Index 5 24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz: > 68 MHz deviation 22. 23. Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt. 002) 5. Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 6110 ps 7. Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 6117 ps Modulation Meter (Opt. 002) 5. AM Meter 25% 35% 60.6% 7. AM Meter 85% 95% 60.6% 11. FM Meter 4.95 MHz 5.05 MHz 615 kHz 13. FM Meter 950 kHz 1.05 MHz 610 kHz 2-150 Performance Tests HP 83630A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (1 of 8) Test Facility: Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency C % Hz (nominal) Firmware Revision Special Notes: HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-151 HP 83630A Test Record Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (2 of 8) Model Report Number Test Equipment Used Model Number Date Trace Number Cal Due Date 1. Digital Oscilloscope 2. Measuring Receiver 3. Power Sensor 4. Power Meter 5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6. Function Generator 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 2-152 Performance Tests HP 83630A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (3 of 8) Model Report No. Test No. Test Description 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate 7. 2. Minimum Spec. Results Calculated Rate Date Maximum Measurement Spec. Uncertainty 5x10 010 /day 65.6x10011 0.1% of 60.005% of sweep sweep 50 ms 610 s Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value: 10. Start Freq Stop Freq 3. Frequency Switching Time 8. 4. CW Step 5 ms 25. Frequency List 50 ms 610 s 00.6 dB +0.6 dB 60.19 dB 00.7 dB +0.7 dB 60.35 dB 00.9 dB +0.9 dB 60.38 dB 01.2 dB +1.2 dB 60.21 dB 01.3 dB +1.3 dB 60.46 dB Power Accuracy 14. > 010 dBm: < 2 GHz 2 and 20 GHz > 20 and 26.5 GHz > +10 dBm: < 2 GHz 2 and 20 GHz 5. Power Flatness 5. < 2 GHz 1.0 dB 0.13 dB 2 and 20 GHz 1.2 dB 0.25 dB 1.6 dB 0.27 dB > 20 and 26.5 GHz 6. 61 s 16. Stepped Sweep Maximum Leveled Power Standard or Opt. 006: HP 8360 0.01 to 26.5 GHz +10.0 dBm 61.7 dB 0.01 to 20 GHz +13.0 dBm 61.7 dB Performance Tests 2-153 HP 83630A Test Record Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (4 of 8) Report No. Date 0.01 to 26.5 GHz +8.0 dBm 61.7 dB 0.01 to 20 GHz +11.5 dBm 61.7 dB Model Test No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006: 7. External Leveling 7. Minimum Power 8. 63 V 00.2 mV 00.5 V 10. Maximum Power 620 V Spurious Signals: Harmonic Harmonics (Standard): 8. 0.01 to < 2.2 GHz 21. 2.2 and 26.5 GHz 030 dBc 61.75 dB 0 50 dBc 61.75 dB Harmonics (Opt. 006): 8. < 50 MHz 8. 50 MHz to < 2.2 GHz 12. 2.2 and 26.5 GHz 020 dBc 61.75 dB 030 dBc 61.75 dB 060 dBc 61.75 dB Subharmonics 9. 12. 7 and 20 GHz 050 dBc 61.75 dB 21. 050 dBc 61.75 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 125 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB 500 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB > 20 and 26.5 GHz Spurious Signals: Non-harmonic 11. Spur Frequency: 2-154 Performance Tests HP 83630A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (5 of 8) Model Test No. Test Description Report No. Date 060 dBc 61 dB Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 16. Spur Frequency: 100 MHz Fixed 100 MHz Oset 060 dBc 61 dB LO Feedthrough 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61.85 dB 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 100 Hz to 070 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 100 kHz 0107 dBc 62 dB 100 Hz to 070 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 100 kHz 0107 dBc 62 dB 20. Low Band Mixer Spur 10. Spurious Signals: Line Related 10. At 6.99 GHz: 10. At 1.9 GHz: 11. 61 dB1 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7. 7. 1 61 dB1 Osets at 6.99 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz Osets at 1.97 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 63 dB if the Invertron is not used. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-155 HP 83630A Test Record Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (6 of 8) Report No. Date 100 Hz to 060 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 068 dBc 62 dB 076 dBc 62 dB 097 dBc 62 dB 80 dB 61 dB Model Test No. Test Description 7. Osets at 18.0 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 kHz 12. Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio 12. On/O Ratio 13. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Pulse Performance Standard: 10. Risetime 25 ns 60.9 ns 10. Falltime 25 ns 60.9 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB 10 ns 60.4 ns Option 006: 10. Risetime 14. 10. Falltime 10 ns 60.4 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.3 dB Pulse Performance (Alternate) 29. Risetime 15. 25 ns 29. Falltime 25 ns 37. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21. < 2 GHz 10 dBm 2% 60.22% 5% 60.4% Standard: 0.2% 60.03% Option 006: 1% 60.07% > 10 dBm 26. 2 and 26.5 GHz 2-156 Performance Tests HP 83630A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (7 of 8) Model Test No. 16. Test Description < 2 GHz: 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 11. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 18. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 21. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% AM Depth > 2 and < 20 GHz: AM Bandwidth 10. 3 dB Bandwidth 18. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty AM Accuracy 8. 17. 100 kHz 20. 610.31 kHz AM Dynamic Range 12. Normal 020 dBm 60.45 dB 23. Deep 037 dBm 61.65 dB 040 dBm 61.35 dB < 20 GHz 23. Deep 20 GHz 19. Date Report No. FM Accuracy 13. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% 63.7% 23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002 010% +10% 63.7% FM Bandwidth 16. 3 dB Bandwidth HP 8360 8 MHz 6320 kHz Performance Tests 2-157 HP 83630A Test Record Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (8 of 8) Model Test No. 21. Date Report No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Maximum FM Deviation 12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz: > 675 MHz Deviation 62.3 MHz Pass/Fail 24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz: Modulation Index 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 642.4 kHz 17 GHz 1.5 MHz 663.6 kHz 22 GHz 2 MHz 684.8 kHz 1 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 1 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 5 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz: Modulation Index 5 24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz: >68 MHz deviation 22. 23. Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt. 002) 5. Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 6110 ps 7. Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 6117 ps 25% 35% 60.6% Modulation Meter (Opt. 002) 5. AM Meter 7. AM Meter 85% 95% 60.6% 11. FM Meter 4.95 MHz 5.05 MHz 615 kHz 13. FM Meter 950 kHz 1.05 MHz 610 kHz 2-158 Performance Tests HP 83640A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83640A (1 of 8) Test Facility: Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature C Serial Number Relative humidity % Options Line frequency Hz (nominal) Firmware Revision Special Notes: HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-159 HP 83640A Test Record Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83640A (2 of 8) Model Report Number Test Equipment Used Model Number Date Trace Number Cal Due Date 1. Digital Oscilloscope 2. Measuring Receiver 3. Power Sensor 4. Power Meter 5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6. Function Generator 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 2-160 Performance Tests HP 83640A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83640A (3 of 8) Model Report No. Test No. Test Description 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate 7. 2. Minimum Spec. Results Calculated Rate Date Maximum Measurement Spec. Uncertainty 5x10 010 /day 65.6x10011 0.1% of 60.005% of sweep sweep 50 ms 610 s Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value: 10. Start Freq Stop Freq 3. Frequency Switching Time 8. 4. CW Step 5 ms 25. Frequency List 50 ms 610 s 00.6 dB 0.6 dB 60.22 dB 00.7 dB 0.7 dB 60.35 dB 00.9 dB 0.9 dB 60.38 dB Power Accuracy 14. > 010 dBm: < 2 GHz 2 and 20 GHz > 20 and 40 GHz 5. Power Flatness 5. < 2 GHz 1.0 dB 0.15 dB 2 and 20 GHz 1.2 dB 0.25 dB 1.8 dB 0.27 dB > 20 and 40 GHz 6. 61 s 16. Stepped Sweep Maximum Leveled Power Standard or Opt. 006: 0.01 to 40 GHz +6.0 dBm 61.4 dB 0.01 to +10.0 dBm 61.8 dB +10.0 dBm 61.8 dB < 26.5 GHz 0.01 to < 20 GHz HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-161 HP 83640A Test Record Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (4 of 8) Report No. Date 0.01 to 40 GHz +4 dBm 61.4 dB 0.01 to +8 dBm 61.8 dB +8.5 dBm 61.8 dB Model Test No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006: 0.01 to 7. < 26.5 GHz < 20 GHz External Leveling 7. Minimum Power 8. 63 V 00.2 mV 00.5 V 10. Maximum Power 620 V Spurious Signals: Harmonic Harmonics (Standard): 8. < 50 MHz 8. 50 MHz and 21. 2.2 and < 2.2 GHz < 26.5 GHz 29. 26.5 to 40 GHz 020 dBc 61.75 dB 030 dBc 61.75 dB 050 dBc 61.75 dB 040 dBc 61.75 dB Subharmonics: 9. 12. 7 and 20 GHz 050 dBc 61.75 dB 29. 040 dBc 61.55 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB > 20 and 40 GHz Spurious Signals: Non-harmonic 11. Spur Frequency: 060 dBc 61 dB 125 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB 500 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB 100 MHz Fixed 060 dBc 61 dB 100 MHz Oset 060 dBc 61 dB LO Feedthrough 060 dBc 61 dB 16. Spur Frequency: 2-162 Performance Tests HP 83640A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (5 of 8) Report No. Date 060 dBc 61.85 dB 120 Hz 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz 055 dBc 240 Hz 055 dBc 61 dB1 120 Hz 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz 055 dBc 240 Hz 055 dBc 61 dB1 100 Hz to 070 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 100 kHz 0107 dBc 62 dB 070 dBc 62 dB 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 0107 dBc 62 dB 100 Hz to < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 060 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 068 dBc 62 dB 076 dBc 62 dB 100 kHz 097 dBc 62 dB Model Test No. Test Description 20. Low Band Mixer Spur 10. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Spurious Signals: Line Related 10. At 6.99 GHz: At 1.9 GHz: 11. 61 dB1 61 dB1 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7. Osets at 6.99 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz Osets at 2.23 GHz: < 1 kHz 1 kHz to < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 Hz to 100 kHz Osets at 18.0 GHz: 1 63 dB if the Invertron is not used. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-163 HP 83640A Test Record Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (6 of 8) Model Test No. 12. Test Description Date 80 dB 61 dB Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio 12. On/O Ratio 13. Report No. Pulse Performance Standard: 10. Risetime 25 ns 60.9 ns 10. Falltime 25 ns 60.9 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB Option 006: 14. 10. Risetime 10 ns 60.4 ns 10. Falltime 10 ns 60.4 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB Pulse Performance (Alternate) 31. Risetime 15. 25 ns 31. Falltime 25 ns 40. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21. < 2 GHz 10 dBm 26. 2 and 40.0 GHz 2-164 Performance Tests HP 83640A Test Record 2% 60.22% 1% 60.06% HP 8360 Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (7 of 8) Model Test No. 16. Test Description AM Accuracy Low Band 8. 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 18. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 21. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 29. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 32. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% AM Depth High Band > 2 and < 20 GHz: Doubled High Band > 20 GHz: AM Bandwidth 10. 3 dB Bandwidth 18. 19. 20. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty < 2 GHz: 11. AM Depth Opt. 002 17. Date Report No. 100 kHz 610.31 kHz AM Dynamic Range 12. Normal 020 dBm 60.45 dB 23. Deep 20 GHz 040 dBm 61.65 dB 23. Deep 030 dBm 61.35 dB > 20 GHz FM Accuracy 13. Maximum FM Error 010% 10% 63.7% 23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002 010% 10% 63.7% FM Bandwidth 16. 3 dB Bandwidth HP 8360 8 MHz 6320 kHz Performance Tests 2-165 HP 83640A Test Record Table 2-36. Test Record for the HP 83640A (8 of 8) Model Test No. 21. Date Report No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Maximum FM Deviation 12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz: > 675 MHz Deviation 62.3 MHz Pass/Fail 24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz: Modulation Index 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 642.4 kHz 17 GHz 1.5 MHz 663.6 kHz 22 GHz 2 MHz 684.8 kHz 1 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 1 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 5 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz: Modulation Index 5 24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz: > 68 MHz deviation 22. 23. Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt. 002) 5. Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 6110 ps 7. Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 6117 ps Modulation Meter (Opt. 002) 5. AM Meter 25% 35% 60.6% 7. AM Meter 85% 95% 60.6% 11. FM Meter 4.95 MHz 5.05 MHz 615 kHz 13. FM Meter 950 kHz 1.05 MHz 610 kHz 2-166 Performance Tests HP 83650A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (1 of 8) Test Facility: Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency C % Hz (nominal) Firmware Revision Special Notes: HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-167 HP 83650A Test Record Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (2 of 8) Model Report Number Test Equipment Used Model Number Date Trace Number Cal Due Date 1. Digital Oscilloscope 2. Measuring Receiver 3. Power Sensor 4. Power Meter 5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6. Function Generator 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 2-168 Performance Tests HP 83650A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (3 of 8) Model Report No. Test No. Test Description 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate Maximum Measurement Spec. Uncertainty 5x10 010 /day 65.6x10011 0.1% of 60.005% of sweep sweep CW Step: 50 ms 610 s 16. Stepped Sweep 5 ms 25. Frequency List 50 ms 610 s 00.6 dB 0.6 dB 60.22 dB 00.7 dB 0.7 dB 60.35 dB 00.9 dB 0.9 dB 60.38 dB 01.7 dB 1.7 dB 60.79 dB 1.0 dB 0.15 dB 7. 2. Minimum Spec. Results Date Calculated Rate Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value: 10. Start Freq Stop Freq 3. Frequency Switching Time 8. 4. Power Accuracy 14. > 010 dBm: < 2 GHz 2 and 20 GHz > 20 and 40 GHz > 40 GHz 5. Power Flatness 5. < 2 GHz 2 and 20 GHz > 20 and 40 GHz > 40 GHz 6. 61 s 1.2 dB 0.25 dB 1.6 dB 0.38 dB 3.0 dB 0.57 dB Maximum Leveled Power Standard or Opt. 006: 0.01 to 50 GHz +2.5 dBm 62.3 dB 0.01 to +5.0 dBm 61.3 dB +10.0 dBm 61.7 dB +10.0 dBm 6 1.7 dB < 40 GHz 0.01 to < 26.5 GHz 0.01 to < 20 GHz HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-169 HP 83650A Test Record Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (4 of 8) Report No. Date 0.01 to 50 GHz 0 dBm 62.3 dB 0.01 to +3.0 dBm 61.3 dB 0.01 to +8.0 dBm 61.7 dB +8.5 dBm 61.7 dB 00.2 mV 63 V Model Test No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Opt. 001 or Opts. 001 and 006: < 40 GHz < 26.5 GHz 0.01 to < 20 GHz 7. External Leveling 7. Minimum Power 00.5 V 10. Maximum Power 8. 620 V Spurious Signals: Harmonic Harmonics: 8. < 50 MHz 8. 50 MHz to < 2.2 GHz 020 dBc 61.75 dB 030 dBc 61.75 dB 21. 2.2 to 26.5 GHz 050 dBc 61.75 dB 37. 26.5 to 50 GHz 040 dBc 62.22 dB Subharmonics: 12. 7 to 20 GHz 050 dBc 61.75 dB 29. 040 dBc 61.55 dB 035 dBc 62.22 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61 dB 125 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB 500 kHz 060 dBc 61 dB 37. 9. > 20 to 40 GHz > 40 to 50 GHz Spurious Signals: Non-harmonic 11. Spur Frequency: 2-170 Performance Tests HP 83650A Test Record HP 8360 Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (5 of 8) Model Test No. Test Description Report No. Date 060 dBc 61 dB Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 16. Spur Frequency: 100 MHz Fixed 100 MHz Oset 060 dBc 61 dB LO Feedthrough 060 dBc 61 dB 060 dBc 61.85 dB 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc 61 dB1 100 Hz to 070 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 0107 dBc 62 dB 070 dBc 62 dB 078 dBc 62 dB 086 dBc 62 dB 0107 dBc 62 dB 20. Low Band Mixer Spur 10. Spurious Signals: Line Related 10. At 6.99 GHz: At 1.9 GHz: 11. 61 dB1 Single Sideband Phase Noise 7. Osets at 6.99 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 kHz 7. Osets at 1.97 GHz: < 1 kHz 1 kHz to < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 Hz to 100 kHz 1 61 dB1 63 dB if the Invertron is not used. HP 8360 Performance Tests 2-171 HP 83650A Test Record Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (6 of 8) Report No. Date 100 Hz to 060 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 068 dBc 62 dB 076 dBc 62 dB 097 dBc 62 dB 80 dB 61 dB Model Test No. Test Description 7. Osets at 18.0 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 kHz 12. Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio 12. On/O Ratio 13. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Pulse Performance Standard: 10. Risetime 25 ns 60.9 ns 10. Falltime 25 ns 60.9 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB 10 ns 60.4 ns Option 006: 10. Risetime 14. 10. Falltime 10 ns 60.4 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB Pulse Performance (Alternate) 33. Risetime 15. 25 ns 33. Falltime 25 ns 43. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21. < 2 GHz 10 dBm 26. 2 and 50.0 GHz 2-172 Performance Tests HP 83650A Test Record 2% 60.22% 1% 60.06% HP 8360 Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (7 of 8) Model Test No. 16. Test Description AM Accuracy Low Band 8. 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 18. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 21. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 29. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 32. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% AM Depth High Band > 2 and < 20 GHz: Doubled High Band > 20 GHz: AM Bandwidth 10. 3 dB Bandwidth 18. 19. 20. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty < 2 GHz: 11. AM Depth Opt. 002 17. Date Report No. 100 kHz 610.31 kHz AM Dynamic Range 12. Normal 020 dBm 60.4 dB 23. Deep 20 GHz 040 dBm 61.65 dB 23. Deep 030 dBm 61.35 dB > 20 GHz FM Accuracy 13. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% 63.7% 23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002 010% +10% 63.7% FM Bandwidth 16. 3 dB Bandwidth HP 8360 8 MHz 6320 kHz Performance Tests 2-173 HP 83650A Test Record Table 2-37. Test Record for HP 83650A (8 of 8) Model Test No. 21. Date Report No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Maximum FM Deviation 12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz: > 675 MHz Deviation 62.3 MHz Pass/Fail 24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz: Modulation Index 5 1 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 621.2 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 642.4 kHz 17 GHz 1.5 MHz 663.6 kHz 22 GHz 2 MHz 684.8 kHz 1 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 6212 kHz 1 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 5 GHz 8 MHz 6340 kHz 24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz: Modulation Index 5 24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz: > 68 MHz deviation 22. 23. Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt. 002) 5. Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 6110 ps 7. Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns 6117 ps Modulation Meter (Opt. 002) 5. AM Meter 25% 35% 60.6% 7. AM Meter 85% 95% 60.6% 11. FM Meter 4.95 MHz 5.05 MHz 615 kHz 13. FM Meter 950 kHz 1.05 MHz 610 kHz 2-174 Performance Tests HP 83650A Test Record HP 8360 3 Adjustments How To Use This Chapter Perform these adjustments only if directed by the Troubleshooting manual or if a performance test fails. Menu Maps Fold-out menu maps are located in Chapter 6. Some menus have more than one page of softkeys. Select the More softkey to view the next page of softkeys. More is not included in the keystrokes given in these procedures. NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN Note HP 8360 In all cases where you are instructed to preset the synthesizer, use the factory preset mode only. If a password is set, it will have to be disabled before the adjustment menu can be accessed. See Chapter 4 for instructions. Adjustments 3-1 Equipment Required The equipment required to perform the adjustments in this chapter is listed in Chapter 1. You may use any equipment that satises the critical specications given. Use a non-metallic adjustment tool. Cautions And Warnings This instrument has been designed in accordance with international safety standards. However, for safe operation follow the cautions and warnings in this manual. 3-2 Adjustments HP 8360 WARNING These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only. To avoid electrical shock, do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so. The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose dangerous voltages. Disconnect the instrument from all voltage sources while it is being opened. The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch. The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply. This is a Safety Class I product (provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord). The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact. Any interruption of the protective conductor, inside or outside the instrument, is likely to make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is prohibited. For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse only with same type and rating (F 5A/250V). The use of other fuses or material is prohibited. CAUTION Always use the three-prong ac power cord supplied with this instrument. Failure to ensure adequate earth grounding by not using this cord may cause instrument damage. Before switching on this product, make sure that the line voltage selector switch is set to the voltage of the power supply and the correct fuse is installed. Assure the supply voltage is in the specied range. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-3 List of Adjustments The following is a list of this chapter's adjustments and the page number that each adjustment is located on: \1. 10 MHz Standard" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-5 \2. Fractional-N VCO" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-11 \3. Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-13 \4. Sweep Ramp" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-18 \5. Sampler Assembly" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-19 \6. YO Driver +10V Reference" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-24 \7. YO Driver Gain and Linearity" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-26 \8. YO Loop Gain" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-29 \9. Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-31 \10. Amplier/Filter Adjustments" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-49 \11. Low Power SRD Bias" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-84 \12. Modulator Oset and Gain" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-86 \13. ALC Power Level Accuracy" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-91 \14. Power Flatness" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-97 (this adjustment may be replaced with the automated power atness adjustment in Chapter 5.) \15. AM/FM DAC Oset and Gain (Option 002)" : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-100 \16. AM Accuracy" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-102 \17. AM Delay" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-106 \18. FM Gain" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-109 \19. Square Wave Symmetry" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-112 \20. AM Input Impedance" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-114 \21. FM Input Impedance" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-117 \22. Modulation Generator Flatness (Option 002)" : : : : : : : : : : : 3-120 \23. External Trigger Edge Selection" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-123 \24. Volts/GHz" : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 3-125 For the following automated adjustments, refer to Chapter 5, \Automated Tests": YO Delay Adjustment ADC Adjustment Power Flatness 3-4 Adjustments HP 8360 1. 10 MHz Standard Description and Procedure This procedure adjusts the frequency accuracy of the internal 10 MHz time base. This adjustment should be done on a regular basis if absolute frequency accuracy is important (see Figure 3-3.) For best accuracy, readjust the 10 MHz timebase oscillator after the synthesizer has been on or in standby for 24 hours. See \Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval," following this adjustment, for information on how to determine a periodic adjustment schedule. After the timebase is adjusted, the timebase frequency should stay within the aging rate if the following things happen: The time base oven does not cool down. The instrument keeps the same orientation with respect to the earth's magnetic eld. The instrument stays at the same altitude. The instrument does not receive any mechanical shock. If the time base oven cools (the instrument is disconnected from AC power), you may have to readjust the time base frequency after a new warm-up cycle. Typically, however, the time base frequency returns to within 61 Hz of the original frequency. Note You can adjust the internal timebase after reconnecting AC power for 10 minutes, but for best accuracy, test again after the instrument has been on or in standby for 24 hours. Frequency changes, due either to a change in orientation with respect to the earth's magnetic eld or to a change in altitude, are usually eliminated when the instrument is returned to its original position. A frequency change due to mechanical shock usually appears as a xed frequency error. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-5 10 MHz Standard 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-1. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for one hour. Figure 3-1. 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope Frequency Standard Note HP 54111D HP 5061A If the oscilloscope does not have a 50 input impedance, connect channel 1 through a 50 feedthrough. 2. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Input Coupling Input Impedance On 200 mV dc 50 Channel 2: Display Off Timebase: Time/Division Trigger 10 ns External 3-6 Adjustments 10 MHz Standard HP 8360 Trigger: Trigger Mode Trigger Source Input Coupling Edge Trig 3 ac Display: Display Mode Real Time 3. On the oscilloscope, adjust the trigger level so that the sweep is synchronized to the synthesizer's internal standard. The waveform will appear to drift. 4. Using a non-metallic tool, adjust the A23 10 MHz standard (see Figure 3-2) for minimum horizontal movement of the oscilloscope waveform. Figure 3-2. 10 MHz Standard Adjustment Location HP 8360 Adjustments 3-7 10 MHz Standard Related Performance Tests Internal Timebase: Aging Rate In Case of Difficulty 1. Ensure that an external standard is not connected. (At instrument preset the synthesizer automatically chooses the external standard as the reference if one is connected to the 10 MHz REF INPUT.) 2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-8 Adjustments 10 MHz Standard HP 8360 Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval Figure 3-3 shows the required adjustment interval to maintain a given accuracy. If you know the aging rate, you can determine a more precise adjustment interval. Figure 3-3. Accuracy Versus Adjustment Interval 1. Find the line on Figure 3-3 that corresponds to the 10 MHz timebase oscillator aging rate. (To determine the aging rate, see \Performance Tests".) 2. On the horizontal axis, nd the maximum allowable error (accuracy) that you want. 3. Follow the maximum allowable error vertically until it intersects the known aging rate. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-9 10 MHz Standard 4. From the point of intersection, move horizontally to the left and read the minimum calibration interval measured in days. An Alternate Method You can also determine the minimum calibration interval using the following formula: maximum allowable error known aging rate (per day) = calibration interval in days 3-10 Adjustments 10 MHz Standard HP 8360 2. Fractional-N VCO Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure. This adjustment sets the VCO tuning voltage to 06.0 V for a VCO output of 60 MHz. 1. Leaving all cables connected, place the A4 fractional-N assembly on an analog extender board. 2. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the instrument warm up for at least one hour. 3. Select the A4 VCO tune adjustment. On the synthesizer, press: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A4 VCO Tune 4. Using a non-metallic tool, adjust A4L1 (see Figure 3-4) to center the needle on the display. Figure 3-4. A4L1 Location 5. Turn the synthesizer to standby, and reinstall the A4 assembly. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-11 Fractional-N VCO Related Performance Tests Self-tests In Case of Difficulty 1. Verify that an analog extender board is used. 2. Make sure the 125 kHz reference cable, W11, is connected to A4J1. 3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-12 Adjustments Fractional-N VCO HP 8360 3. Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs Do not perform this adjustment on a new or rebuilt replacement assembly. The A4 assembly is factory-adjusted, and is not instrument dependent. Note Description and Procedure This adjustment minimizes three known spurs (125 kHz reference, API1, and API2). At each spur frequency, the spectrum analyzer is phase locked to the synthesizer, connected directly to the A4 fractional-N assembly output, and operated in zero span. A4R70, R31, and R30 are adjusted for minimum spur level. Table 3-1 summarizes this adjustment. Table 3-1. Summary of Fractional-N Reference & API Spurs Adjustment Spur Fractional-N Analyzer Potentiometer Minimum CW Frequency Frequency dBc (MHz) (MHz) 125 kHz Reference 44.125 44.0 A4R70 075 API 1 44.005 44.0 A4R31 070 API 2 44.0005 44.0055 A4R30 080 1. With the A4 assembly on an analog extender board, connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-5. Preset the instruments, and let them warm up for at least one hour. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-13 Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs Figure 3-5. Fractional-N Reference and API Spur Adjustment Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP 8566B 2. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Frequency Span: Resolution Bandwidth: Sweep Time: Reference Level: Scale Log: Video Averaging: Clear Write A: 0 Hz 10 Hz 10 s 10 dBm 10 dB/Division Off Selected 0 125 kHz Reference Spur Adjustment 3. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Tools Menu CntlPLL Menu Frac N Menu 4CW5 444.1255 4MHz5 3-14 Adjustments Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs HP 8360 4. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: 44.125 MHz Frequency Span: 500 Hz Adjust the frequency oset to center the signal on the display. Frequency Span: 0 Hz Peak the signal on the display. dBm Note the signal level: Center Frequency: 44.0 MHz Reference Level: 40 dBm 0 5. On the synthesizer, adjust A4R70 (see Figure 3-6) for minimum signal on the spectrum analyzer. Figure 3-6. Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs Adjustment Locations The dierence in level between the signal noted in step 4 and the signal in this step should be at least 075 dBc. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-15 Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs API 1 Spur Adjustment 6. On the synthesizer, change the fractional-N to CW 44.005 MHz. Press: 444.0055 4MHz5 7. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: 44.005 MHz Reference Level: +10 dBm dBm Note the signal level: Center Frequency: 44.0 MHz Reference Level: 40 dBm 0 8. On the synthesizer, adjust A4R31 (see Figure 3-6) for minimum signal on the spectrum analyzer. The dierence in level between the signal noted in step 7 and the signal in this step should be at least 070 dBc. API 2 Spur Adjustment 9. On the synthesizer, change the fractional-N to CW 44.0005 MHz. Press 444.00055 4MHz5 10. On the spectrum analyzer, set: Center Frequency: Reference Level: 44.0005 MHz +10 dBm dBm Note the signal level: Center Frequency: Reference Level: 44.0055 MHz 40 dBm 0 11. On the synthesizer, adjust A4R30 (see Figure 3-6) for minimum signal on the spectrum analyzer. The dierence in level between the signal noted in step 10 and the signal in this step should be at least 080 dBc. 12. Turn the synthesizer to standby and reinstall the A4 assembly. 3-16 Adjustments Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs HP 8360 Related Performance Tests Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonic) In Case of Difficulty 1. Ensure that the spectrum analyzer is locked to the external reference. 2. You may need to use video averaging on the spectrum analyzer if the spur level is low enough to be hidden by phase noise. 3. If you cannot adjust spurs below the recommended levels, the problem is probably with the A4 fractional-N assembly. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-17 Fractional-N Reference and API Spurs 4. Sweep Ramp Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this adjustment. This is an automatic adjustment. The synthesizer's internal DVM measures the sweep ramp voltage at the end of the sweep. The synthesizer then sets the sweep time calibration constants to calibrate the sweep ramp. 1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the synthesizer warm up for at least one hour. 2. Select the A14 sweep ramp adjustment. On the synthesizer, press: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A14 SwpRmp The synthesizer will measure, calculate, and store the sweep time calibration constants. When the adjustment is complete, the following message appears on the display: Sweep Ramp Cal Completed Calibration constants were modified. 3. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). Related Performance Tests Self-Tests Swept Frequency Accuracy In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-18 Adjustments Sweep Ramp HP 8360 5. Sampler Assembly Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure. There are three sampler assembly adjustments: In the sampler match adjustment, as the internal DVM monitors the loop input to the sampler, trim capacitors are adjusted to optimize the sampler match over the full frequency range of the loop. The 200 MHz loop gain adjustment is automatic. When this adjustment is selected in the A6 adjustment menu, the synthesizer selects internal calibration constants for optimum loop gain over the full frequency range of the loop. In the IF gain adjustment, the IF amplier gain is adjusted as the internal DVM monitors the IF output level to the YO loop. 1. Turn the synthesizer to standby. At FL2 (see Figure 3-7), disconnect the semi-rigid cable between FL2 and the A6 assembly. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-19 Sampler Assembly Figure 3-7. FL2 Location 2. Leaving the exible cable connected to A6J1 (40 MHz reference), place the A6 assembly on the analog extender board. 3. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let it warm up for at least one hour. 4. Select the A6 adjustment menu. Press: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A6 Adj Menu 200 MHz Loop VCO Tune Check 5. In the A6 adjustment menu, select the A6 VCO tune check 6. The following message should be displayed: A6 VCO Tune . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Ctrim and C60 are OK. If this message is not displayed, refer to troubleshooting. 3-20 Adjustments Sampler Assembly HP 8360 Note 7. Select If the three tuning voltages at the bottom of the display (V200, Vavg, and V220) are all equal, the 200 MHz phase-locked loop is unlocked. Done . NNNNNNNNNNNNNN Sampler Match Adjustment 8. In the A6 adjustment menu, select the A6 sampler match adjustment, A6 Smplr Match . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Note The sampler match display is a graphic representation of the sampler match over the full frequency range of the 200 MHz loop. The more asterisks displayed at a frequency, the more output signal (and the better the match) at that frequency. Make the adjustment for best match over the full frequency range of the loop. 9. Adjust A6C82 and A6C83 (Figure 3-8) for best overall sampler match. Figure 3-8. Sampler Match Adjustment Locations HP 8360 Adjustments 3-21 Sampler Assembly 10. Select Done . NNNNNNNNNNNNNN 200 MHz Loop Gain Adjustment 11. In the A6 adjustment menu, select the A6 loop gain adjustment, A6 Loop Gain . The synthesizer automatically performs the adjustment. When the message Calibration Constants should be SAVED is displayed, the adjustment is complete. Continue with the next step. 12. Set the synthesizer to standby. Reinstall the A6 assembly in the instrument, and connect all cables. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN IF Gain Adjustment 13. Turn the synthesizer on. Select A6 IF Gain . 14. Adjust A6R73 (see Figure 3-9) to center the \needle" on the display. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Figure 3-9. IF Gain Adjustment Location 15. Select Done . NNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-22 Adjustments Sampler Assembly HP 8360 16. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). Related Performance Tests Self-tests In Case of Difficulty 1. Make sure the 40 MHz reference input cable is connected while the A6 assembly is on the analog extender board. 2. For the IF gain adjustment, if the needle registers on the far left or right, ensure that all coax cables (including semi-rigid) are connected and that no unlocked message is displayed. 3. There is some interaction between the adjustments in this procedure. Try an alternate order of adjustments. 4. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-23 Sampler Assembly 6. YO Driver +10V Reference Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure. As the internal DVM monitors the +10V reference, you make the adjustment. 1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the instrument warm up for at least one hour. 2. Select the A13 adjustment menu. On the synthesizer, press: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A13 Adj Menu 3. Select the A13 +10V reference adjustment, A13+10V Ref . 4. Adjust A13R11 (see Figure 3-10) to center the \needle" on the display. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Figure 3-10. YO Driver +10V Reference Adjustment Location 5. Select Done . NNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-24 Adjustments YO Driver +10V Reference HP 8360 Related Performance Tests Self-tests In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-25 YO Driver +10V Reference 7. YO Driver Gain and Linearity Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for these adjustments. For the gain adjustment, the synthesizer's internal DVM monitors the YO loop error voltage at two frequencies (points B and C in Figure 3-11). When you select the gain potentiometer adjustment, the synthesizer displays the dierence in voltage between points B and C as a \needle" with arrows on either side. By adjusting A13R54 to center the \needle", you equalize the voltage between the two frequency points. The linearity adjustment has two parts (each of which is selected and adjusted similarly to the gain adjustment). The low break point adjustment equalizes the voltage between points A and B in Figure 3-11. The high break point adjustment equalizes the voltage between points C and D. Note You must adjust the gain rst; then adjust the break points. Figure 3-11. YO Gain and Linearity Break Points 1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let it warm up for at least one hour. 2. Select the A13 gain menu. Press: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A13 Adj Menu A13 Gain Menu 3-26 Adjustments YO Driver Gain and Linearity HP 8360 Note If the following message is displayed: Adjust A13 pot until "locked"., adjust the potentiometer until the locked indication is displayed. Continue with step 3. 3. Select the gain potentiometer adjustment, Gain Pot . 4. Adjust A13R54 (see Figure 3-12) to center the \needle" on the display. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Figure 3-12. YO Gain and Linearity Adjustment Locations 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Select the low break point potentiometer adjustment, Lo Bk Pot . Adjust A13R90 (see Figure 3-12) to center the \needle" on the display. Select the high break point potentiometer adjustment, Hi Bk Pot . Adjust A13R92 (see Figure 3-12) to center the \needle" on the display. Select Done . If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). HP 8360 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjustments 3-27 YO Driver Gain and Linearity Related Performance Tests Self-tests In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-28 Adjustments YO Driver Gain and Linearity HP 8360 8. YO Loop Gain Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure. 1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the instrument warm up for at least one hour. 2. Select the assembly adjustment menu. Press: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu 3. Select the A5 loop gain adjustment, A5 Loop Gain . 4. On the A5 assembly, set all ve switches on A5S1 to the closed position. (See Figure 3-13.) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Figure 3-13. Switch and Adjustment Locations 5. Adjust A53R80 (see Figure 3-13) to center the \needle" on the display. 6. Select Done . 7. Set all A5 switches to open and select Done . NNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Adjustments 3-29 YO Loop Gain Related Performance Tests None In Case of Difficulty 1. Be sure to close the A5S1 switches before making the adjustment and open the switches when the adjustment is complete. 2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-30 Adjustments YO Loop Gain HP 8360 9. Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Description This procedure maximizes RF power by tracking the tuned lter in the amplier/multiplier to the RF output frequency. The amplier/lter output is also monitored. Initial tracking is done in single band sweeps at slow sweep speeds to eliminate the eects of bandcross and hysteresis in the tuning coil. (Those will be corrected with delay and risetime calibration constants.) A squegging clamp adjustment limits the power into the amplier/multiplier and is adjusted in the amplier/lter adjustments for maximum output power without squegging. A \squegg" is a distortion in the RF output caused by too much power to the amplier/multiplier and characterized by a power dropout in a portion of the trace, or a power dropout over a broad frequency range. The SRD bias adjustments are made to optimize the eciency of the frequency multiplication. The YTM delay compensation adjustments maximize power for fast single- and multi-band sweeps. Note If you have replaced either the YO, the YO driver, or the multiplier/lter driver, rst initiate an auto tracking (press 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Auto Track .) If auto tracking passes and the instrument passes the \Maximum Leveled Power" performance test, do not continue with this procedure. If auto tracking fails, (an error message is displayed), continue with this procedure. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Adjustments 3-31 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Adjustment Help The following explanations are provided for a better understanding of the amplier/multiplier adjustments. Refer to these explanations as often as necessary. They will help make these adjustments easier. (The adjustment procedure follows.) Offset and Gain Adjustments. For all oset and gain adjustments, adjust through the bandpass. Keep adjusting until the power peaks and then drops o. Then reset the adjustment to the peaked point. For all oset and gain adjustments, if power stays peaked over several calibration constant values, set the calibration constant to the middle value of the peaked range. Adjusting to the Center of the Passband. The amplier/multiplier has a tracking lter on its output. Its purpose is to pass the selected RF output frequency and reject harmonics. The objective of this procedure is to track the bandpass lter with the RF output frequency over a variety of sweep conditions and frequency ranges. Eects of the auxiliary output may mask the true center of the bandpass. Always tune to the lower peak (lower calibration constant value). SRD Bias Adjustment. Adjust these calibration constants into squegging and then back o until peak power is achieved. After reaching peak power, decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts when adjusting the A term and decrease power by 1/2 dB (approximately 1/3 division) when adjusting the B term. Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments. If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, increase the A delay term to put the A term at the high end of the peak. For example, for the following calibration constant values: Start of the peak = 1800 Middle of the peak = 1950 End of the peak = 2100 Set the A term to 2050 3-32 Adjustments Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments HP 8360 Setting the Fastest Sweep Time. Setting the sweep time to 0 milliseconds sets the synthesizer to the fastest sweep time for the frequency range being swept. Each time the frequency range is changed, the sweep time must be reset to 0 ms in order to maintain the fastest sweep time. Sweep Speed Related Adjustments. Delay compensation adjustments are aected by sweep speed. The adjustments are performed at fast sweep speeds which are the worst case. All other adjustments are performed at slow sweep speeds; they are not aected by sweep speed. If you have a power problem that occurs only for fast sweep rates, it is probably aected by delay compensation or risetime adjustments. YTM Bandcross Delay Terms. The YTM Bx Dly terms are either oset or gain terms used only during multi-band sweeps. A1 denotes the oset term for band 1. B1 denotes the gain term for band 1. The oset (A) should be adjusted to maximize power at the beginning of the band. The gain (B) is adjusted to maximize power toward the end of the band. General Techniques. In some adjustments power may peak twice. This is caused by the auxiliary output masking the true peak. Always adjust to the rst peak (lowest value of the calibration constant). If the adjustment has a wide range without any apparent improvement. Leave it set to the default value. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-33 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Procedure Note In this procedure, some calibration constants and potentiometers may be set to default conditions and left. This is normal. These boards contain adjustments for dierent vintages of the HP 8360 family. Not all adjustments are used each time. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-14 using an analog oscilloscope with A versus B sweep capability. Power on all the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. 2. On the synthesizer, press 4PRESET5. Figure 3-14. Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Setup 3-34 Adjustments Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments HP 8360 Equipment Analog Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes Detector Detector Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 10 dB HP 1740A HP 10431A HP 33330D (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 33330E (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A) 3. Set the default values given in Table 3-2 into the corresponding YTM calibration constants. On the synthesizer, press: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu Calib Menu Enter the number of the rst calibration constant from Table 3-2 and terminate the entry with 4ENTER5. When using the front panel emulator software, pressing the arrow keys will allow you to vary the calibration constants. The calibration constant shown at the top of the \display" window is the active constant. Modify Cal Enter the default value from Table 3-2 and terminate the entry with 4ENTER5. Using the up/down arrow keys, select each of the rest of the calibration constants in Table 3-2 and set their default values by entering the value on the numeric keypad. Terminate your entry with the 4ENTER5 key. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Select Cal NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Adjustments 3-35 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Table 3-2. Calibration Constant Descriptions Number Description Default Value 105 SRD Bias A; Band 1 255 106 SRD Bias A; Band 2 130 107 SRD Bias A; Band 3 130 108 SRD Bias A; Band 4 130 109 SRD Bias A; Band 5 130 110 SRD Bias A; Band 6 120 111 SRD Bias A; Band 7 120 118 SRD Bias B; Band 1 255 119 SRD Bias B; Band 2 150 120 SRD Bias B; Band 3 150 121 SRD Bias B; Band 4 150 122 SRD Bias B; Band 5 160 123 SRD Bias B; Band 6 160 124 SRD Bias B; Band 7 160 131 Squegg Clamp 1A 255 132 Squegg Clamp 2A 255 133 Squegg Clamp 3A 255 134 Squegg Clamp 4A 255 135 Squegg Clamp 5A 255 136 Squegg Clamp 6A 255 137 Squegg Clamp 7A 255 144 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 1 1000 145 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 2 1000 146 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 3 1000 147 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 4 1000 148 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 5 1000 149 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 6 1000 150 YTM Delay Term A Hrm 7 1000 3-36 Adjustments Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Adjustment Description Maximize power over lower 30% of band. Sweep speed is not a factor. Adjust for 0.5 dB below maximum power. Maximize power over higher 30% of band. Sweep speed is not a factor. Adjust for 0.5 dB below maximum power. Default values are not altered. Numbers should remain unchanged (#131 is adjusted in another procedure). Default values are not altered. Numbers should remain unchanged. Maximize power over rst 20% of band. Aects fast sweeps only. Single sweep mode is also critical. HP 8360 Table 3-2. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number HP 8360 Description Default Value 157 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 1 300 158 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 2 300 159 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 3 300 160 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 4 300 161 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 5 300 162 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 6 300 163 YTM Delay Term B Hrm 7 300 170 YTM Bx Dly Term A1 1000 171 YTM Bx Dly Term A2 1000 172 YTM Bx Dly Term A3 1000 173 YTM Bx Dly Term A4 1000 174 YTM Bx Dly Term A5 1000 175 YTM Bx Dly Term A6 1000 176 YTM Bx Dly Term A7 1000 183 YTM Bx Dly Term B1 300 184 YTM Bx Dly Term B2 300 185 YTM Bx Dly Term B3 300 186 YTM Bx Dly Term B4 300 187 YTM Bx Dly Term B5 300 188 YTM Bx Dly Term B6 300 189 YTM Bx Dly Term B7 300 195 YTM Kick Threshold 110 196 YTM CW Kick Max 600 197 YTM Mono Band Kick 2000 198 YTM Stereo Band Kick 2000 199 YTM Slew Rate 400 200 YTM Slew Max 50 201 YTM Slew Min 0 202 YTM Neg Kick Wait 2 203 YTM Fwd Kick Pct 50 204 YTM Fwd Kick Wait 30 Adjustment Description Default values are not altered. Numbers should remain unchanged. Maximize power over higher 30% of band. Aects fast sweeps only. Default values for all terms except A3 and A4. Delay compensation for multi-band sweeps only. Adjust for maximum power at lower 50% of band. Aects fast sweep speeds only. Default values for all terms except B3 and B4. Delay compensation for multi-band sweeps only. Adjust for maximum power at lower 50% of band. Aects fast sweep speeds only. Default values are not altered. Numbers should remain unchanged. Adjustments 3-37 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Table 3-2. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Default Value 205 YTM Rise; Band 1 15 206 YTM Rise; Band 2 A1 20 207 YTM Rise; Band 2 B1 2 208 YTM Rise; Band 2 A2 15 209 YTM Rise; Band 3 A1 70 210 YTM Rise; Band 3 B1 7 211 YTM Rise; Band 3 A2 15 212 YTM Rise; Band 3 B2 15 213 YTM Rise; Band 3 A3 15 214 YTM Rise; Band 4 15 215 YTM Rise; Band 5 15 216 YTM Rise; Band 6 10 217 YTM Rise; Band 7 10 225 *YTM Gain Band 1 2048 226 *YTM Gain Band 2 2048 227 *YTM Gain Band 3 2048 228 *YTM Gain Band 4 2048 229 *YTM Gain Band 5 2048 230 *YTM Gain Band 6 2048 231 *YTM Gain Band 7 2048 238 *YTM Oset Band 1 2048 239 *YTM Oset Band 2 2048 240 *YTM Oset Band 3 2048 241 *YTM Oset Band 4 2048 242 *YTM Oset Band 5 2048 243 *YTM Oset Band 6 2048 244 *YTM Oset Band 7 2048 248 YTM B2 Oset Oset 0 3-38 Adjustments Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Adjustment Description Minimize power dropouts at the start of band. Adjustment is only eective at fast sweep speeds. Adjusted in the Amplier/ Filter Adjustments. Maximize power over higher 10% of band. Adjust at slow sweep speeds. Maximize power over lower 10% of band. Adjust at slow sweep speeds. Default values are not altered. Numbers should remain unchanged. HP 8360 Table 3-2. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Default Value 373 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 1 0 374 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 2 0 375 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 3 0 376 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 4 0 377 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 5 0 378 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 6 0 379 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 7 0 382 YTM Bx Dly Term C1 0 383 YTM Bx Dly Term C2 0 384 YTM Bx Dly Term C3 0 385 YTM Bx Dly Term C4 0 386 YTM Bx Dly Term C5 0 387 YTM Bx Dly Term C6 0 525 Hibernation Time 90 526 Bandcross 1 42 527 Bandcross 2 32 528 Bandcross 3 28 529 Bandcross 4 26 530 Bandcross 5 28 531 Bandcross 6 20 532 Bandcross 7 20 Adjustment Description Default values are not altered. Numbers should remain unchanged. Default values are not altered. Numbers should remain unchanged. Default values are not altered. Numbers should remain unchanged. YTM Gain Adjustment Band 1 Adjustment. 4. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 42.05 4GHz5 4STOP5 475 4GHz5 4SWEEP TIME5 42005 4msec5 4ALC5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Leveling Point Ext Det 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 (asterisk on) Note that the synthesizer has unleveled output power. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-39 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments 5. On the oscilloscope, set: 6. 7. 8. 9. Channel A: Volts/Division: Offset: Input Coupling: Input Impedance: 5 mV/Division As required DC 1 M Channel B Volts/Division: Offset: Input Coupling: Input Impedance: Sweep Mode: 1 V/Division As required DC 1 M A versus B Adjust Channel B oset, volts/division, and horizontal position controls for a trace that lls the full horizontal display. Adjust the vertical position with the A vertical position control. Make certain that calibration constant #131, Squegg Clamp 1A, is set to 255. Then adjust A12R69, YTMG, to maximize high end power (last two horizontal display divisions). Modify calibration constant #238, YTM Oset; Band 1, to maximize low end power. Repeat steps 6 and 7 until the entire band is peaked. Record the value of calibration constant #238, YTM Oset; Band 1 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 6 through 8 again. Change calibration constant #238 back to its original value. Band 2 Adjustment. 10. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 475 4GHz5 4STOP5 413.55 4GHz5 11. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. 12. Modify calibration constant #226, YTM Gain; Band 2, to maximize high end power. The high end power may peak twice. If it does, adjust the 3-40 Adjustments Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments HP 8360 13. 14. 15. 16. calibration constant to the lower peak (where the value of the calibration constant is the lower number). Modify calibration constant #239, YTM Oset; Band 2, to maximize low end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak. Adjust band 2 SRD bias calibration constants as follows: a. Increment calibration constant #106, SRD Bias A; Band 2, to maximize low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts. b. Increment calibration constant #119, SRD Bias B; Band 2, to maximize high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division (1/2 dB). Repeat steps 12 through 14 until the entire band is peaked. Record the value of calibration constant #239, YTM Oset; Band 2 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 12 through 15. Change calibration constant #239 back to its original value. Band 3 Adjustment. 17. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 413.55 4GHz5 4STOP5 4205 4GHz5 18. Set A12R25 B3S1 fully clockwise (see Figure 3-15). Note HP 8360 There are two sets of potentiometers on the A12 assembly with identical names. Make certain you are adjusting the correct ones. Adjustments 3-41 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Figure 3-15. A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations 19. Set calibration constant #227, YTM Gain; Band 3, to 2048. 20. Modify calibration constant #240, YTM Oset; Band 3, to maximize low end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak. 21. Adjust A12R25 B3S1 (see Figure 3-15) for maximum power at the high end. The high end power may peak twice. If it does, adjust the potentiometer to the lower peak (where the adjustment is furthest counterclockwise). 22. Set the band 3 SRD bias calibration constants as follows: a. Increment calibration constant #107, SRD Bias A; Band 3, to maximize low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts. b. Increment calibration constant #120, SRD Bias B; Band 3, to maximize high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division (1/2 dB). 23. Repeat steps 20 through 22 until power is optimized over the full band. 24. Record the value of calibration constant #240, YTM Oset; Band 3 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat 3-42 Adjustments Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments HP 8360 steps 18 through 23. Change calibration constant #240 back to its original value. Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A only). 25. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 4205 4GHz5 4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5 26. See Figure 3-15 and set: A12R23 B4BP1 fully clockwise. A12R24 BP2 fully clockwise. A12R26 B4S1 fully clockwise. A12R27 S2 fully clockwise. 27. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. 28. Modify calibration constant #241, YTM Oset; Band 4, to maximize power at the very low end. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak. 29. Modify calibration constant #228, YTM Gain; Band 4, to maximize power at the rst division on the display. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak. Note If there is no noticeable increase in power in the next two adjustments, leave the potentiometers at their preset position (fully clockwise). 30. Adjust A12R26 B4S1 for maximum high-end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak. 31. Adjust A12R23 B4BP1 for maximum power to optimize the 3rd through the 7th divisions. Stop when the power begins to decrease. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak. 32. Repeat step 30. 33. Adjust band 4 SRD bias calibration constants as follows: a. Increment calibration constant #108, SRD Bias A; Band 4, to maximize low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts. b. Increment calibration constant #121, SRD Bias B; Band 4, to maximize high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division (1/2 dB). 34. Repeat steps 28 through 33 until the entire band is peaked. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-43 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments 35. Record the value of calibration constant #241, YTM Oset; Band 4 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 26 through 34. Change calibration constant #241 back to its original value. Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only). 36. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 426.55 4GHz5 4STOP5 433.45 4GHz5 37. Adjust calibration constant #229, YTM Gain; Band 5, for maximum power at the high end of band 5. The high end power may peak twice. If it does, adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak (where the value of the calibration constant is the lower number). 38. Modify calibration constant #242, YTM Oset; Band 5, to maximize low end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak. 39. Set the band 5 SRD bias calibration constants as follows: a. Increment calibration constant #109, SRD Bias A; Band 5, to maximize low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts. b. Increment calibration constant #122, SRD Bias B; Band 5, to maximize high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division (1/2 dB). 40. Repeat steps 37 through 39 until power is optimized over the full band. 41. Record the value of calibration constant #242, YTM Oset; Band 5 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 37 through 40. Change calibration constant #242 back to its original value. Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only). 42. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 433.45 4GHz5 4STOP5 4385 4GHz5 4STOP5 4405 4GHz5 (HP 83650A) (HP 83640A) 3-44 Adjustments Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments HP 8360 43. Adjust calibration constant #230, YTM Gain; Band 6, for maximum power at the high end of band 6. The high end power may peak twice. If it does, adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak (where the value of the calibration constant is the lower number). 44. Modify calibration constant #243, YTM Oset; Band 6, to maximize low end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak. 45. Set the band 6 SRD bias calibration constants as follows: a. Increment calibration constant #110, SRD Bias A; Band 6, to maximize low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts. Increment calibration constant #123, SRD Bias B; Band 6, to maximize high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division (1/2 dB). 46. Repeat steps 43 through 45 until power is optimized over the full band. 47. Record the value of calibration constant #243, YTM Oset; Band 6 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 43 through 46. Change calibration constant #243 back to its original value. Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only). 48. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 4385 4GHz5 4STOP5 4505 4GHz5 49. Adjust calibration constant #231, YTM Gain; Band 7, for maximum power at the high end of band 7. The high end power may peak twice. If it does, adjust the calibration constant to the lower peak (where the value of the calibration constant is the lower number). 50. Modify calibration constant #244, YTM Oset; Band 7, to maximize low end power. Power may peak twice. Adjust to the lower peak. 51. Set the band 7 SRD bias calibration constants as follows: a. Increment calibration constant #111, SRD Bias A; Band 7, to maximize low end power. Then decrease the calibration constant value by 15 counts. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-45 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments b. Increment calibration constant #124, SRD Bias B; Band 7, to maximize high end power. Then decrease the power by one third division (1/2 dB). 52. Repeat steps 49 through 51 until power is optimized over the full band. 53. Record the value of calibration constant #244, YTM Oset; Band 7 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 49 through 52. Change calibration constant #244 back to its original value. Multi-band Amplifier/Multiplier Delay Compensation. Note Power dropouts at the start of each band are typically removed with the YTM Risetime calibration constants. These will be adjusted later. 54. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 42.05 4GHz5 4STOP5 4205 4GHz5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 Note The synthesizer intensity marker is set to identify the bandcross frequency (13.5 GHz). Reduce oscilloscope trace intensity to identify the marker. You can also identify bandcrosses by temporarily removing the cable from the Z-AXIS BLANK/MKRS connector on the synthesizer rear panel. Make sure this cable is connected when making adjustments. 55. On the synthesizer, press: Marker M1 413.55 4GHz5 (start of band 3) 56. Adjust calibration constant #172, YTM Bx Dly Term A3, to maximize power at the low end of band 3 (adjust the lowest amplitude portion of the band). 57. Adjust calibration constant #185, YTM Bx DLY Term B3 to maximize power at the high end of band 3. 4MARKER5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-46 Adjustments Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments HP 8360 58. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If the change in power is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the A term of the delay adjustment #172 for low end problems, or the B term of the delay adjustment #185 for high end problems. 59. On the synthesizer, press: 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4SINGLE5 60. Press several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, increase the A term of the delay adjustment #172 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. (See \Adjustment Help".) Band 4 Multi-band Amplifier/Multiplier Delay Compensation (HP 83630A/40A/50A only). 61. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 42.05 4GHz5 4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 62. 63. 64. 65. (start of band 4) Adjust calibration constant #173, YTM Bx Dly Term A4, to maximize power at the start of band 4. Adjust calibration constant #186, YTM Bx Dly Term B4, to maximize power at the high end of band 4. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 500 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB) across both bands. If the change is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the appropriate delay term. On the synthesizer, press: 4MARKER5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Marker M3 4205 4GHz5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 66. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the appropriate delay term for the location of the problem. 67. On the synthesizer, press: 4START5 4155 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4SINGLE5 68. Press several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power greater than 1/3 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the appropriate delay term for the location of the problem. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-47 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Verification. 69. Try the following start and stop frequencies: Table 3-3. Start and Stop Frequencies (GHz) HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A HP 83630A HP 83640A/50A 0.01 to 201 0.01 to 26.5 0.01 to 50 4.5 to 18 4 to 23 4.5 to 33 10 to 20 10 to 20 10 to 45 2 to 14.5 2 to 14.5 2 to 23 1 For HP 83622A/24A only, set from 2 GHz to 20 GHz Compare sweeps of 0 ms and 1s and also single sweeps at fast speed. If a power drop of 0.5 division or greater is noted, readjust the appropriate calibration constant. If problems occur in other bands, adjust the appropriate YTM Bx Dly Terms for that band. 70. Perform \Amplier/Filter Adjustments" next. Related Performance Tests Maximum Leveled Power In Case Of Difficulty 1. See \Adjustment Help" in this procedure. 2. Verify the oscilloscope ALC board calibration. When calibrated, the voltage on the oscilloscope is scaled to 33 mV/dB. 3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-48 Adjustments Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments HP 8360 10. Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Description This procedure maximizes RF power by tracking the YIG tuned lter to the RF output frequency. Initial tracking is done in single band sweeps at slow sweep speeds to eliminate the eects of bandcross and hysteresis in the tuning coil. (Those will be corrected with delay calibration constants.) Auto tracking is initiated to optimize the slow sweep tracking. The YTF delay compensation adjustments maximize power for fast single- and multi-band sweeps. The YTM risetime adjustments are done in multi-band fast sweeps to optimize power at the start of each frequency band. A squegging clamp adjustment limits the power and is adjusted for maximum output power without squegging. A \squegg" is a distortion in the RF output caused by too much power to the amplier/multiplier and characterized by a power dropout in a portion of the trace, or a power dropout over a broad frequency range. Note If you have replaced either the YO or the YO driver, rst initiate an auto tracking (press 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Auto Track .) If auto tracking passes and the instrument passes the \Maximum Leveled Power" performance test, do not continue with this procedure. If auto tracking fails, (an error message is displayed), continue with this procedure. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Adjustments 3-49 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Adjustment Help The following explanations are provided for a better understanding of the amplier/lter adjustments. Refer to these explanations as often as necessary. They will help make these adjustments easier. (The adjustment procedure follows.) Offset and Gain Adjustments. For all oset and gain adjustments, adjust through the bandpass. Keep adjusting until the power peaks and then drops o. Then reset the adjustment to the peaked point. For all oset and gain adjustments, if power stays peaked over several calibration constant values, set the calibration constant to the middle value of the peaked range. Squegg Clamp Calibration Constants. Squegg clamp calibration constants are available to limit the power into the amplier/multiplier. The band 1 adjustment is set for a specic output power at the start of band 1. All other squegg clamp adjustments are set to a default value to allow maximum output power. When increasing any squegg clamp calibration constant, power is increased too far when any of the following occurs: Any portion of the trace is distorted or power drops out in a portion of the trace (sphere squegging). Power drops over a broad frequency range. Power stops increasing on any portion of the trace. Adjusting for the Center of the Passband. The passband and tuning linearity of the amplier/lter varies with frequency. The amplier/lter adjustments track the amplier/lter passband with the amplier/multiplier output frequency over the full frequency range of the synthesizer. 3-50 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 Single Band Delay Compensation Adjustments. If a drop in power greater than 1.5 dB occurs when in single sweep, increase the A delay term to put the A term at the high end of the peak. For example, for the following calibration constant values: Start of the peak = 1800 Middle of the peak = 1950 End of the peak = 2100 Set the A term to 2050 See Figure 3-16 for a graphic representation of the frequencies aected by the calibration constants. Setting the Fastest Sweep Time. Setting the sweep time to 0 milliseconds sets the synthesizer to the fastest sweep time for the frequency range being swept. Each time the frequency range is changed, the sweep time must be reset to 0 ms in order to maintain the fastest sweep time. Sweep Speed Related Adjustments. Delay compensation and risetime adjustments are aected by sweep speed. The adjustments are performed at fast sweep speeds which are the worst case. All other adjustments are performed at slow sweep speeds; they are not aected by sweep speed. If you have a sweep speed problem, it is probably aected by delay compensation or risetime adjustments. YTF Bandcross Delay Terms. The YTF Bx Dly terms are either oset or gain terms. A1 denotes the oset term for band 1. B1 denotes the gain term for band 1. The oset (A) should be adjusted to maximize power at the beginning of the band. The gain (B) is adjusted to maximize power toward the end of the band. See Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17 for a graphic representation of the frequencies aected by the calibration constants. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-51 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Figure 3-16. Single-Band Delay and Risetime Compensation 3-52 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 Figure 3-17. Multi-Band Delay and Risetime Compensation HP 8360 Adjustments 3-53 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Procedure 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-18 using an analog oscilloscope with A versus B sweep capability. Do not connect the power meter yet. (See Figure 3-19 for location detail of XA10J2 pin 55 on the motherboard.) Power on all the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. 2. Press 4PRESET5 on the synthesizer and, for the HP 83640A/50A press: 4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk on) 3. On the power meter: Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor. Set the power meter to dBm mode. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Figure 3-18. Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Setup 3-54 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 Equipment Analog Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes Power Meter Power Sensor Power Sensor Attenuator 10 dB Attenuator 10 dB HP 1740A HP 10431A HP 436A/7A/8A HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A) HP 8493C Option 010 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 8490D Option 010 (HP 83640A/50A) Figure 3-19. XA10J2 Location 4. Set the default values given in Table 3-4 into the corresponding amplier/lter calibration constants. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 HP 8360 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu Calib Menu Adjustments 3-55 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Select Cal Enter the number of the rst calibration constant from Table 3-4 and terminate the entry with 4ENTER5. When using the front panel emulator software, pressing the arrow keys will allow you to vary the calibration constants. The calibration constant shown at the top of the \display" window is the active constant. Modify Cal Enter the default value from Table 3-4 and terminate the entry with 4ENTER5. Using the up/down arrow keys, select each of the rest of the calibration constants in Table 3-4 and set their default values by entering the value on the numeric keypad. Terminate your entry with the 4ENTER5 key. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Table 3-4. Amplifier/Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values Number Description Default Value 131 Squegg Clamp 1A 255 132 Squegg Clamp 2A 255 133 Squegg Clamp 3A 255 134 Squegg Clamp 4A 255 135 Squegg Clamp 5A 255 136 Squegg Clamp 6A 255 137 Squegg Clamp 7A 255 205 YTM Rise; Band 1 15 206 YTM Rise; Band 2 A1 20 207 YTM Rise; Band 2 B1 2 208 YTM Rise; Band 2 A2 15 209 YTM Rise; Band 3 A1 70 210 YTM Rise; Band 3 B1 7 211 YTM Rise; Band 3 A2 15 212 YTM Rise; Band 3 B2 15 213 YTM Rise; Band 3 A3 15 214 YTM Rise; Band 4 15 215 YTM Rise; Band 5 15 216 YTM Rise; Band 6 10 217 YTM Rise; Band 7 10 3-56 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Adjustment Description Maximize power across the band without squegging. Adjusted at slow sweep speeds and single sweep mode where the SYTM sphere is most likely to squegg. Minimize power dropouts at the start of band. Adjustment is only eective at fast sweep speeds. HP 8360 Table 3-4. Amplifier/Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values (continued) Number Description Default Value 449 DAmp Clamp 1 255 450 DAmp Clamp 2 255 451 DAmp Clamp 3 255 452 DAmp Clamp 4 255 453 DAmp Clamp 5 255 454 DAmp Clamp 6 255 455 DAmp Clamp 7 255 566 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 1 1000 562 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 2 1000 563 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 3 1000 564 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 4 1000 565 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 5 1000 566 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 6 1000 567 YTF Delay Term A Hrm 7 1000 571 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 1 300 572 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 2 300 573 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 3 300 574 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 4 300 575 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 5 300 576 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 6 300 577 YTF Delay Term B Hrm 7 300 591 YTF Bx Dly Term A1 1000 592 YTF Bx Dly Term A2 1000 593 YTF Bx Dly Term A3 1000 594 YTF Bx Dly Term A4 1000 595 YTF Bx Dly Term A5 1000 596 YTF Bx Dly Term A6 1000 597 YTF Bx Dly Term A7 1000 HP 8360 Adjustment Description Protect the bridge detector from excessive power when doubler amp mode is selected. Maximize power over rst 20% of band. Aects fast sweeps only. Single sweep mode is also critical. Maximize power over higher 30% of band. Aects fast sweeps only. Delay compensation for multiband sweeps only. Adjust for maximum power at lower 50% of band. Aects fast sweep speeds only. Adjustments 3-57 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Table 3-4. Amplifier/Filter Calibration Constants and Default Values (continued) Number Description Default Value 601 YTF Bx Dly Term B1 300 602 YTF Bx Dly Term B2 300 603 YTF Bx Dly Term B3 300 604 YTF Bx Dly Term B4 300 605 YTF Bx Dly Term B5 300 606 YTF Bx Dly Term B6 300 607 YTF Bx Dly Term B7 300 621 *YTF Gain Band 1 2048 622 *YTF Gain Band 2 2048 623 *YTF Gain Band 3 2048 624 *YTF Gain Band 4 2048 625 *YTF Gain Band 5 2048 626 *YTF Gain Band 6 2048 627 *YTF Gain Band 7 2048 631 *YTF Oset Band 1 2048 632 *YTF Oset Band 2 2048 633 *YTF Oset Band 3 2048 634 *YTF Oset Band 4 2048 635 *YTF Oset Band 5 2048 636 *YTF Oset Band 6 2048 637 *YTF Oset Band 7 2048 Adjustment Description Delay compensation for multiband sweeps only. Adjust for maximum power at higher 30% of band. Aects fast sweep speeds only. Maximize power over higher 10% of band. Adjust at slow sweep speeds. Maximize power over lower 10% of band. Adjust at slow sweep speeds. Amplifier/Filter Offset and Gain Adjustment Band 1 Adjustment. 5. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 42.05 4GHz5 4STOP5 475 4GHz5 4SWEEP TIME5 42005 4msec5 4ALC5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Leveling Mode ALCoff 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 3-58 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments (asterisk o) HP 8360 Note that the synthesizer has unleveled output power. 6. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel A: Volts/Division: Volts/Division: Offset: Input Coupling: Input Impedance: 5 mV/Division 10 mV/Division (HP 83623A/24A only) As required DC 1 M Channel B Volts/Division: Offset: Input Coupling: Input Impedance: Sweep Mode: 1 V/Division As required DC 1 M A versus B Adjust Channel A oset, volts/division, and horizontal position controls for a trace that lls the full horizontal display. Adjust the vertical position with the A vertical position control. Note In the following adjustment power dropouts may occur due to squegging. Ignore the squegging (the squegg clamp will be adjusted later) and peak the adjustment for maximum power. 7. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 8. Adjust A12R126 YTFG to maximize high end power (last two horizontal display divisions). 9. Modify calibration constant #631, YTF Oset; Band 1, to maximize low end power. 10. Repeat steps 8 and 9 until the entire band is peaked. 11. Record the value of calibration constant #631, YTF Oset; Band 1 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 7 through 10 until it is. Then change calibration constant #631 back to the recorded value. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-59 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 12. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 13. Adjust calibration constant #131, Squegg Clamp 1A, to maximize RF output power across the band. The clamp is adjusted correctly when the following is true: a. An increase in the calibration constant value decreases the output power. b. A small decrease in the calibration constant value results in no change in output power. 14. If you have an HP 83623A/24A, continue with \Band 2 Adjustment". Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #131, Squegg Clamp 1A as described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power: a. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. b. On the synthesizer, set: SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on) c. Using the rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope. d. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 21.5 dBm for HP 83620A/22A/30A or 23.5 dBm for HP 83640A/50A, as displayed on the power meter, decrease Squegg Clamp 1A until the power level is less than these values. If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values, return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp 1A just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped). 15. If you have any instrument except an HP 83640A/50A, continue with \Band 2 Adjustment". Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #449, DAmp Clamp 1 as described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power while in doubler amp mode: a. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk o) POWER 4MENU5 Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On (asterisk on) b. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. c. On the synthesizer, set: SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-60 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 d. Using the synthesizer rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope. e. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 23.5 dBm, as displayed on the power meter, decrease DAmp Clamp 1 until the power level is less than this level. If the power level of the peak point is already less than this level, set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp Clamp 1 just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped). 16. Disable the doubler, turn doubler amp mode o, and return the synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep. Band 2 Adjustment. 17. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 475 4GHz5 4STOP5 413.55 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 18. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. 19. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 20. Modify calibration constant #622, YTF Gain; Band 2, to maximize high end power. 21. Modify calibration constant #632, YTF Oset; Band 2, to maximize low end power. 22. Repeat steps 20 and 21 until the entire band is peaked. 23. Record the value of calibration constant #632, YTF Oset; Band 2 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 19 through 22 until it is. Then change calibration constant #632 back to the recorded value. 24. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 25. Adjust calibration constant #132, Squegg Clamp 2A, to maximize RF output power across the band. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-61 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 26. If you have an HP 83623A/24A, continue with \Band 3 Adjustment". Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #132, Squegg Clamp 2A as described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power: a. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. b. On the synthesizer, set: SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on) c. Using the rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope. d. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 20 dBm for HP 83620A/22A/30A or 22.7 dBm for HP 83640A/50A, as displayed on the power meter, decrease Squegg Clamp 2A until the power level is less than these values. If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values, return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp 2A just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped). 27. If you have any instrument except an HP 83640A/50A, continue with \Band 3 Adjustment". Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #450, DAmp Clamp 2 as described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power while in doubler amp mode: a. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk o) POWER 4MENU5 Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On (asterisk on) b. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. c. On the synthesizer, set: SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on) d. Using the synthesizer rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope. e. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 22.7 dBm, as displayed on the power meter, decrease DAmp Clamp 2 until the power level is less than these values. If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values, set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp Clamp 2 just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-62 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 28. Disable the doubler, turn doubler amp mode o, and return the synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep. Band 3 Adjustment. 29. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 413.55 4GHz5 4STOP5 4205 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 30. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 31. Set A12R108 B3S1 fully clockwise (see Figure 3-20). Note There are two sets of potentiometers on the A12 assembly with identical names. Make certain you are adjusting the correct ones. Figure 3-20. A12 Assembly Potentiometer Locations 32. Set calibration constant #623, YTF Gain; Band 3, to 2084. 33. Modify calibration constant #633, YTF Oset; Band 3, to maximize low end power. 34. Adjust A12R108 B3S1 (see Figure 3-20) for maximum power over the rest of the sweep (3 to 10 divisions). HP 8360 Adjustments 3-63 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 35. Repeat steps 33 and 34 until power is optimized over the full band. 36. Record the value of calibration constant #633, YTF Oset; Band 3 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 31 through 35 until it is. Then change calibration constant #633 back to the recorded value. 37. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 38. Adjust calibration constant #133, Squegg Clamp 3A, to maximize RF output power across the band. 39. If you have an HP 83623A/24A, continue with \Band 4 Adjustment". Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #133, Squegg Clamp 3A as described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power: a. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. b. On the synthesizer, set: SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on) c. Using the rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope. d. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 21.5 dBm for HP 83620A/22A/30A or 22.3 dBm for HP 83640A/50A, as displayed on the power meter, decrease Squegg Clamp 3A until the power level is less than these values. If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values, return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp 3A just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped). 40. If you have any instrument except an HP 83640A/50A, continue with \Band 4 Adjustment". Otherwise, adjust calibration constant #451, DAmp Clamp 3 as described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power while in doubler amp mode: a. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk o) POWER 4MENU5 Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On (asterisk on) b. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-64 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 c. On the synthesizer, set: SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on) d. Using the synthesizer rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope. e. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 22.3 dBm, as displayed on the power meter, decrease DAmp Clamp 3 until the power level is less than these values. If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values, set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp Clamp 3 just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped). 41. Disable the doubler, turn doubler amp mode o, and return the synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A only). 42. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 4205 4GHz5 4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 43. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 44. Set the following potentiometers, located on the left side of the board, fully clockwise: A12R109 B4S1 A12R110 S2 A12R105 B4BP1 A12R106 BP2 45. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. 46. Modify calibration constant #634, YTF Oset; Band 4, to maximize low end power. 47. Modify calibration constant #624, YTF Gain; Band 4, to maximize power at the rst division on the display. Note HP 8360 If there is no noticeable increase in power in the next two adjustments, leave the potentiometers at their preset position (fully clockwise). Adjustments 3-65 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 48. Adjust A12R109 B4S1 for maximum high-end power. 49. Adjust A12R105 B4BP1 for maximum power to optimize the 3rd through the 7th divisions. Stop when the power begins to decrease. 50. Repeat step 47. 51. Repeat steps 41 through 48 until the entire band is peaked. 52. Record the value of calibration constant #634, YTM Oset; Band 4 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 46 through 51 until it is. Then change calibration constant #634 back to the recorded value. 53. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 54. Adjust calibration constant #134, Squegg Clamp 4A, to maximize RF output power across the band. 55. For the HP 83630A only, adjust calibration constant #134, Squegg Clamp 4A as described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power: a. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. b. On the synthesizer, set: SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on) c. Using the rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope. d. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 18.9 dBm, as displayed on the power meter, decrease Squegg Clamp 4A until the power level is less than these values. If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values, return the synthesizer to continuous sweep and decrease Squegg Clamp 4A just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped). 56. For the HP 83640A/50A only, adjust calibration constant #452, DAmp Clamp 4 as described here, to protect the bridge detector from excessive power while in doubler amp mode: a. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Tools Menu Disable Doubler (asterisk o) POWER 4MENU5 Dblr Amp Menu Doubler Amp Mode On (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-66 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 b. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. c. On the synthesizer, set: SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on) d. Using the synthesizer rotary knob, nd the peak of the sweep as displayed by the oscilloscope. e. If the power level of the peak point is greater than 23.5 dBm, as displayed on the power meter, decrease DAmp Clamp 4 until the power level is less than these values. If the power level of the peak point is already less than these values, set the synthesizer back to continuous sweep and decrease DAmp Clamp 4 just until the peak point begins to drop (this indicates that power to the bridge detector is clamped). 57. Disable the doubler, turn doubler amp mode o, and return the synthesizer to continuous sweep if you are still in manual sweep. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only). 58. On the synthesizer set: 4START5 426.55 4GHz5 4STOP5 433.45 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 59. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. 60. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 61. Modify calibration constant #625, YTF Gain; Band 5, to maximize high end power. 62. Modify calibration constant #635, YTF Oset; Band 5, to maximize low end power. 63. Repeat steps 61 and 62 until the entire band is peaked. 64. Note the value of calibration constant #635, YTF Oset; Band 5 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 61 through 63 until it is. Then change calibration constant #635 back to the recorded value. 65. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 HP 8360 Adjustments 3-67 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 66. Adjust calibration constant #135, Squegg Clamp 5A, to maximize RF output power across the band. Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only). 67. On the synthesizer set: 4START5 433.45 4GHz5 4STOP5 4385 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 (40 GHz for HP 83640A only) 68. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. 69. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 70. Modify calibration constant #626, YTF Gain; Band 6, to maximize high end power. 71. Modify calibration constant #636, YTF Oset; Band 6, to maximize low end power. 72. Repeat steps 70 and 71 until the entire band is peaked. 73. Note the value of calibration constant #636, YTF Oset; Band 6 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 70 through 72 until it is. Then change calibration constant #636 back to the recorded value. 74. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 75. Adjust calibration constant #136, Squegg Clamp 3A, to maximize RF output power across the band. Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only). 76. On the synthesizer set: 4START5 4385 4GHz5 4STOP5 4505 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 77. Set the oscilloscope vertical position as necessary to display the trace. 78. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 79. Modify calibration constant #627, YTF Gain; Band 7, to maximize high end power. 3-68 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 80. Modify calibration constant #637, YTF Oset; Band 7, to maximize low end power. 81. Repeat steps 79 and 80 until the entire band is peaked. 82. Note the value of calibration constant #637, YTF Oset; Band 7 . Step down the calibration constant in 100 count steps and verify that the entire trace shifts down evenly. If the power change is not uniform, repeat steps 79 through 81 until it is. Then change calibration constant #637 back to the recorded value. 83. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 84. Adjust calibration constant #137, Squegg Clamp 7A, to maximize RF output power across the band. Auto Tracking Verification. 85. Record the value of the following calibration constants: #621 YTF Gain; Band 1 #622 YTF Gain; Band 2 #623 YTF Gain; Band 3 #624 YTF Gain; Band 4 #625 YTF Gain; Band 5 #626 YTF Gain; Band 6 #627 YTF Gain; Band 7 #631 YTF Oset; Band 1 #632 YTF Oset; Band 2 #633 YTF Oset; Band 3 #634 YTF Oset; Band 4 #635 YTF Oset; Band 5 #636 YTF Oset; Band 6 #637 YTF Oset; Band 7 #225 YTM Gain; Band 1 #226 YTM Gain; Band 2 #227 YTM Gain; Band 3 #228 YTM Gain; Band 4 #229 YTM Gain; Band 5 #230 YTM Gain; Band 6 HP 8360 Adjustments 3-69 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments #231 YTM Gain; Band 7 #238 YTM Oset; Band 1 #239 YTM Oset; Band 2 #240 YTM Oset; Band 3 #241 YTM Oset; Band 4 #242 YTM Oset; Band 5 #243 YTM Oset; Band 6 #244 YTM Oset; Band 7 86. Initiate auto tracking on the synthesizer as follows. Terminate the RF OUTPUT with a good 50 impedance match such as a 10 dB attenuator or a power sensor (not required for synthesizers with a step attenuator). Press: 4USER CAL5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Tracking Menu Auto Track Wait for the synthesizer to complete auto tracking. If auto tracking fails (an error message is displayed) repeat the gain and oset adjustments for the failed frequency. 87. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 42.05 4GHz5 4STOP5 4205 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 41.55 4sec5 4ALC5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Leveling Point Intrnl 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 (asterisk on) For the HP 83640A/50A only, also press: (asterisk o) Connect the power meter to the synthesizer RF OUTPUT through the power sensor and 10 dB attenuator (see Figure 3-18). Adjust the oscilloscope horizontal control to place the low power point on a vertical graticule and note the position. Select manual sweep. Press SWEEP 4MENU5 Manual Sweep (asterisk on). Use the arrow keys to adjust the CW frequency to the minimum power point on the oscilloscope. On the power meter, check that the power at this point is not less than the specied maximum leveled power (note that power is attenuated by 10 dB). If it is, note the level and frequency, and check the following: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Tools Menu Disable Doubler NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-70 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 a. Compare the manually adjusted YTF and YTM gain and oset calibration constants (step 85) to the auto tracked calibration constants. A large dierence in values (several hundred counts) indicates a possible misadjustment. The auto tracking values are correct. b. If the band 3 values are within 500 counts of the limits of their ranges, repeat the B3S1, B4S1, and B4BP1 adjustments with the doubler disabled. c. If the band 4 values are within 500 counts of the limits of the range, repeat the B4S1 and B4BP1 adjustments with the doubler disabled (unless you have just readjusted these adjustments in step b). d. If the problem continues, it is most likely hardware-related. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 88. For the HP 83630A/40A/50A, repeat step 87 for each frequency range listed in Table 3-5 and a sweep time of 1.5 seconds. Table 3-5. Frequency Ranges HP 83630A 20 to 26.5 GHz HP 83640A HP 83650A 20 to 26.5 GHz 20 to 26.5 GHz 26.5 to 40 GHz 26.5 to 40 GHz 40 to 50 GHz 89. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 42.05 4GHz5 4STOP5 4205 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 41.55 4sec5 90. Set the synthesizer power level to the specied maximum leveled power. Check for ALC oscillations or level squegging. a. The SRD bias A or B calibration constants for the aected band might eliminate oscillation. The problem is with the A term if the oscillations are near the beginning of the band. It is with the B term if the oscillations are near the end of the band. SRD bias has a range. It can be overbiased which causes level squegging. If so, decrease the value of the SRD bias calibration constants and repeat the adjustment. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-71 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments b. If the SRD bias calibration constants have no eect, check the ALC Mod Gain calibration constant for the appropriate band. 91. For the HP 83630A/40A/50A, repeat step 90 for each frequency range listed in Table 3-5 and a sweep time of 1.5 seconds. 92. Set the synthesizer power level to 25 dBm and then set various frequency ranges such as 5 GHz to 50 GHz or 10 GHz to 45 GHz. Set the sweep times to greater than 200 ms for single-band sweeps and less than 1.5 seconds for multi-band sweeps since delay compensation has not yet been adjusted. For each frequency range set, compare the signal levels of single sweep to continuous sweep. Band frequency ranges are as follows: Band 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Frequency Range (GHz) 0.01 to < 2.0 2.0 to 7.0 7.0 to < 13.5 13.5 to 20.0 > 20.0 to 26.5 26.5 to < 33.4 33.4 to < 381 38 to 50 1 40 GHz for the HP 83640A. Problems here are typically associated with sphere heating while awaiting the start of sweep trigger. If necessary adjust the squegging clamp calibration constant for the appropriate band. Single-Band Amplifier/Filter Delay. 93. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 42.05 4GHz5 4STOP5 475 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 4ALC5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Leveling Mode ALCoff 3-72 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments (asterisk on) HP 8360 For the HP 83640A/50A only, also set: (asterisk on) 94. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 4SERVICE5 Note NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Tools Menu Disable Doubler The oscilloscope vertical sensitivity is initially set to 50 mV/division (5 mV/division with a 10:1 probe) providing a logarithmic scale of 1.5 dB/division. If necessary, decrease the vertical sensitivity for some frequency bands to 100 mV/division in order to display the entire trace on the CRT (the oscilloscope is already set to 10 mV/division for the HP 83623A/24A). If you do change the vertical sensitivity by half, remember that the logarithmic scale must change by half also. Band 1 Adjustment. 95. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB.) If not, adjust the appropriate rise or delay term (steps 98 through 100) and repeat this step. Note If fast sweep has more power than slow sweep do not readjust. Continue with the next step. 96. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4SINGLE5 97. Press several times to initiate several sweeps and check that a drop in power 1 division occurs when in single sweep. If it is less than 1 division, skip the remainder of \Band 1 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 2 Adjustment". If the drop in power is > 1 division, increase the A term of the delay adjustment #561 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then repeat from step 95. 98. Adjust calibration constant #561, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 1, to maximize power for the low end of band 1. Set the calibration constant for the middle of the peaked range. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-73 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 99. Adjust calibration constant #571, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 1, to maximize power for the high end of band 1. Set the calibration constant for the middle of the peaked range. 100. Adjust calibration constant #205, YTM Rise; Band 1, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 1. Band 2 Adjustment. Note If the oscilloscope is not already set to 5 mV/division (or 10 mV/division for the HP 83623A/24A), do so now. The logarithmic scale is calculated with the 5 mV/division value so for models using 10 mV/division the logarithmic scale must change by half. 101. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 475 4GHz5 4STOP5 413.55 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 102. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 103. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division. If not, adjust the appropriate rise or delay term (steps 106 through 108) and then repeat this step. 104. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 105. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in power. b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and note any drop in power. c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay adjustment #562 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then repeat from step 103. If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the rest of \Band 2 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 3 Adjustment". 3-74 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 106. Adjust calibration constant #562, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 2, to maximize power for the low end of band 2. 107. Adjust calibration constant #572, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 2, to maximize power for the high end of band 2. 108. Adjust calibration constant #208, YTM Rise; Band 2 A2, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 2. Band 3 Adjustment. 109. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 413.55 4GHz5 4STOP5 4205 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 110. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 111. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If not, adjust the appropriate rise or delay terms (steps 114 through 116) and then repeat this step. 112. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 113. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in power. b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and note any drop in power. c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay adjustment #573 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then repeat from step 111. If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the rest of \Band 3 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 4 Adjustment". 114. Adjust calibration constant #563, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 3, to maximize power for the low end of band 3. 115. Adjust calibration constant #573, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 3, to maximize power for the high end of band 3. 116. Adjust calibration constant #213, YTM Rise; Band 3 A3, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 3. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-75 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments Band 4 Adjustment (HP 83630A/40A/50A). 117. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 4205 4GHz5 4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 118. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 119. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division. If not, adjust the appropriate rise term (steps 122 and 123) and then repeat this step. 120. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 121. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in power. b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and note any drop in power. c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay adjustment #564 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then repeat from step 119. If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the rest of \Band 4 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 5 Adjustment". 122. Adjust calibration constant #564, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 4, to maximize power for the low end of band 4. 123. Adjust calibration constant #574, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 4, to maximize power for the high end of band 4. Band 5 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only). 124. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 426.55 4GHz5 4STOP5 433.45 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 125. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 3-76 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 126. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If not, adjust the appropriate rise or delay term (steps 129 through 131) and then repeat this step. 127. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 128. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in power. b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and note any drop in power. c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay adjustment #565 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then repeat from step 126. If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the rest of \Band 5 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 6 Adjustment". 129. Adjust calibration constant #565, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 5, to maximize power for the low end of band 5. 130. Adjust calibration constant #575, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 5, to maximize power for the high end of band 5. 131. Adjust calibration constant #215, YTM Rise; Band 5, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 5. Band 6 Adjustment (HP 83640A/50A only). 132. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 433.45 4GHz5 4STOP5 4385 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 (40 GHz for HP 83640A) 133. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 134. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If not, adjust the appropriate rise or delay term (steps 137 through 139) and then repeat this step. 135. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 HP 8360 Adjustments 3-77 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 136. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in power. b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and note any drop in power. c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay adjustment #566 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then repeat from step 134. If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the rest of \Band 6 Adjustment" and continue with \Band 7 Adjustment". 137. Adjust calibration constant #566, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 6, to maximize power for the low end of band 6. 138. Adjust calibration constant #576, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 6, to maximize power for the high end of band 6. 139. Adjust calibration constant #216, YTM Rise; Band 6, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 6. Band 7 Adjustment (HP 83650A only). 140. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 4385 4GHz5 4STOP5 4505 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 141. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 142. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If not, adjust the appropriate rise or delay term (steps 145 through 147) and then repeat this step. 143. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 3-78 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 144. a. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. Note any drop in power. b. Press 4SINGLE5 4RF ON/OFF5. Then press 4RF ON/OFF5 again (LED on) and note any drop in power. c. The power loss noted in step a can be no smaller than the power loss noted in step b. If the step a power loss is greater than the step b power loss by 1 division (1.5 dB), increase the A term of the delay adjustment #567 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. Then repeat from step 142. If the power loss in step a is not smaller than that in step b, skip the rest of \Band 7 Adjustment" and continue with \Multi-band YTF Delay". 145. Adjust calibration constant #567, YTF Dly Term A Hrm 7, to maximize power for the low end of band 7. 146. Adjust calibration constant #577, YTF Dly Term B Hrm 7, to maximize power for the high end of band 7. 147. Adjust calibration constant #217, YTM Rise; Band 7, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 7. Multi-band YTF Delay. 148. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 4135 4GHz5 4STOP5 4205 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 149. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. Note HP 8360 Synthesizer intensity markers are set to identify the bandcross frequencies (7.0, 13.5 GHz, and 20.0 GHz). Reduce oscilloscope trace intensity to identify these markers. You can also identify bandcrosses by temporarily removing the cable from the Z-AXIS BLANK/MKRS connector on the synthesizer rear panel. Make sure this cable is connected when making adjustments. Adjustments 3-79 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 150. On the synthesizer, set: 151. 152. 153. 154. 155. (asterisk on) Adjust calibration constant #593, YTF Bx Dly Term A3, to maximize power at the low end of band 3. Adjust calibration constant #603, YTF Bx DLY Term B3 to maximize power at the high end of band 3. Adjust calibration constant #212, YTM Rise; Band 3 B2, to minimize power dropout at the end of band 3. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 200 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB). If the change in power is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the A term of the delay adjustment #593 for low end problems, or the B term of the delay adjustment #603 for high end problems. On the synthesizer, set: 4MARKER5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Marker M1 413.55 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 156. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, increase the A term of the delay adjustment #593 to put the A term at the high end of the peak. 157. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 475 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 158. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 159. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 500 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB) across both bands. If the change is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the appropriate delay term. 160. Adjust calibration constant #592, YTF Bx Dly Term A2, to maximize power at the start of band 2 (start of sweep). 161. Adjust calibration constant #602, YTF Bx Dly Term B2, to maximize power at the end of band 2. 162. Adjust calibration constant #211, YTM Rise; Band 3 A2, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 3. 163. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 4105 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 3-80 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 164. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 165. Adjust calibration constant #212, YTM Rise; Band 3 B2, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 3. 166. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 167. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the appropriate delay term for the location of the problem. 168. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 42.05 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4MARKER5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Marker M2 475 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 (asterisk on) 169. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 170. Adjust calibration constant #591, YTF Bx Dly Term A1, to maximize power at the start of band 1. 171. Adjust calibration constant #601, YTF Bx Dly Term B1, to maximize power at the high end of band 1. 172. Adjust calibration constant #206, YTM Rise; Band 2 A1, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 2. 173. Adjust calibration constant #209, YTM Rise; Band 3 A1, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 3. 174. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 1s sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB) across all bands. If the change is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the appropriate delay term. 175. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4SINGLE5 176. Press several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the appropriate delay or risetime term for the location of the problem. 177. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 455 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 178. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-81 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 179. Adjust calibration constant #210, YTM Rise; Band 3 B1, to minimize power dropout at the end of band 3. 180. Adjust calibration constant #207, YTM Rise; Band 2 B1, to minimize power dropout at the end of band 2. Band 4 Multi-band YTF Delay (HP 83630A/40A/50A only). 181. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 42.05 4GHz5 4STOP5 426.55 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4MARKER5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Marker M3 4205 4GHz5 (asterisk on) 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 182. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 183. Adjust calibration constant #594, YTF Bx Dly Term A4, to maximize power at the start of band 4. 184. Adjust calibration constant #604, YTF Bx Dly Term B4, to maximize power at the end of band 4. 185. Adjust calibration constant #214, YTM Rise; Band 4, to minimize power dropout at the start of band 4. 186. Switch between the fastest sweep time (0 ms) and 500 ms sweep time and check that power changes less than 2/3 division (1 dB) across both bands. If the change is greater than 2/3 division, readjust the appropriate delay term. 187. On the synthesizer, set: 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4SINGLE5 188. Press several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power greater than 1 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the appropriate delay term for the location of the problem. 189. On the synthesizer, set: 4START5 4155 4GHz5 4CONT5 4SWEEP TIME5 405 4msec5 4POWER LEVEL5 4255 4dBm5 190. Decrease the synthesizer power level until the level of the entire trace on the oscilloscope begins to drop. 191. Press 4SINGLE5 several times to initiate several sweeps. If a drop in power greater than 1/3 division occurs when in single sweep, readjust the appropriate delay or risetime term for the location of the problem. 3-82 Adjustments Amplifier/Filter Adjustments HP 8360 Operation Check. 192. Try the following start and stop frequencies: Start and Stop Frequencies (GHz) HP 83620A/23A HP 83622A/24A HP 83630A HP 83640A HP 83650A 0.045 to 20 2 to 20 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 18 10 to 20 10 to 20 2 to 14.5 2 to 14.5 0.045 to 26.5 0.045 to 40 0.045 to 50 4.5 to 18 4.5 to 33 4.5 to 33 10 to 20 10 to 23 10 to 45 2 to 14.5 2 to 14.5 2 to 23 Compare sweeps of 0 ms and 1 s and also single sweeps at fast speed. If a power drop of 0.5 division or greater is noted, readjust the appropriate calibration constant. 193. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). Related Performance Tests Maximum Leveled Power In Case Of Difficulty 1. See \Adjustment Help" in this procedure. 2. Verify the oscilloscope ALC board calibration. When calibrated, the voltage on the oscilloscope is scaled to 33 mV/dB. 3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-83 Amplifier/Filter Adjustments 11. Low Power SRD Bias Description and Procedure The synthesizer is set to 10 GHz. Then the A9 pulse board MIN adjustment sets the source voltage of the FET for the proper SRD bias level. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-21. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 3-21. Low Power SRD Bias Adjustment Setup Equipment DVM HP 3456A 2. On the synthesizer set: 4CW5 4105 4GHz5. 3. Set the DVM to measure DC volts. 4. Adjust A9R105 MIN (see Figure 3-22) for 00.54 V DC. 3-84 Adjustments Low Power SRD Bias HP 8360 Figure 3-22. A9R105 Location Related Performance Tests None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-85 Low Power SRD Bias 12. Modulator Offset and Gain Description and Procedure In this procedure, the ALC modulation oset and gain calibration constants are adjusted to linearize the ALC modulator response to the ALC power level reference voltage. Default values are entered for the modulator oset calibration constants and internal rmware is activated to set the modulator gain calibration constants. The synthesizer is then set for a power sweep across the entire leveled ALC range (020 to the maximum leveled power). The integrator level signal on the ALC board is monitored to verify linearity. If necessary, the modulator oset values are modied. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-23. Preset the instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 3-23. Modulator Offset and Gain Adjustment Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope Oscilloscope Probes 3-86 Adjustments Modulator Offset and Gain HP 54111D HP 10431A HP 8360 2. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu Calib Menu 3. If you have replaced the low band assembly (A24) or the dual modulator assembly (A38), set the ALC oset calibration constants to the default values given in Table 3-6. Otherwise, skip to step 7. Select Select Cal . Using the numeric keypad, enter the number of the rst calibration constant in Table 3-6. Terminate your entry with the 4ENTER5 key. Select Modify Cal . Use the numeric keypad to enter the corresponding default value in Figure 3-23. Terminate your entry with the 4ENTER5 key. 4. Using the up/down arrow keys, select each of rest of the calibration constants in Figure 3-23 and set their default values by entering the value on the numeric keypad. Terminate your entry with the 4ENTER5 key. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Table 3-6. ALC Offset Calibration Constant Default Values Calibration Constant 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 HP 8360 Description Default Value ALC Mod Ofs; Band 0 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 1 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 2 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 3 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 4 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 5 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 6 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 7 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 Adjustments 3-87 Modulator Offset and Gain 5. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A10 Adj Menu A10 Mod Gain The synthesizer will measure, calculate, and store the modulator gain calibration constants. When the adjustment is completed the following message appears on the display: Modulator Gain Cal Completed Calibration constants were modified. 6. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). 7. Connect the oscilloscope as shown in Figure 3-23. 8. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance On 50 mV As necessary dc 1 M Channel 2: Display Volts/Division Input Coupling Input Impedance On 2V dc 1 M Timebase: Time/Division Delay Delay Reference Sweep 10 ms 5 ms At left Triggered Trigger: Trigger Mode Edge 3-88 Adjustments Modulator Offset and Gain HP 8360 Trigger Source Trigger Level Trigger Slope Display: Display Mode Averaging Number of Averages Screen Channel 2 2V Negative Repetitive On 2 Single 9. On the synthesizer, set: 4CENTER5 415 4GHz5 4SPAN5 405 4GHz5 10. For synthesizers with Option 001, set: POWER 4MENU5 Uncoupl Atten 11. Set the synthesizer power level to 020 dBm. Press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 4POWER LEVEL5 4 5 4205 4dBm5 Now set the synthesizer for a power sweep of its full ALC range. For example, if your synthesizer's specied maximum leveled power at this frequency is +10 dBm then set the power sweep to 30 dB/sweep (020 dBm to +10 dBm = 30 dB). Press: POWER 4MENU5 4POWER SWEEP5 4305 4dB5 12. Continue to set up the synthesizer as follows: 4SWEEP TIME5 41005 4msec5 (asterisk on) 13. Adjust the oscilloscope timebase so the Z-axis input goes high at the right edge of the display. This signal is low during the power sweep. 14. Change the value of the band 0 calibration constant #315 to adjust the signal variation during the power sweep (while Z-axis is low) as follows: Adjust the calibration constant so that the trace in the last three (farthest right) graticules is as at as possible. Initiate an AM bandwidth calibration, press: 4USER CAL5 AM Cal Menu AM BW Cal Once . Repeat the adjustment and calibration until the last three graticules are as at as possible. 4USER CAL5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Tracking Menu Peak RF Always NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Adjustments 3-89 Modulator Offset and Gain 15. Set the synthesizer to each of the center frequencies in Table 3-7. Change the power sweep as appropriate to sweep the full ALC range. Perform an AM bandwidth calibration and then repeat step 14 for each corresponding calibration constant. Table 3-7. Center Frequencies and Calibration Constants Center Frequencies Calibration Constants (GHz) 5.0 #316 Band 1 9.0 #317 Band 2 19.0 #318 Band 3 25.01 #319 Band 4 30.01 #320 Band 5 35.01 #321 Band 6 45.01 #322 Band 7 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. Related Performance Tests Maximum Leveled Power AM Bandwidth In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-90 Adjustments Modulator Offset and Gain HP 8360 13. ALC Power Level Accuracy Description and Procedure This adjustment sets the absolute power accuracy in each frequency band at a CW frequency. The digital ALC calibration array is loaded with zeros for the 0 dB attenuator setting to eliminate any power oset from this source. Calibration constants set the power accuracy at four power levels. A potentiometer sets the power accuracy at an 18 dBm level in the low band (not applicable for all models). Note This adjustment procedure zeros the digital ALC calibration array at the 0 dB attenuator setting. The \Power Flatness" adjustment must be performed after this procedure. 1. Preset the equipment shown in Figure 3-24 and let them warm up for at least one hour. Do not connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF OUTPUT yet. Figure 3-24. ALC Power Level Accuracy Adjustment Setup HP 8360 Adjustments 3-91 ALC Power Level Accuracy Equipment Power Meter Power Sensor Power Sensor HP 436A/7A/8A HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A) 2. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor and set the power meter to dBm mode. Connect the power sensor to the synthesizer's RF OUTPUT. Set the CAL FACTOR % for the power sensor 1 GHz calibration factor. 3. On the synthesizer, set: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu RF Peak Always (asterisk on) POWER 4MENU5 Uncoupl Atten (Option 001 only) 4. On the synthesizer, zero the digital ALC calibration for the 0 dB attenuator setting for all frequency ranges: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust AtnStep To Cal Cal Freq Range Cal Freq Range 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Menu DigALC Menu 405 4dB5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Note Lo Band ALC Cal Array (Atn, Freq) Zero Hi Band ALC Cal Array (Atn, Freq) Zero The default values given in the next step are a general starting point. If the current ALC power accuracy is within 1 dB, fewer repetitions are required if you start with the existing calibration constants unchanged. 5. Set the default values given in Table 3-8 into the corresponding ALC calibration constants. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal Enter the number of the calibration constant from Table 3-8 and terminate the entry with 4ENTER5. Modify Cal Enter the default value from Table 3-8 and terminate the entry with 4ENTER5. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-92 Adjustments ALC Power Level Accuracy HP 8360 Table 3-8. ALC Calibration Constants and Default Values ALC Calibration Constant Default Value Low Band 0.01 to 2.0 GHz1 120 #265 LVL DAC Ofs Lo Bnd 20 #252 LVL DAC Gain Lo Bnd 142 #284 ALC Det Ofs; Lo 140 #293 ALC Log Brkpt; Lo High Band 2.0 to 20 GHz 0 #264 LVL DAC Ofs Hi Bnd 20 #251 LVL DAC Gain Hi Bnd 134 #283 ALC Det Ofs; Hi 131 #292 ALC Log Brkpt; Hi 1 Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. Low Band ALC Power Accuracy Adjustment 6. On the synthesizer, set: 4CW5 415 4GHz5 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu Calib Menu 7. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 First power level in Table 3-9 8. Select the rst calibration constant in Table 3-9: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Select Cal 42655 4ENTER5 9. On the synthesizer, select Modify Cal and, using the rotary knob, modify the calibration constant so that the power meter and the power level setting are the same. 10. Repeat steps 8 through 10 for each power level and calibration constant given in Table 3-9. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Adjustments 3-93 ALC Power Level Accuracy Table 3-9. Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment Power Level (dBm) 0.0 010.0 020.0 +10.0 Calibration Constant Adjustment #265 LVL DAC Ofs Lo Bnd #252 LVL DAC Gain Lo Bnd #284 ALC Det Ofs; Lo #293 ALC Det Log Brkpt; Lo 11. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 4185 4dBm5 Adjust A10R125, +20 dBm, until the power meter and the power level setting are the same. Figure 3-25 shows the location of A10R125. Figure 3-25. A10R125 Location 12. Repeat steps 8 through 12 until the power accuracy for each calibration constant is within 60.01 dBm. 3-94 Adjustments ALC Power Level Accuracy HP 8360 High Band Power Accuracy Adjustment 13. On the synthesizer, set: 4CW5 4105 4GHz5 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu Calib Menu 14. On the power meter, set the CAL FACTOR % for the power sensor 10 GHz calibration factor. 15. On the synthesizer, set: 4POWER LEVEL5 First power level in Table 3-10 16. Select the rst calibration constant in Table 3-10: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Select Cal 42645 4ENTER5 17. On the synthesizer, select Modify Cal and, using the rotary knob, modify the calibration constant so that the power meter and the power level setting are the same. 18. Repeat steps 16 through 18 for each power level and calibration constant given in Table 3-10. 19. Repeat steps 16 through 19 until the power accuracy for each calibration constant is within 60.01 dBm. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Table 3-10. Power Level and Calibration Constant Adjustment Power Level (dBm) 0.0 010.0 020.0 +10.0 Calibration Constant Adjustment #264 LVL DAC Ofs Hi Bnd #251 LVL DAC Gain Hi Bnd #283 ALC Det Ofs; Hi #292 ALC Det Log Brkpt; Hi 20. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration Constants" in this manual to store the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). HP 8360 Adjustments 3-95 ALC Power Level Accuracy Related Performance Tests None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-96 Adjustments ALC Power Level Accuracy HP 8360 14. Power Flatness (The automated power atness adjustment in Chapter 5 may be used in place of this procedure.) Description and Procedure In this procedure, the synthesizer measures and corrects power atness. The synthesizer controls the power meter via HP-IB while the power meter is measuring the RF output. For each synthesizer frequency band and a 0 dB attenuator setting, control is given to the synthesizer to measure and correct power atness. Note This adjustment requires an HP 437B Power Meter. The correct power sensor calibration factors must be loaded and selected. This procedure cannot be run with a controller on the HP-IB, nor can it be run from a front panel emulator. For Option 003 instrument, see Chapter 5. 1. Preset the instruments shown in Figure 3-26. Do not connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF output yet. Let both instruments warm up for at least one hour. Figure 3-26. Power Flatness Adjustment Setup HP 8360 Adjustments 3-97 Power Flatness Equipment Power Meter Power Sensor Power Sensor Power Sensor HP 437A HP 8482A HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A) Low Band Power Flatness Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 2. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu DigALC Menu Cal Freq Range Lo Bnd (asterisk on) AtnStep to Cal 405 4dB5 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3. Load and select the calibration factors for the correct power sensor for this frequency band into the power meter. Refer to the power meter manual for instructions. Zero and calibrate the power meter then connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF output. 4. On the synthesizer, press Pwr Mtr ALC Cal . The synthesizer measures power atness and calculates a new atness array for the frequency band and attenuator setting. 5. On the synthesizer, press SAVE and continue to the next step. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNN High Band Power Flatness 6. Load and select the calibration factors for the correct power sensor for this frequency band into the power meter. Refer to the power meter manual for instructions. Zero and calibrate the power meter then connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF output. 7. On the synthesizer, press: Cal Freq Range Hi Band (asterisk on) 8. Repeat steps 3 through 5. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-98 Adjustments Power Flatness HP 8360 Millimeter Band Power Flatness Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 9. Load and select the calibration factors for the correct power sensor for this frequency band into the power meter. Refer to the power meter manual for instructions. Zero and calibrate the power meter then connect the power sensor to the synthesizer RF output. 10. On the synthesizer, press: Cal Freq Range mm Band (asterisk on) 11. Repeat steps 3 through 5. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Related Performance Tests Power Flatness In Case of Difficulty 1. The HP 437B Power Meter must be used. Correct calibration factors must be loaded and selected. 2. Make sure that the only HP-IB connection is between the synthesizer and the power meter. No controller is allowed on the bus. 3. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-99 Power Flatness 15. AM/FM DAC Offset and Gain (Option 002) Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure. This procedure calibrates the modulation generator assembly by adjusting the AM and FM DACs. The internal DVM measures the DAC output voltages. The DAC oset is then zeroed with this adjustment procedure and the DAC gain is automatically calibrated with calibration constants. 1. Turn the synthesizer on and press 4PRESET5. Let the synthesizer warm up for at least one hour. 2. Select the A8 adjustment menu. On the synthesizer, press: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu AssyAdj Menu A8 Adj Menu 3. The AM DAC adjustment is automatically selected (asterisk on). 4. Adjust A8R111 (see Figure 3-27) to center the \needle" on the display. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Figure 3-27. A8R111 and A8R105 Adjustment Locations 5. Select FM DAC (asterisk on). 6. Adjust A9R105 (see Figure 3-27) to center the \needle" on the display. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-100 Adjustments AM/FM DAC Offset and Gain HP 8360 7. Select Done . The synthesizer will display the following message: NNNNNNNNNNNNNN Updating Cal Constants 8. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). Related Performance Tests AM Accuracy FM Accuracy In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-101 AM/FM DAC Offset and Gain 16. AM Accuracy Description and Procedure This procedure consists of three adjustments. Calibration constant #277, AM Oset, is adjusted for no change in RF output power when AM is enabled but no voltage is applied. EXP AM CAL is adjusted for a 010 dB change in power when 01.00V is applied and AM 10 dB/V is selected. LIN AM CAL is adjusted so that a 00.80V AM input (100%/V AM selected) causes the RF output to decrease to 4.00% of its initial value. 1. Turn on the instruments shown in Figure 3-28 and let them warm up for at least one hour. 2. Zero and calibrate the power meter/sensor. 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-28. Figure 3-28. AM Accuracy Adjustment Setup 3-102 Adjustments AM Accuracy HP 8360 Equipment Digital Voltmeter Function Generator Power Meter Power Sensor Power Sensor HP 3456A HP 3325A HP 436A/7A/8A HP 8485A (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) HP 8487A (HP 83640A/50A) 4. Set the function generator for a 0V DC rear panel output (the instrument front panel output is connected to the synthesizer's AM input.) 5. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 455 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 4 155 4dBm5 0 AM Offset 6. Set the power meter to read relative power (dB). 7. On the synthesizer, press: 4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AM Menu AM On/Off Ext AM Type 100%/V 8. Adjust calibration constant #277, AM Oset, for a 0 dB reading on the power meter. Press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal 42775 4ENTER5 Modify Cal Use the rotary knob to adjust the calibration constant 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 0 dB reading on the power meter. for a Log AM Accuracy 9. Set the power meter to measure absolute log power (dBm). 10. On the synthesizer, press: 4POWER LEVEL5 405 4dBm5 (asterisk o) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o) 11. Set the function generator to the front panel output. 12. Set the power meter to read relative power (dB). 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN AM On/Off 100%/V NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Adjustments 3-103 AM Accuracy 13. Set the function generator to 01.0 V DC oset. Verify the correct voltage on the DVM. 14. On the synthesizer, press: AM On/Off 10dB/V (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) AM Type 10dB/V (asterisk on) 15. Adjust A10R35, EXP AM CAL, for a 010 dB power meter reading. See Figure 3-29 for the location of A10R35. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Figure 3-29. A10R35 and A10R39 Locations Linear AM Accuracy 16. On the synthesizer, press: AM On/Off 10dB/V (asterisk o) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: AM On/Off Ext (asterisk o) 17. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4POWER LEVEL5 455 4dBm5 3-104 Adjustments AM Accuracy HP 8360 18. Set the power meter to measure linear mode (watts). For power meters without a relative linear mode, adjust the synthesizer power level for a 3.16 mW power meter reading. For power meters with relative linear mode (%), set the power meter to relative. 19. Set the function generator for a 00.8 V DC oset. Verify the correct voltage on the DVM. 20. On the synthesizer, press: 4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on) 21. Adjust A10R39, LIN AM CAL, for a 0.126 mW (4.00% relative) reading. See Figure 3-29 for the location of A10R39. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Related Performance Tests AM Accuracy In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-105 AM Accuracy 17. AM Delay Description and Procedure In the ALC loop, the integrator input from the ALC detector is delayed (phase shifted from the reference input) through the ALC modulator, RF path, and ALC detector. Because of this, amplitude modulation can peak the AM frequency response. In this adjustment, you set the delay in the reference input equal to the delay in the input from the ALC detector. The synthesizer is set to maximum leveled power at a CW frequency, with amplitude modulation at the maximum rate. Monitoring the INT LVL signal (the integrator output), adjust the AM DELAY to minimize any AC voltage present. 1. Preset the instruments shown in Figure 3-30 and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 3-30. AM Delay Adjustment Setup 3-106 Adjustments AM Delay HP 8360 Equipment Digital Voltmeter Function Generator HP 3456A HP 3325A 2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking. Press: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on) 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-30. 4. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4CW5 4105 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 Set to 3 dB below maximum specied leveled power. 4MOD5 AM On/Off 100%/V (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 AM Menu AM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) AM Type 100%/V (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN The function generator should have a 50 output for an accurate output. If necessary, use a BNC tee and monitor the output level while the function generator is connected to the AM input. Note 5. On the function generator, press: Function: Frequency: DC Offset: Output: Amplitude: HP 8360 Sinewave 100 kHz 0V Front Panel 600 mV p-p Adjustments 3-107 AM Delay 6. Adjust A10R55 (see Figure 3-31) for a minimum AC voltage reading on the DVM. You should expect to see very small changes in voltage. Note Figure 3-31. AM Delay Adjustment Location Related Performance Tests AM Bandwidth In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-108 Adjustments AM Delay HP 8360 18. FM Gain Description and Procedure This adjustment sets the gain on the FM driver assembly to match the YO FM coil sensitivity, and to provide a 10 MHz/V FM input sensitivity. The function generator is set to provide FM at a 1 MHz rate and a 2.404 MHz deviation. This corresponds to a modulation index of 2.404, which should result in no power in the carrier. FM gain is adjusted to minimize the RF output power. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-32. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 3-32. FM Gain Adjustment Setup Equipment Function Generator Spectrum Analyzer HP 8360 HP 3325A HP 8566B Adjustments 3-109 FM Gain The function generator specied is accurate enough to set the amplitude without using a DVM. If you use a dierent function generator, use a wide bandwidth DVM, such as an HP 3458A, to accurately set the voltage. Note 2. On the function generator, press: Function: Frequency: DC Offset: Amplitude: Sinewave 1 MHz 0V 480.8 mV p-p (169.96 mV rms) 3. On the spectrum analyzer, press: Reference Level: Attenuator: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: Resolution BW: Video BW: Sweep Time: Sweep: 4. On the synthesizer, press: 0 dBm Auto 5 GHz 50 kHz 3 kHz 1 kHz Auto Continuous 4CW5 455 4GHz5 (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 FM Menu FM On/Off Ext (asterisk on) FM Coupling 100kHz (asterisk on) 5. Adjust A11R55 (see Figure 3-33) for a minimum signal on the spectrum analyzer. 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN FM On/Off 100kHz NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3-110 Adjustments FM Gain HP 8360 Figure 3-33. FM Gain Adjustment Location Related Performance Tests Self-tests FM Accuracy In Case of Difficulty 1. Verify the function generator output (amplitude and frequency) with an oscilloscope. Use a BNC tee with the function generator connected to the FM input. 2. Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-111 FM Gain 19. Square Wave Symmetry Description and Procedure Use this adjustment to set the synthesizer modulation (27.78 square wave) for equal RF on/o periods. This is accomplished by minimizing the even harmonics of the 27.78 square wave. High Band Adjustment 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-34. Preset both instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 3-34. Square Wave Symmetry Adjustment Setup Equipment Spectrum Analyzer HP 8566B 2. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 455 4GHz5 4POWER LEVEL5 455 4dBm5 3. On the spectrum analyzer, press: Center Frequency: Frequency Span: 5 GHz 200 kHz Make sure the signal is centered on the display. 3-112 Adjustments Square Wave Symmetry HP 8360 4. On the synthesizer, press: (asterisk on) or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Scalar (asterisk on) 5. Set the spectrum analyzer marker to the peak of either 2nd sideband (56 kHz away). 6. Press the marker to center frequency key (adjusts the 2nd sideband to the center of the display). 7. On the spectrum analyzer, press: 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Pulse On/Off Scalar NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Frequency Span: 0 Hz 8. Adjust calibration constant #330, Slow Sym High Band, for a minimum reading on the spectrum analyzer. Press: 4SERVICE5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal Use the rotary knob or arrow keys to select calibration constant #330. Press Modify Cal and use the rotary knob to adjust the calibration constant. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Low Band Adjustment Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 9. Reset the spectrum analyzer frequency span to 200 kHz. 10. Repeat this adjustment procedure at a frequency of 1 GHz and adjust calibration constant #329 (Slow Sym Low Band) for a minimum reading on the spectrum analyzer. 11. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). Related Performance Tests None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting Manual. HP 8360 Adjustments 3-113 Square Wave Symmetry 20. AM Input Impedance Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure. This procedure sets the AM input impedance to either 50 or 2 k . The AM input impedance on A10 must be set to 2 k for proper operation of the internal modulation generator (Option 002). Instruments without Option 002 should perform step A, \A10 Jumper". Instruments with Option 002 should set the A10 jumper to the 2 k position using step A, \A10 Jumper" and should perform step B, \A8 Jumper". 3-114 Adjustments AM Input Impedance HP 8360 A. A10 Jumper 1. On the synthesizer, set the line power switch to standby. 2. Lift up the A10 ALC assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3-35. 3. The AM input impedance is factory-set to the 50 ohm position. To change it to 2 k , move the jumper to the position marked \2K". The jumper can be returned to the \50 OHM" position to change the AM input impedance to 50 ohms. 4. Reinstall the A10 assembly. Figure 3-35. A10 Jumper Locations HP 8360 Adjustments 3-115 AM Input Impedance B. A8 Jumper 1. On the synthesizer, make sure the line power switch is set to standby. 2. Lift up the A8 modulation generator assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3-36. 3. The AM input impedance is factory-set to the 50 ohm position. To change it to 2 k , move the jumper to the position marked \2K". The jumper can be returned to the position marked \50" to change the AM input impedance to 50 ohms. 4. Reinstall the A8 assembly. Figure 3-36. A8 Jumper Locations Related Performance Tests AM Accuracy AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range In Case of Difficulty If the jumper is missing, see \Replaceable Parts". 3-116 Adjustments AM Input Impedance HP 8360 21. FM Input Impedance Description and Procedure A soldering iron is required for this procedure. This procedure sets the FM input impedance to either 50 or 600 . The FM input impedance on A11 must be set to 600 for proper operation of the internal modulation generator (Option 002). Instruments without Option 002 should perform step A, \A11 Jumper". Instruments with Option 002 should set the A11 jumper to the 600 position using step A, \A11 Jumper" and should perform step B, \A8 Jumper". HP 8360 Adjustments 3-117 FM Input Impedance A. A11 Jumper 1. 2. 3. 4. On the synthesizer, set the line power switch to standby. Disconnect the coaxial cables from the A11 FM driver assembly. Remove the A11 assembly from the synthesizer. Locate the zero ohm resistor shown in Figure 3-37. The FM input impedance is factory-set to the 50 ohm position. To change it to 600 ohms, remove the resistor from the A11 assembly by unsoldering it. The FM input impedance can be reset to 50 ohms by soldering the resistor back into the A11 assembly. Note If you will never use the 50 ohm setting, the resistor can be clipped out. 5. Reinstall the A11 assembly and reconnect the coaxial cables. Figure 3-37. FM Input Impedance Jumper Locations 3-118 Adjustments FM Input Impedance HP 8360 B. A8 Jumper 1. On the synthesizer, make sure the line power switch is set to standby. 2. Lift up the A8 modulation generator assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3-38. 3. The FM input impedance is factory-set to the 50 ohm position. To change it to 600 ohms, move the jumper to the position marked \600". The jumper can be returned to the position marked \50" to change the FM input impedance to 50 ohms. 4. Reinstall the A8 assembly. Figure 3-38. A8 Jumper Locations Related Performance Tests FM Accuracy FM Bandwidth Maximum FM Deviation In Case of Difficulty If the jumper is missing, see \Replaceable Parts". HP 8360 Adjustments 3-119 FM Input Impedance 22. Modulation Generator Flatness (Option 002) Description and Procedure The internal modulation generator is set up for FM operation. A 100 kHz rate, measured at the AM/FM OUTPUT connector, is used as the reference amplitude. A calibration constant is adjusted so the AM/FM output signal is the same amplitude as for a 1 MHz FM rate. 1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-39. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Figure 3-39. Modulation Generator Flatness Adjustment Setup Equipment Digitizing Oscilloscope HP 54111D 2. On the synthesizer, press: FM Menu FM On/Off Int (asterisk on) Internal FM Rate 41005 4kHz5 Internal FM Dev 485 4MHz5 4PRIOR5 Monitor Menu ModOut On/Off FM 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 3. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1 Display Volts/Division Input Coupling Input Impedance On 210 mV dc 50 3-120 Adjustments Modulation Generator Flatness HP 8360 Timebase Time/Division Delay Reference Sweep 2 s Center Auto Trigger Trigger Mode Trig Src Slope Edge Chan 1 Pos Display Display Mode Averaging Display Time Repetitive Off 0.2 s 4. Adjust the oscilloscope vertical sensitivity controls to almost ll the graticule display with the sine wave. Do not let the sinewave be clipped. (Use the front panel keypad because the RPG changes the sensitivity in steps too large for this purpose.) 5. Use the measure feature of the oscilloscope to measure the amplitude of the sinewave. (If a Signal clipped message is displayed, repeat the vertical sensitivity adjustment until the message is no longer displayed when the signal is measured.) V p-p. Record the amplitude of the sinewave 6. On the oscilloscope, change the timebase to 200 ns/div. 7. On the synthesizer, press: NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Internal FM Rate 415 4MHz5 4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu Select Cal 42745 4ENTER5 4FM Menu5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 8. Press Modify Cal and, using the rotary knob, change the calibration constant until the sinewave displayed on the oscilloscope is the same amplitude (V p-p) as the recorded value. (The oscilloscope does not automatically update the measurement; continue to press the measure function as you change the calibration constant.) 9. If this is the last calibration constant you will be adjusting, see \Calibration Constants" to store the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Adjustments 3-121 Modulation Generator Flatness Related Performance Tests FM Accuracy In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-122 Adjustments Modulation Generator Flatness HP 8360 23. External Trigger Edge Selection Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure. This procedure sets the external trigger to trigger on either the leading or the trailing edge of a TTL signal. When the jumper (shown in Figure 3-40) is in the POS position a sweep is triggered on the leading edge of the pulse (when the signal changes from 0 to 5 volts). When the jumper is in the NEG position a sweep is triggered on the trailing edge of the pulse (when the signal changes from 5 to 0 volts). Figure 3-40. External Trigger Edge Selection Location HP 8360 Adjustments 3-123 External Trigger Edge Selection Triggering on the Leading Edge 1. Turn the synthesizer power o and lift up the A15 assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3-40. In some instruments the jumper positions will be rotated to the left 90. In these instruments the jumper vertically connects the two left points in the POS position and the two right points in the NEG position. (POS and NEG positions are labeled on all assemblies.) 2. The jumper is factory-set to the POS position (triggers on the leading edge). If the jumper has been moved to the NEG position move back it to the POS position. The synthesizer now triggers a sweep on the leading edge (a 0 to 5 volt change). 3. Reinstall the A15 assembly and turn synthesizer power on. Triggering on the Trailing Edge 1. Turn the synthesizer power o and lift up the A15 assembly far enough to access the jumper shown in Figure 3-40. In some instruments the jumper positions will be rotated to the left 90. In these instruments the jumper vertically connects the two left points in the POS position and the two right points in the NEG position. (POS and NEG positions are labeled on all assemblies.) 2. The jumper is factory-set to the POS position (triggers on the leading edge). To change it move the jumper to the NEG position. The synthesizer now triggers a sweep on the trailing edge (a 5 to 0 volt change). 3. Reinstall the A15 assembly and turn synthesizer power on. 3-124 Adjustments External Trigger Edge Selection HP 8360 24. Volts/GHz Description and Procedure No test equipment is required for this procedure. A ve-section switch on the A12 multiplier/lter driver assembly sets the volts/GHz scale for the rear panel V/GHz output connector. At the factory, synthesizers with a maximum frequency of 30 GHz are set to 0.5 V/GHz and higher frequency instruments are set to 0.25 V/GHz. The following procedure describes how to set the switch to scale the output. 1. Set A12S1 (shown in Figure 3-41) for the required volts/GHz scale according to the following table: Note No damage results from setting the volts/GHz to a scale that is beyond the frequency limits given in the table however the volts/GHz will be inaccurate beyond the frequency limits. Volts/GHz Maximum Scale Frequency SW1 1 V/GHz 20 GHz closed 0.5 V/GHz 40 GHz open 0.25 V/GHz 50 GHz open HP 8360 Switch Settings SW2 SW3 SW4 closed closed closed open closed closed open open open SW5 X X X Adjustments 3-125 Volts/GHz Figure 3-41. A12S1 Location Related Performance Tests None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 3-126 Adjustments Volts/GHz HP 8360 4 Calibration Constants Introduction This section contains the following information on calibration constants and how to use them: Denition Memory Areas Checksum Verication Calibration Constant Password Changing Working Data Calibration Constants Saving Working Data Calibration Constants Loading Protected Data Calibration Constants Loading Default Data Calibration Constants Calibration Constant Descriptions Definition Calibration constants are data which describe your individual instrument. Calibration constants contain serial number prex, hardware conguration, and board revision information. Calibration constants also contain calibration information specic to the operation of each instrument that is used to make sure that the instrument meets specications. Note HP 8360 Changing calibration constants can cause your instrument to not meet specications. Calibration Constants 4-1 Memory Areas The synthesizer has three memory areas reserved for calibration constants: Working Data Working data is the set of calibration constants accessed during normal operation and contains the calibration information required for optimum instrument performance. Working data is stored in RAM, and is maintained by a 1 farad capacitor. Protected Data Protected data resides in EEPROM. This calibration data is essentially the same as working data, but is not dependent on the capacitor. If the synthesizer's checksum test fails, or if the capacitor becomes discharged and working data is lost, the synthesizer copies protected data values into working data RAM. If the synthesizer is unplugged for a period greater than ve Note days, the capacitor will be completely discharged. After reconnecting the synthesizer to line power, the capacitor will be completely recharged after 24 hours. Default Data Default data resides in UVEPROM. This data diers from working and protected data in that it cannot be changed. This data represents a typical synthesizer, and is not optimized for your instrument. The default calibration constants are a starting point for calibration. The synthesizer will probably not meet specications. The synthesizer uses default data if a problem exists in both working and protected data or if you select Default Cal in the calibration utility menu. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4-2 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Checksum Verification At instrument power on, the calibration constants stored in RAM are added and compared with the checksum value. If the two values match, the current calibration constants are maintained in RAM. If the RAM checksum does not verify, the calibration constants are loaded into RAM from EEPROM. These calibration constants are added and compared with their checksum value. If the two values match, these calibration constants (from EEPROM) are maintained in RAM. If the RAM checksum still does not verify, the default calibration constants are loaded into RAM from UVEPROM. A message is displayed on the synthesizer indicating that the default calibration constants are in use. The synthesizer will probably not meet performance specications. All the performance tests should be run. Calibration Constant Password The synthesizer is shipped with a factory-set password. A password disables access to the adjustment menu unless the password is entered (see \Entering a Password"). Calibration constants cannot be manually altered without accessing the adjustment menu. The following is the factory-set password: 8360 You can set a new password. See \Setting a Password". You can eliminate the password. See \Disabling a Password". If you have forgotten the password, or if you require access to the calibration constant adjustments for calibration purposes and do not know the password, see \Bypassing the Password". HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-3 Entering a Password An asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey in the service menu indicates that a password is set. In order to access the adjustment menu you must enter that password: 1. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu . The following message is displayed: ENTER PASSWORD: 0 2. Enter the correct password using the numeric keypad and press 4ENTER5. The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns o. 3. Select Adjust Menu again to access the adjustment menu. Entering the password allows permanent access to the adjustment menu, even if line power is cycled. To disable access again, set another password. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Disabling a Password If you wish to eliminate a password (either the factory-set password or one you set yourself), perform the following: 1. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Disable Adjust . The following message is displayed: ENTER PASSWORD: 0 2. Enter the current password using the numeric keypad and press 4ENTER5. The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns o. Disabling the password allows permanent access to the adjustment menu, even if line power is cycled. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4-4 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Setting a Password If a password is already set on the synthesizer and you wish to change it, rst follow the \Disabling a Password" procedure. This eliminates the current password. Then continue with this procedure. If no password is set on the synthesizer (there is no asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey), and you wish to set a password, perform the following: 1. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Disable Adjust . The following message is displayed: SET PASSWORD: 0 2. Enter the desired password using the numeric keypad. Up to 14 numeric digits are allowed. Terminate the entry by pressing: 4ENTER5. 3. A warning message is displayed informing you that the adjustment menus will no longer be accessible. To verify that you do wish to set the password, select Yes, Confirm . The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns on, indicating the password is set. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Bypassing the Password If you require access to the adjustment menu for calibration purposes, a password is set, and you do not know the password, perform the following: 1. Turn o line power to the synthesizer. 2. Open A15S1 switch 5 (set the switch to the "1" position). 3. Turn on line power to the synthesizer and press 4SERVICE5. The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns o enabling access to the adjustment menu. When access to the adjustment menu is no longer desired, enable the previously set password. Perform the following: 4. Turn o line power to the synthesizer. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-5 5. Close A15S1 switch 5 (set the switch to the "0" position). 6. Turn on line power to the synthesizer and press 4SERVICE5. The asterisk on the Disable Adjust softkey turns on indicating that you cannot access the adjustment menu. If you have forgotten the password and wish to set a new one, perform steps 1 through 3 and then steps 7 through 10. 7. On the synthesizer, select Disable Adjust . The following message is displayed: SET PASSWORD: 0 8. Enter the desired password using the numeric keypad. Up to 14 numeric digits are allowed. Terminate the entry by pressing: 4ENTER5. 9. A warning message is displayed informing you that the adjustment menus will no longer be accessible. To verify that you do wish to set the password, select Yes, Confirm . 10. Another warning message is displayed informing you that the A15S1 switch 5 is set open. Complete steps 4 through 6 to close the switch and enable the password. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Changing Working Data Calibration Constants If you need to modify the working data calibration constants, the following procedure accesses the calibration constants and lets you change them. 1. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu . 2. Select Select Cal . Enter the number of the calibration constant you wish to change using the up/down arrow keys, the rotary knob, or the numeric keypad. Terminate numeric keypad entries by pressing 4ENTER5. 3. Select Modify Cal . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 4-6 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Change the value of the calibration constant using the right/left arrow keys, the rotary knob, or the numeric keypad. Terminate numeric keypad entries by pressing 4ENTER5. 4. Exit the calibration menu using the 4PRIOR5 key or by pressing 4PRESET5. Saving Working Data Calibration Constants In some adjustment procedures you will change working data calibration constants. The following procedure stores the calibration constants as protected data (in EEPROM). 1. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu Cal Util Menu . 2. Select Save Cal . A warning is displayed informing you that changing the calibration constants may drastically aect instrument performance. To verify that you do wish to save the new calibration constants, select yes . The working data calibration constants are now stored as protected data (in EEPROM). 3. Exit the calibration utility menu using the 4PRIOR5 key or pressing 4PRESET5. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN Loading Protected Data Calibration Constants If your working data calibration constants have been altered or deleted, the following procedure loads the protected calibration constants from EEPROM into working data memory. 1. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu Cal Util Menu . 2. Select Recall Cal . NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-7 A warning is displayed informing you that changing the calibration constants may drastically aect instrument performance. To verify that you do wish to recall the protected data calibration constants, select yes . The protected data calibration constants are now loaded into working data. 3. Exit the calibration utility menu using the 4PRIOR5 key or pressing 4PRESET5. NNNNNNNNNNN Loading Default Data Calibration Constants If you want to use the generic synthesizer calibration constants as working data, the following procedure loads the default calibration constants from UVEPROM into working data memory. 1. On the synthesizer, set: 4SERVICE5 Adjust Menu Calib Menu Cal Util Menu . 2. Select Default Cal . A warning is displayed informing you that changing the calibration constants may drastically aect instrument performance. To verify that you do wish to recall the default calibration constants, select yes . The default data calibration constants are now loaded into working data. 3. Exit the calibration utility menu using the 4PRIOR5 key or pressing 4PRESET5. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNN Calibration Constant Descriptions Table 4-9 provides the following information for each calibration constant: The calibration constant number in ascending order. The calibration constant name. An asterisk indicates that this calibration constant is adjusted by an automated adjustment. The range of realistic adjustment (adjustment outside of the range may be possible but will probably cause the synthesizer to be severely misadjusted) 4-8 Calibration Constants HP 8360 or the default value (some calibration constants are set to a default value and are not adjustable). The related adjustment procedure, manual, automated, or front panel, that adjusts that calibration constant. Note HP 8360 Blank calibration constants are reserved for future use. Calibration Constants 4-9 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions Number Description Range or Default 1 Identier Response 0 | HP 83620A 1 | HP 83621A 2 | HP 83622A 3 | HP 83623A 4 | HP 83624A 5 | HP 83640A 6 | HP 83642A 7 | HP 8340B 8 | HP 83631A 9 | HP 8341B 10 | HP 83650A 11 | HP 83651A 12 | Not Used 13 | HP 83630A 2 Dwell After RF On 2 3 User Conguration 0 4 Lockout Features 0 5 Display Field Lock 0 6 Retrace Dwell Time 0 Related Adjustment 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Production Info 1 0 17 Production Info 2 0 18 Production Info 3 Instrument specic 19 Production Info 4 Instrument specic 20 Production Info 5 Instrument specic 21 Lock Dwell Time 2 22 Max Ph Lk Wait 100 4-10 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default Related Adjustment 23 YO Slew Rate 500 24 YO Kick Max 6000 25 YO Settle Rate 20 36 YO Dly Term A Bnd 0 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 37 YO Dly Term A Bnd 1 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 38 YO Dly Term A Bnd 2 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 39 YO Dly Term A Bnd 3 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 40 YO Dly Term A Bnd 4 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 41 YO Dly Term A Bnd 5 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 42 YO Dly Term A Bnd 6 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 43 YO Dly Term A Bnd 7 400 to 800 YO Delay Adjustment 50 YO Dly Term B Bnd 0 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 51 YO Dly Term B Bnd 1 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 52 YO Dly Term B Bnd 2 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 53 YO Dly Term B Bnd 3 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 54 YO Dly Term B Bnd 4 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 44 45 46 47 48 49 HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-11 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 55 YO Dly Term B Bnd 5 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 56 YO Dly Term B Bnd 6 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment 57 YO Dly Term B Bnd 7 300 to 700 YO Delay Adjustment YO Driver Gain And Linearity 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 *CW Oset 0500 to +500 73 YO O Ver; Band 0 0 74 YO O Ver; Band 1 0 75 YO O Ver; Band 2 0 76 YO O Ver; Band 3 0 77 YO O Ver; Band 4 0 78 YO O Ver; Band 5 0 79 YO O Ver; Band 6 0 80 YO O Ver; Band 7 0 81 82 83 84 85 86 4-12 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default Related Adjustment 87 YO Swp Ver; Band 0 0 88 YO Swp Ver; Band 1 0 89 YO Swp Ver; Band 2 0 90 YO Swp Ver; Band 3 0 91 YO Swp Ver; Band 4 0 92 YO Swp Ver; Band 5 0 93 YO Swp Ver; Band 6 0 94 YO Swp Ver; Band 7 0 YTM Temp Coecient 0 105 SRD Bias A; Band 1 255 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 106 SRD Bias A; Band 2 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 107 SRD Bias A; Band 3 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 108 SRD Bias A; Band 4 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 109 SRD Bias A; Band 5 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 110 SRD Bias A; Band 6 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 111 SRD Bias A; Band 7 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 112 113 114 115 116 117 HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-13 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 118 SRD Bias B; Band 1 255 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 119 SRD Bias B; Band 2 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 120 SRD Bias B; Band 3 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 121 SRD Bias B; Band 4 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 122 SRD Bias B; Band 5 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 123 SRD Bias B; Band 6 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 124 SRD Bias B; Band 7 30 to 230 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 Squegg Clamp 1A 15 to 200 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 132 Squegg Clamp 2A 255 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 133 Squegg Clamp 3A 255 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 134 Squegg Clamp 4A 255 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 135 Squegg Clamp 5A 255 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 136 Squegg Clamp 6A 255 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 137 Squegg Clamp 7A 255 Amplier/Filter Adjustments YTM Dly Term A Hrm 1 600 to 2000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 2 600 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 146 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 3 600 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 147 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 4 600 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 148 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 5 600 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 149 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 6 600 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 150 YTM Dly Term A Hrm 7 600 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 4-14 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default Related Adjustment 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 YTM Dly Term B Hrm 1 200 to 500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 158 YTM Dly Term B Hrm 2 200 to 500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 159 YTM Dly Term B Hrm 3 200 to 500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 160 YTM Dly Term B Hrm 4 200 to 500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 161 YTM Dly Term B Hrm 5 200 to 500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 162 YTM Dly Term B Hrm 6 200 to 500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 163 YTM Dly Term B Hrm 7 200 to 500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 170 YTM Bx Dly Term A 1 600 to 2000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 171 YTM Bx Dly Term A 2 600 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 172 YTM Bx Dly Term A 3 600 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 173 YTM Bx Dly Term A 4 600 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 174 YTM Bx Dly Term A 5 600 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 175 YTM Bx Dly Term A 6 600 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 176 YTM Bx Dly Term A 7 600 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 164 165 166 167 168 169 177 178 179 180 181 182 HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-15 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 183 YTM Bx Dly Term B 1 200 to 500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 184 YTM Bx Dly Term B 2 200 to 500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 185 YTM Bx Dly Term B 3 200 to 500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 186 YTM Bx Dly Term B 4 200 to 500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 187 YTM Bx Dly Term B 5 200 to 500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 188 YTM Bx Dly Term B 6 200 to 500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 189 YTM Bx Dly Term B 7 200 to 500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments YTM Kick Threshold 110 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 YTM CW Kick Max 600 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 197 YTM Mono Band Kick 2000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 198 YTM Stereo Band Kick 2000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 199 YTM Slew Rate 400 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 200 YTM Slew Max 50 201 YTM Slew Min 0 202 YTM Neg Kick Wait 2 203 YTM Fwd Kick Pct 50 204 YTM Fwd Kick Wait 30 205 YTM Rise; Band 1 1 to 20 206 YTM Rise; Band 2 A1 20 to 25 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 207 YTM Rise; Band 2 B1 1 to 4 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 208 YTM Rise; Band 2 A2 10 to 20 Amplier/Filter Adjustments Amplier/Filter Adjustments 209 YTM Rise; Band 3 A1 5 to 255 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 210 YTM Rise; Band 3 B1 0 to 50 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 211 YTM Rise; Band 3 A2 5 to 255 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 212 YTM Rise; Band 3 B2 0 to 50 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 213 YTM Rise; Band 3 A3 1 to 20 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 4-16 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default Related Adjustment 214 YTM Rise; Band 4 1 to 50 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 215 YTM Rise; Band 5 1 to 50 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 216 YTM Rise; Band 6 1 to 50 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 217 YTM Rise; Band 7 1 to 50 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 225 *YTM Gain; Band 1 1500 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 226 *YTM Gain; Band 2 1000 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 227 *YTM Gain; Band 3 500 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 228 *YTM Gain; Band 4 500 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 229 *YTM Gain; Band 5 500 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 230 *YTM Gain; Band 6 500 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 231 *YTM Gain; Band 7 500 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 238 *YTM Oset; Band 1 1500 to 2500 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 239 *YTM Oset; Band 2 1500 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 232 233 234 235 236 237 HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-17 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 240 *YTM Oset; Band 3 1500 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 241 *YTM Oset; Band 4 1500 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 242 *YTM Oset; Band 5 1500 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 243 *YTM Oset; Band 6 1500 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track 244 *YTM Oset; Band 7 1500 to 3000 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments; Auto Track YTM B2 Oset Oset 050 to +50 Amp/Multiplier Adjustments 251 *LVL DAC Gain Hi Bnd 0100 to +100 ALC Power?????????????????????? Level Accuracy; Detector Cal 252 *LVL DAC Gain Lo Bnd 0100 to +100 ALC Power?????????????????????? Level Accuracy; Detector Cal 253 *LVL DAC Gain Xtal 0100 to +100 254 *LVL DAC Gain 2ndOut 0 255 *LVL DAC Gain PwrMtr 256 *LVL DAC Gain Module 0100 to +100 0100 to +100 257 *LVL DAC Gain ALC O 0 *LVL DAC Ofs Hi Bnd 050 to +300 245 246 247 248 249 250 ?????????????????????? Detector Cal 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 4-18 Calibration Constants ALC Power?????????????????????? Level Accuracyn Detector Cal HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default Related Adjustment ALC Power?????????????????????? Level Accuracyn Detector Cal 265 *LVL DAC Ofs Lo Bnd 100 to 250 266 *LVL DAC Ofs Xtal 01000 to +1000 267 *LVL DAC Ofs 2ndOut 0 268 *LVL DAC Ofs PwrMtr 269 *LVL DAC Ofs Module 0100 to +100 0100 to +100 270 *LVL DAC Ofs ALC O 0 274 Internal FM Flat 010,000 to +10,000 275 FM DAC Gain Trim 276 AM DAC Gain Trim 277 AM Oset 01000 to +1000 01000 to +1000 020 to +20 283 *ALC Det Ofs; Hi 100 to 160 ALC Power?????????????????????? Level Accuracy; Detector Cal 284 *ALC Det Ofs; Lo 100 to 160 ALC Power?????????????????????? Level Accuracy; Detector Cal 285 *ALC Det Ofs; Xtal 100 to 160 286 *ALC Det Ofs; 2nd Out 100 to 160 *ALC Log Brkpt; Hi 0 to 255 ?????????????????????? Detector Cal 271 272 273 Modulation Generator Flatness 278 279 280 281 282 287 288 289 290 291 292 HP 8360 ALC Power?????????????????????? Level Accuracy; Detector Cal Calibration Constants 4-19 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default 293 *ALC Log Brkpt; Lo 0 to 255 294 *ALC Log Brkpt; Xtal 0 to 255 295 *ALC Log Brkpt; 2nd 0 to 255 Related Adjustment ALC Power?????????????????????? Level Accuracy; Detector Cal 296 297 298 299 300 301 *ALC Mod Gain; Band 0 100 to 200 Modulator Oset And Gain 302 *ALC Mod Gain; Band 1 100 to 200 Modulator Oset And Gain 303 *ALC Mod Gain; Band 2 70 to 200 Modulator Oset And Gain 304 *ALC Mod Gain; Band 3 70 to 200 Modulator Oset And Gain 305 *ALC Mod Gain; Band 4 100 to 200 Modulator Oset And Gain 306 *ALC Mod Gain; Band 5 50 to 150 Modulator Oset And Gain 307 *ALC Mod Gain; Band 6 50 to 150 Modulator Oset And Gain 308 *ALC Mod Gain; Band 7 50 to 150 Modulator Oset And Gain ALC Mod Ofs; Band 0 50 to 150 Modulator Oset And Gain 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 1 50 to 150 Modulator Oset And Gain 317 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 2 150 to 220 Modulator Oset And Gain 318 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 3 150 to 220 Modulator Oset And Gain 319 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 4 100 to 200 Modulator Oset And Gain 320 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 5 100 to 200 321 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 6 100 to 200 322 ALC Mod Ofs; Band 7 100 to 200 4-20 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default Related Adjustment 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 Slow Sym Low Band 100 to 160 330 Slow Sym High Band 100 to 160 331 Attenuator Sw Point 01000 335 Squegg Clamp 1B 100 336 Squegg Clamp 2B 100 337 Squegg Clamp 3B 100 338 Squegg Clamp 4B 100 339 Squegg Clamp 5B 100 340 Squegg Clamp 6B 100 341 Squegg Clamp 7B 100 351 ADC 5V Range +OFF 352 ADC 15V Range +OFF 353 ADC 5V Range +GAIN 354 ADC 15V Range +GAIN 05000 to +5000 05000 to +5000 01950 to +1950 0750 to +750 332 333 334 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 HP 8360 ADC Adjustment ADC Adjustment ADC Adjustment ADC Adjustment Calibration Constants 4-21 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default 0OFF 0OFF ADC 5V Range 0GAIN ADC 15V Range 0GAIN 05000 to +5000 05000 to +5000 0750 to +750 01750 to +1950 367 PwrMtr Gain; Lo Band 0 368 PwrMtr Gain; Hi Band 0 369 Pwr Mtr Oset 0 373 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 1 0 374 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 2 0 375 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 3 0 376 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 4 0 377 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 5 0 378 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 6 0 379 YTM Dly Term C Hrm 7 0 382 YTM Bx Dly Term C 1 0 383 YTM Bx Dly Term C 2 0 384 YTM Bx Dly Term C 3 0 385 YTM Bx Dly Term C 4 0 386 YTM Bx Dly Term C 5 0 355 356 357 358 ADC 5V Range ADC 15V Range Related Adjustment ADC Adjustment ADC Adjustment ADC Adjustment ADC Adjustment 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 370 371 372 380 381 4-22 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default 387 YTM Bx Dly Term C 6 0 388 YTM Bx Dly Term C 7 0 Related Adjustment 389 390 391 392 393 *Loop Gain: 200.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 394 *Loop Gain: 200.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 395 *Loop Gain: 201.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 396 *Loop Gain: 201.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 397 *Loop Gain: 202.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 398 *Loop Gain: 202.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 399 *Loop Gain: 203.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 400 *Loop Gain: 203.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 401 *Loop Gain: 204.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 402 *Loop Gain: 204.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 403 *Loop Gain: 205.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 404 *Loop Gain: 205.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly Sampler Assembly 405 *Loop Gain: 206.0 MHz 10 to 20 406 *Loop Gain: 206.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 407 *Loop Gain: 207.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 408 *Loop Gain: 207.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 409 *Loop Gain: 208.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 410 *Loop Gain: 208.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 411 *Loop Gain: 209.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 412 *Loop Gain: 209.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 413 *Loop Gain: 210.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 414 *Loop Gain: 210.5 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 415 *Loop Gain: 211.0 MHz 10 to 20 Sampler Assembly 416 *Loop Gain: 211.5 MHz 12 to 24 Sampler Assembly 417 *Loop Gain: 212.0 MHz 13 to 26 Sampler Assembly 418 *Loop Gain: 212.5 MHz 14 to 28 Sampler Assembly HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-23 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 419 *Loop Gain: 213.0 MHz 14 to 28 Sampler Assembly 420 *Loop Gain: 213.5 MHz 15 to 30 Sampler Assembly 421 *Loop Gain: 214.0 MHz 16 to 32 Sampler Assembly 422 *Loop Gain: 214.5 MHz 17 to 34 Sampler Assembly 423 *Loop Gain: 215.0 MHz 18 to 36 Sampler Assembly 424 *Loop Gain: 215.5 MHz 18 to 36 Sampler Assembly 425 *Loop Gain: 216.0 MHz 19 to 38 Sampler Assembly 426 *Loop Gain: 216.5 MHz 20 to 40 Sampler Assembly 427 *Loop Gain: 217.0 MHz 22 to 44 Sampler Assembly 428 *Loop Gain: 217.5 MHz 23 to 46 Sampler Assembly 429 *Loop Gain: 218.0 MHz 24 to 48 Sampler Assembly 430 *Loop Gain: 218.5 MHz 28 to 56 Sampler Assembly 431 *Loop Gain: 219.0 MHz 30 to 60 Sampler Assembly 432 *Loop Gain: 219.5 MHz 32 to 64 Sampler Assembly 433 *Loop Gain: 220.0 Mhz 32 to 64 Sampler Assembly 440 Doubler Amp Mode 0 441 Phuoc Magic Enable 0 442 *Sweeptime Range 0 3750 to 6250 443 *Sweeptime Range 1 19655 to 32755 Sweep Ramp 444 *Sweeptime Range 2 9360 to 15600 Sweep Ramp 434 435 436 437 438 439 Sweep Ramp 445 446 447 448 449 DAmp Clamp 1 75 to 250 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 450 DAmp Clamp 2 75 to 250 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 4-24 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default Related Adjustment 451 DAmp Clamp 3 75 to 250 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 452 DAmp Clamp 4 75 to 250 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 453 DAmp Clamp 5 75 to 255 454 DAmp Clamp 6 75 to 255 455 DAmp Clamp 7 75 to 255 460 Debugs 0 461 Serial Numb Prex See footnote 1 463 Hardware Cong 1 See footnote 1 464 Hardware Cong 2 See footnote 1 473 Power Spec Band 0 See footnote 2 474 Power Spec Band 1 See footnote 2 475 Power Spec Band 2 See footnote 2 476 Power Spec Band 3 See footnote 2 477 Power Spec Band 4 See footnote 2 478 Power Spec Band 5 See footnote 2 479 Power Spec Band 6 See footnote 2 480 Power Spec Band 7 See footnote 2 456 457 458 459 462 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 481 482 483 HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-25 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 484 485 486 487 Max Sweep Rate 300 488 Max Sweep Rate 8516 100 493 A1 Revision See footnote 3 494 A2 Revision See footnote 3 495 A3 Revision See footnote 3 496 A4 Revision See footnote 3 497 A5 Revision See footnote 3 498 A6 Revision See footnote 3 499 A7 Revision See footnote 3 500 A8 Revision See footnote 3 501 A9 Revision See footnote 3 502 A10 Revision See footnote 3 503 A11 Revision See footnote 3 504 A12 Revision See footnote 3 489 490 491 492 505 A13 Revision See footnote 3 506 A14 Revision See footnote 3 507 A15 Revision See footnote 3 508 A16 Revision See footnote 3 509 A17 Revision See footnote 3 510 A18 Revision See footnote 3 511 A19 Revision See footnote 3 512 A20 Revision See footnote 3 513 A21 Revision See footnote 3 514 A22 Revision See footnote 3 515 A23 Revision See footnote 3 516 4-26 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default Related Adjustment 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 Hibernation Time 90 526 Bandcross Time 1 42 527 Bandcross Time 2 32 528 Bandcross Time 3 28 529 Bandcross Time 4 26 530 Bandcross Time 5 28 531 Bandcross Time 6 20 532 Bandcross Time 7 20 536 Special Option 1 0 537 Special Option 2 0 538 Special Option 3 0 539 Special Option 4 0 540 Special Option 5 0 541 Special Option 6 0 542 Special Option 7 0 543 Special Option 8 0 544 Special Option 9 0 545 Special Option 10 0 533 534 535 HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-27 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 Display FIFO Time 245 555 Display FSCC Time 1 561 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 1 1000 562 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 2 1000 563 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 3 1000 564 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 4 1000 565 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 5 1000 566 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 6 1000 567 YTF Dly Term A Hrm 7 1000 571 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 1 300 572 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 2 300 573 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 3 300 574 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 4 300 575 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 5 300 576 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 6 300 577 YTF Dly Term B Hrm 7 300 556 557 558 559 560 568 569 570 4-28 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default Related Adjustment 578 579 580 581 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 1 0 582 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 2 0 583 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 3 0 584 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 4 0 585 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 5 0 586 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 6 0 587 YTF Dly Term C Hrm 7 0 591 YTF Bx Dly Term A 1 1000 592 YTF Bx Dly Term A 2 1000 593 YTF Bx Dly Term A 3 600 to 2500 594 YTF Bx Dly Term A 4 600 to 2500 595 YTF Bx Dly Term A 5 1000 596 YTF Bx Dly Term A 6 1000 597 YTF Bx Dly Term A 7 1000 601 YTF Bx Dly Term B 1 300 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 602 YTF Bx Dly Term B 2 300 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 603 YTF Bx Dly Term B 3 200 to 450 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 604 YTF Bx Dly Term B 4 200 to 450 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 605 YTF Bx Dly Term B 5 300 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 606 YTF Bx Dly Term B 6 300 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 607 YTF Bx Dly Term B 7 300 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 588 589 590 598 599 600 HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-29 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 608 609 610 611 YTF Bx Dly Term C 1 0 612 YTF Bx Dly Term C 2 0 613 YTF Bx Dly Term C 3 0 614 YTF Bx Dly Term C 4 0 615 YTF Bx Dly Term C 5 0 616 YTF Bx Dly Term C 6 0 617 YTF Bx Dly Term C 7 0 621 *YTF Gain; Band 1 1500 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 622 *YTF Gain; Band 2 1000 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 623 *YTF Gain; Band 3 500 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 624 *YTF Gain; Band 4 500 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 625 *YTF Gain; Band 5 500 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 626 *YTF Gain; Band 6 500 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 627 *YTF Gain; Band 7 500 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 631 *YTF Oset; Band 1 1500 to 2500 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 632 *YTF Oset; Band 2 1500 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 633 *YTF Oset; Band 3 1500 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 634 *YTF Oset; Band 4 1500 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 635 *YTF Oset; Band 5 1500 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 618 619 620 628 629 630 636 *YTF Oset; Band 6 1500 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 637 *YTF Oset; Band 7 1500 to 3000 Amplier/Filter Adjustments 638 639 640 4-30 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Description Number Range or Default 641 A24 Rev;Low Band See footnote 3 642 A25 Rev;Mod Splitter See footnote 3 643 A26 Rev;YIG Osc See footnote 3 644 A27 Rev;Isolator See footnote 3 645 A28 Rev;SYTM See footnote 3 646 A29 Rev;Amp/Detector See footnote 3 647 A30 Rev;Coupler See footnote 3 648 A31 Rev;Attenuator See footnote 3 649 A32 Rev;Doubler See footnote 3 650 A33 Rev;Amplier See footnote 3 651 A34 Rev;RP Assembly See footnote 3 652 A35 Rev;Isolator See footnote 3 653 A36 PM/A42 PMSF Rev See footnote 3 A38 Rev;Dual Mod See footnote 3 660 Quick Step Slew 0 120 | A13 Revision=4 5 | All others 661 Quick Step Slew 1 120 | A13 Revision=4 5 | All others 662 Quick Step Slew 2 60 | A13 Revision=4 10 | All others 663 Quick Step Slew 3 40 | A13 Revision=4 15 | All others 664 Quick Step Slew 4 30 | A13 Revision=4 17 | All others 665 Quick Step Slew 5 20 | A13 Revision=4 26 | All others 666 Quick Step Slew 6 20 | A13 Revision=4 26 | All others 667 Quick Step Slew 7 15 | A13 Revision=4 35 | All others Related Adjustment 654 655 656 657 658 659 HP 8360 Calibration Constants 4-31 Table 4-9. Calibration Constant Descriptions (continued) Number Description Range or Default Related Adjustment 668 669 670 RF Interface ID 0 671 A9 Pulse Board ID See footnote 3 672 A12 YTM Driver ID See footnote 3 673 A28 Amp/Mult ID See footnote 3 674 A29 Amp/Filt ID See footnote 3 675 A38 Dual Mod ID See footnote 3 676 A36 PM/A42 PMSF ID See footnote 3 677 A32 Doubler ID See footnote 3 678 A10 ALC Board ID See footnote 3 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 Specic to the synthesizer's hardware conguration. The calibration constant value is set at the factory. See Table 4-10. 2 Specied maximum leveled power for the band (for example, 7 dBm equals 700, 10 dBm equals 1000). 3 Specic to the synthesizer's hardware conguration. The calibration constant ID number and revision vary depending on the assembly version. See Table 4-11. 1 4-32 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-10. Hardware Configuration Cal Constants #463 and #464 Synthesizer Model Number #464 Hardware #463 Hardware Cong 2 Cong 1 Starting Option Option Option Option Option Starting Option Cal Constant 001 002 004 006 H10 Value 006 HP83620A +19,600 0128 +4 +4096 +2 0127 +1 +2 HP83622A +19,584 0128 +4 +4096 +2 0127 +1 +2 HP83623A +19,608 0128 +4 +4096 +2 0127 +1 +2 HP83624A +19,592 0128 +4 +4096 +2 0127 +1 +2 HP83630A +19,600 0128 +4 +4096 +2 0127 +1 +2 HP83640A +19,632 0128 +4 +4096 +2 0127 +1 +2 HP83642A +160 0128 +4 +4096 { 0127 { { HP83650A +19,888 0128 +4 +4096 +2 0127 +1 +2 HP83621A +30,864 { { { { { { { HP83631A +30,864 { { { { { { { HP83651A +32,176 { { { { { { { Note HP 8360 This table applies only to instruments with the following serial prexes: HP 83620A/22A: 3145A and greater HP 83623A/24A: 3145A and greater HP 83630A: 3103A and greater HP 83640A: 3145A and greater HP 83650A: 3052A and greater HP 83621A/31A: 3103A and greater HP 83651A: 3044A and greater Option H10 and all other options are mutually exclusive . Calibration Constants 4-33 Example: Calibration constant #463 HP 83620A + 001 + 004 = ? 19,600 - 128 + 4096 = 23,568 Example: Calibration constant #464 HP 83623A + 006 = 1 + 2 = ? 3 4-34 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-11. Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions Description Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number A1 None #493 0 A2 None 08360-60001 Keyboard 08360-60002 Source Module Interface 08360-60003 Front Panel Processor 08360-60010 Fractional{N 0 08360-60009 YO Phase Detector 1 08360-60209 YO Phase Detector 0 08360-60007 Sampler (With VCO Adj.) 1 08360-60007 Sampler (No VCO Adj.) 1 08360-60214 Sampler (No VCO Adj.) 08360-60008 Reference #493 0 A3 None #495 0 A4 None #496 0 A5 A6 A7 None None None #497 #498 #499 0 1 A8 None 0 A9 HP 8360 Future Use #500 08360-60166 Modulation Generator #671 #501 0 0 08360-60005 Pulse 0 1 08360-60152 Pulse (Opt. 006 Compatible) 0 2 08360-60205 Pulse (Dual Slope Squegg Clamp) 1 0 08360-60188 Pulse (Self Bias SRD) 1 0 08360-60232 Pulse (Self Bias SRD) 2 0 Pulse (HP 83630A H35) Calibration Constants 4-35 Table 4-11. Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions (continued) Description Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number A10 A11 #678 #502 0 0 08360-60006 ALC 1 0 08360-60206 ID # begins FW rev 23Oct92 0 0 08360-60222 None #503 0 A12 A13 08360-60011 FM Driver #672 #504 0 0 08360-60012 SYTM Driver 1 0 08360-60212 Multiplier/Filter Driver None #505 0 08360-60013 Never Used 1 08360-60013 YO Driver 2 A14 None 3 08360-60213 YO Driver (HP 83621A/31A/51A) 4 08360-60207 YO Driver (Quick Step) 08360-60014 Sweep Generator 1 08360-60264 CPU (Battery) 2 ROM Chip Set 0 08360-60015 CPU (Battery) 4 ROM Chip Set 1 08360-60215 CPU (Supercap/Battery) 2 ROM Chip Set 08360-60016 Post Regulator 08360-60017 Rectier/Filter 0 08360-60018 Switching Regulator 0 08360-60198 Switching Regulator #506 0 A15 A16 None None #507 #508 0 A17 None #509 0 A18 None Never Used #510 4-36 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-11. Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions (continued) Description Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number A19 None #511 A20 #670 #512 0 0 0 0 08360-60019 Rear Panel Interface 1 08360-60004 RF Interface 1 08360-60187 RF Interface 1 08360-60223 RF Interface 08360-60241 RF Interface 0 2 A21 None #513 A22 None #514 0 1990-1295 0 08360-60196 Motherboard 0 08360-60022 Motherboard HP 10811E 10 MHz Reference Standard 5086-7463 Low Band 5086-7464 Mod Splitter A23 None #515 A24 None #641 A25 None #642 0 0 0 1 A26 A27 None None Directional Coupler #643 0 5086-7505 YO 0 5086-7515 YO 0955-0475 Isolator #644 0 HP 8360 Alphanumeric Display Calibration Constants 4-37 Table 4-11. Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions (continued) Description Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number A28 A29 A30 #673 #645 0 0 5086-7503 SYTM 0 0 5086-7545 SYTM 1 0 5086-7596 Switched Amp/Mult (HP 83621A/31A) 1 1 5086-7596 Switched Amp/Mult (HP 83630A H35) 2 0 5086-7585 Amp/Mult (HP 83651A) 2 1 5086-7622 Amp/Mult (HP 83630A/50A) 2 2 5086-7622 Amp/Mult with Aux Out #674 #646 0 0 5086-7562 Amp/Detector (HP 83620A/22A, HP 83623A/24A, HP 83640A/42A) 1 0 5086-7586 Amp/Filter (HP 83651A) 1 1 5086-7623 Amp/Filter (HP 83630A/40A/50A) 2 0 2 1 4 0 None #647 0 A31 A32 A33 None Dassault Amp/Filter #73 5086-7636 Amp/Filter (HP 83630A/40A/50A Option 006) Future Use 0955-0148 Directional Coupler (HP 83620A/22A, HP 83623A/24A) 0 0955-0125 Directional Coupler (HP 83630A/31A) 0 0955-0472 Directional Coupler (HP 83640A/42A) 0 0955-0523 Directional Coupler (HP 83650A/51A) #648 0 33326-60003 Step Attenuator 0 33326-60002 Step Attenuator #677 #649 0 0 5086-7507 Frequency Doubler (40 GHz) 0 1 5086-7607 Frequency Doubler (40 GHz) 1 1 5086-7513 Frequency Doubler (50 GHz) None #650 5086-7465 Amplier (High Power) 0 4-38 Calibration Constants HP 8360 Table 4-11. Assemblies and Corresponding Cal Constant ID Numbers and Revisions (continued) Description Assembly ID Number Revision Part Number A34 None #651 A35 None #652 A36 #676 #653 0 0 0 0 08360-60061 RP Floating BNC 0955-0475 Isolator 0 5086-7565 Pulse Modulator (Option 006) 1 5086-7582 Pulse Modulator (Option H06) 0 1 5086-7588 Pulse Modulator (Option H07) #675 #655 0 0 1 0 5086-7602 Dual Modulator (HP 83630A/50A) 2 0 5086-7634 AM Modulator (Option 006) #676 #653 0 1 5086-7628 Pulse Mod Switched Filter (HP 83620A/22A Opt. 006) 0 1 5086-7629 Pulse Mod Switched Filter (HP 83623A/24A Opt. 006) 1 1 5086-7630 Pulse Mod Switched Filter (HP 83630A Opt. 006) 1 1 5086-7631 Pulse Mod Switched Filter (HP 83640A/50A Opt. 006) A37 A38 A42 HP 8360 Dual Modulator (HP 83630A H35) Calibration Constants 4-39 5 Automated Tests Introduction This chapter explains how to load and run the \HP 8360 Service Support Software" revision A.01.31. Revisions lower than A.01.31 are not compatible with instruments with Option 006. These tests require operator interaction. This software requires that the synthesizer is set to the SCPI programming language. This is set by the rear panel switch or by the front panel. Refer to the \Installation" chapter of the User's Handbook for further information. After using the software, return the synthesizer to its original setting. This chapter contains the following information on using the software: Setting Up the System Installing the Software Running the Software Reporting Software Bugs Automated Performance Tests Step Attenuator Flatness Test Power Flatness and Accuracy Test Automated Adjustments Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment YO Delay Adjustment ADC Adjustment Power Flatness Adjustment Utilities Front Panel Emulation Calibration Constants Self-Test Power Sensor Conguration and Calibration Factor File HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-1 Setting Up the System Hardware Requirements The automated tests require an HP 9000 series 200/300 desktop computer with at least 2.25 megabytes of RAM, a disk drive, and an HP-IB interface. This program will not run with high resolution color monitors (> 512 x 390 pixels). Software is provided on two 3.5 inch disks, formatted double-sided, and are usable in double-sided disk drives only. Any required measurement instruments are listed in each test procedure. Operating System Requirements The test software requires BASIC version 5.1 and the following binaries. Table 5-1. Required Binaries Language Extensions Drivers CLOCK CRTA or CRTB (depends on CRT) COMPLEX CS80 or DISC (depends on disk) CRTX HFS EDIT HPIB ERR SRM GRAPH GRAPHX IO KBD MAT MS PDEV TRANS XREF 5-2 Automated Tests HP 8360 Refer to the BASIC user's documentation for instructions on loading the operating system and binaries. Installing the Software Disk Files The automated tests are provided on two double-sided disk. Previous revisions may be dierent. Make Working Copies Before doing anything else, make a working copy of the master disks! Type: INITIALIZE \Address of drive containing blank oppy" The master disk is shipped from the factory write-protected and cannot be written to or initialized in this mode. We recommend you maintain this master disk in write-protect mode. During execution of some tests, the program reads from and writes to the disk, use a working copy that is not write-protected when you run the software. Installing the Program onto a Hard Disk We recommend that you run the software from a hard disk. It is possible to operate it from a single or dual oppy disk drive, however speed will be sacriced. To install the program onto your hard disk, create a directory that will contain the program and its associated les. (Refer to the BASIC user's documentation for instructions on creating directories.) After you create the directory, run the install program below to load all of the les onto your hard disk. 1. Insert master disk #1 into the oppy disk drive. 2. Type: COPY \OPV 8360:,700,0" TO \/TEST/OPV 8360:,1400,0" 3. Remove master disk #1 and insert master disk #2 into the disk drive. HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-3 4. Type LOAD \COPY DISK:,700,0" 5. Press RUN and follow the prompts to copy all les from the second master disk to the hard disk. In this example, the source location is :,700,0 and the destination location is :,1400,0 Your hard disk is now set up to run the automated tests. Operating from a Floppy Disk When you run the software from a oppy disk drive, be sure to leave the second master disk in the disk drive while the program runs. If this is not done, the program will not run. Running the Software CAUTION This software uses RAM memory volumes for fast access of data les. These volumes may also be used by other programs and could contain data that will be erased by this program. Make sure that the computer you are using does not have important data in any memory volumes before running this software. Configuration Limitations The computer containing the software must be the only controller on the bus. If more than one controller is present, the software will not run properly. Loading the Software 1. Make sure the software has been copied into a directory (if running from a hard disk) or copied to a work disk (if running from a oppy disk). 2. Set the default mass storage to the directory or oppy disk that contains the test software. Use the BASIC MSI command. See the BASIC Language Reference for more information on setting the default mass storage. 5-4 Automated Tests HP 8360 Note CAPS LOCK ON or OFF cannot be changed while the program is running. Set the keyboard before you load the software. 3. Load the test software. Insert master disk #1 in your default drive, or from your hard-drive directory, perform the following: Type: LOAD \OPV 8360" Press 4RETURN5. 4. Press 4RUN5 to start the test program. If you are using oppy disks, the program will prompt you to install the second disk. 5. Some important messages are displayed, then the program displays a menu with the available model numbers. Using the arrow keys, select the correct model to be tested. Press 4SELECT5. 6. The program asks for the installed options and the serial number of the unit under test. Enter the appropriate information. 7. A menu of the available tests is displayed. Using the arrow keys, select the appropriate test. Press 4SELECT5. Note Refer to the following pages for a detailed description and specic operating information (if any) for a specic test. 8. Follow the prompts in the individual tests for connection instructions and other relevant test information. When the test nishes, you are returned to the test menu. 9. Either select another test to run or select the DONE softkey to exit the program. NNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-5 Reporting Software Bugs If a test does not run correctly, re-run the test. If the test fails to run properly again, ll out the \Software Support Request" at the end of this chapter and return it to your local HP sales oce. 5-6 Automated Tests HP 8360 AUTOMATED PERFORMANCE TESTS 1. Step Attenuator Flatness Test Performance verication test for Option 001 Description A power meter is used to make relative power measurements to determine the actual attenuation of each attenuator card. Mismatch error is minimized by including a xed attenuation in front of the card being measured for both parts of the relative measurement (with/without the card). The software uses the value of each attenuator card to calculate what the actual attenuation is when set to a specic value. For example, the attenuator value for the 30 dB setting is the sum of the 10 dB and the 20 dB cards. The eect of digital ALC correction is accounted for by the software. The following test equipment is required for this performance test. No substitutions are allowed. Table 5-2. Test Equipment Required Instrument HP Model Number 10 dB Attenuator 8493C 30 dB Attenuator 11708A Power Meter 438A Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz) 8485A1 Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz) 8485D 1 Power Sensor (100 kHz to 4.2 GHz) 8482A 1 Substitute HP 8487A/D for 40 GHz synthesizers. HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-7 Procedure Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 5-1. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Note This program requires that power sensor calibration factors be stored in a le. If the calibration factors have not been entered previously, refer to the utility, \4. Power Sensor Conguration and Calibration Factor File". Select the step attenuator atness test and follow the prompts on the display. Figure 5-1. Step Attenuator Flatness Test Setup 5-8 Automated Tests HP 8360 2. Power Flatness and Accuracy Test Performance verication test for standard instrument Description Note If Option 001 is installed in your instrument, perform the \Step Attenuator Flatness" test. This test uses the user atness correction array to measure power atness at the RF output. The power is measured every 10 MHz in low band and every 100 MHz in high and millimeter bands. The calibration factors for the power sensor must be added to the program before the test is run. Refer to the utility, \4. Power Sensor Conguration and Calibration Factor File", if necessary. The following test equipment is required for this test. No substitutions are allowed. (The test setup is given in the software.) Test Equipment Required Instrument HP Model Number Power Meter 438A Power Sensor (100 kHz to 4.2 GHz) 8482A Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz) 8485A Power Sensor (50 MHz to 50 GHz)1 8487A 10 dB Attenuator (DC to 26.5 GHz)2 8493C 1 For 40 GHz synthesizers only. 2 For high power synthesizers only. HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-9 Procedure Select the power atness and accuracy test and enter your power sensor data by performing the following steps. Note If the power sensor data was added previously, and is still current, skip the following steps and run the test. 1. Select the HELP softkey to access the power sensor conguration and calibration menus. 2. Select power meter conguration. 3. Select the sensor to edit. 4. Enter the power sensor conguration data (follow the prompts on the display). NNNNNNNNNNNNNN Note Do not edit the \Sensor ID". The names set at the factory must remain unchanged for the program to run properly. The factory recommended \Zero Hr" is 1.00 and the \Cal Hr" is 24.00. Use the left and right arrows to move the cursor within a eld. Use the up and down arrows to increment or decrement the value. RETURN selects the eld. NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 5. When all changes have been made, select save power meter conguration. 6. Next select power meter calibration factors to add the power sensor calibration factors to the program. 7. Select current to change the active power sensor to the one for which you would like to enter the data. 8. Select edit header, and enter the serial number of the power sensor. 9. Select edit calibration factors. 10. Enter the calibration factors from your power sensor (follow the prompts on the display). 11. When all of the calibration factors have been added, select store calibration factors to store the calibration factors for future use. 5-10 Automated Tests HP 8360 12. Exit the power meter calibration. 13. Run the power atness and accuracy test. HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-11 AUTOMATED ADJUSTMENTS 1. Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment Calibration for Option 001 Before doing any adjustment, enter the password for access to the adjustment calibration constants. Use the front panel or the front panel emulation program provided with this software. See Chapter 4 for information on enabling the calibration constants with the password. Description A power meter is used to make relative power measurements to determine the actual attenuation of each attenuator card. Mismatch error is minimized by including a xed attenuation in front of the card being measured for both parts of the relative measurement (with/without the card). The software uses the value of each attenuator card to calculate what the actual attenuation is when set to a specic value. For example, the attenuator value for the 30 dB setting is the sum of the 10 dB and the 20 dB cards. The eect of digital ALC correction is accounted for by the software. The following test equipment is required for this adjustment. No substitutions are allowed. 5-12 Automated Tests HP 8360 Table 5-3. Test Equipment Required Instrument HP Model Number 10 dB Attenuator 8493C 30 dB Attenuator 11708A Power Meter 438A Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz) 8485A1 Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz) 8485D 1 Power Sensor (100 kHz to 4.2 GHz) 8482A 1 Substitute HP 8487A/D for 40 GHz synthesizers. Procedure Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 5-2. Preset all instruments and let them warm up for at least one hour. Select the step attenuator atness adjustment and follow the prompts on the display. Figure 5-2. Step Attenuator Flatness Adjustment Setup HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-13 2. YO Delay Adjustment Description This adjustment uses the internal counter to measure swept frequency accuracy. YO delay aects the swept frequency accuracy at fast sweep times (less than 100 ms). This procedure adjusts the calibration constants for the YIG oscillator to achieve consistent swept frequency accuracy over the entire operating range of the instrument. CAUTION If your instrument has Option 006, be certain that you identied your option conguration when the software was initially loaded or else this procedure will not run properly. Select the YO delay adjustment and follow the prompts on the display. No test equipment is required. 5-14 Automated Tests HP 8360 3. ADC Adjustment Description This adjustment uses an external digital voltmeter (DVM) to measure VCOMP on the YO driver assembly and compares the reading to the ADC measurement. The ADC calibration constants are adjusted so that the DVM and ADC measurements are the same. The procedure is repeated for each voltage range (both plus and minus supplies). Select the ADC adjustment and follow the prompts on the display. The following test equipment is required for this adjustment. (The test setup is given in the software.) Test Equipment Required HP 8360 Instrument HP Model Number Digital Voltmeter 3456A, 3457A, or 3458A Automated Tests 5-15 4. Power Flatness Adjustment Calibration for standard instrument Description Note If Option 001 is installed in your instrument, perform the \Step Attenuator Flatness" adjustment. This adjustment zeros the digital ALC array and measures the power from the RF output. The power is measured every 10 MHz in low band and every 100 MHz in high and millimeter bands. The calibration constants are adjusted to achieve a at output. The calibration factors for the power sensor must be added to the program. Refer to the utility, \4. Power Sensor Conguration and Calibration Factor File", if necessary. The following test equipment is required for this adjustment. No substitutions are allowed. (The test setup is given in the software.) Test Equipment Required Instrument HP Model Number Power Meter 438A Power Sensor (100 kHz to 4.2 GHz) 8482A Power Sensor (50 MHz to 26.5 GHz) 8485A Power Sensor (50 MHz to 50 GHz)1 8487A 10 dB Attenuator (DC to 26.5 GHz)2 8493C 1 For 40 GHz synthesizers only. 2 For high power synthesizers only. 5-16 Automated Tests HP 8360 Procedure Select the power atness adjustment and enter your power sensor data by performing the following steps. Note If the power sensor data was added previously, and is still current, skip the following steps and run the test. 1. Select the HELP softkey to access the power sensor conguration and calibration menus. 2. Select power meter conguration. 3. Select the sensor to edit. 4. Enter the power sensor conguration data (follow the prompts on the display). NNNNNNNNNNNNNN Note Do not edit the \Sensor ID". The names set at the factory must remain unchanged for the program to run properly. The factory recommended \Zero Hr" is 1.00 and the \Cal Hr" is 24.00. Use the left and right arrows to move the cursor within a eld and the up and down arrows to increment or decrement the value. 4RETURN5 selects the eld. 5. When all changes have been made, select save power meter conguration. 6. Next select power meter calibration factors to add the power sensor calibration factors to the program. 7. Select current to change the active power sensor to the one for which you would like to enter the data. 8. Select edit header and enter the serial numbers of the power sensor. 9. Select edit calibration factors. 10. Enter the calibration factors from your power sensor (follow the prompts on the display). 11. When all of the calibration factors have been added, select store calibration factors to store the calibration factors for future use. HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-17 12. Exit the power meter calibration. 13. Run the power atness adjustment. 5-18 Automated Tests HP 8360 Utilities 1. Front Panel Emulation Description This utility simulates an 8360 series instrument front panel keyboard in an instrument with a delete front panel option installed. Procedure To access the front panel emulation utility, select the front panel emulation program in the test menu. The front panel emulation program cannot run front panel functions that use a power meter or printer. These functions cause the 8360 series instrument to act as a controller, which conicts with the computer as the controller on the bus. Use a substitute front panel to run these functions, or use the tests provided with this software. When using the front panel emulation program, enter the letter directly above the caret (^) to activate the function or key. Note that the keys are case sensitive (\L" means \ALC" and \l" means \LOCAL"). See Table 5-4 for a detailed listing of hardkey designations. For numeric entry, two dierent terminator keys are combined on one hardkey. The actual terminator depends on the active mode of the synthesizer. For example: When pulse width is the active entry, 4105 4k5 enters 10 ms. When frequency span is the active entry, 4105 4k5 enters 10 kHz. Softkeys are designated by menukey X, where X is 1 through 5 and corresponds to the ve softkey positions below the display. To activate the softkey, press the function key on the keyboard that corresponds to the number X indicated by menukey. HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-19 Table 5-4. Synthesizer Hardkey Emulation Program Display To Activate Select 4MOD5 mod m 4ALC5 aLc L 4MARKER5 mrK K 4USER CAL5 cal c 4SERVICE5 Srv S 4PRIOR5 Prior P 4SAVE5 saVe V 4RECALL5 Rcl R 4MENU5 meNu N 4MENU5 menU U 4ASSIGN5 asgn a 4ENTRY ON/OFF5 entry o f 4GHz/dB(m)5 GHz/dBm G 4MHz/usec5 MHz/uS M 4kHz/msec5 kHz/mS k 4Hz,sec/ENTER5 Hz/ENT H Hardkey MENU SELECT SYSTEM USER DEFINED ENTRY 5-20 Automated Tests HP 8360 Table 5-4. Synthesizer Hardkey Emulation (continued) Program Display To Activate Select 4SWEEP TIME5 Time T 4SINGLE5 sIng I 4CONT5 cOnt O 4MENU5 mEnu E 4CW5 cW W 4START5 stArt A 4STOP5 stop o 4CENTER5 Cent C 4SPAN5 span n 4MENU5 menu u 4POWER LEVEL5 level v 4FLTNESS ON/OFF5 at t 4RF ON/OFF5 on/oFf F 4MENU5 menu e 4PRESET5 preset r 4LOCAL5 local l Hardkey SWEEP FREQUENCY POWER INSTRUMENT STATE HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-21 2. Calibration Constants Description The calibration constants utility provides a variety of ways to manipulate the calibration constants stored in the instrument. Use this utility to print out a list of the calibration constants stored in the instrument, to make a back-up of the calibration constants, and to restore calibration constants from a backed-up le. Procedure Enter the password to allow access to the calibration constants by running the front panel emulation program provided with this software. See Chapter 4 for information on accessing the calibration constants with the password. You may need to perform several steps to reach your nal goal. For example, to move the calibration constants from the instrument's working memory to a disk for back-up, you must rst move them to the computer memory, and then from computer memory to disk. To store the calibration constants, you may use the hard disk drive, Disk 2 of your working disks, or a separate data disk. When storing data on a new disk, be sure to format the disk before you begin the utility. Select the calibration constants entry in the test menu and follow the prompts. 3. Self-Test Description This utility is executed using the front panel emulation program. A full self-test of the synthesizer will be executed and the results displayed on the computer. 5-22 Automated Tests HP 8360 4. Power Sensor Configuration and Calibration Factor File Description This utility is used for creating and editing the les that store power sensor calibration factors. The power sensor calibration factors are used in the \Power Flatness" and \Step Attenuator" performance tests and adjustment procedures. This data can be stored to the directory or disk for future use. The power meter/power sensor conguration utility is used to dene which power sensors, by serial number, are actually used when the automated test is run. Although you may enter and store calibration factors for several power sensors, the program will use only the power sensors that you have identied by serial number in the conguration utility. Loading Sensor Calibration Factors The service software program for loading sensor calibration factors is unfriendly. Following the steps outlined should result in a successful entry. Do not hurry or skip steps. To Load Sensor Cal Factors: 1. Load the HP 8360 Service Software and run. 2. At the \Test Menu" selected one of the following: \Power Flatness and Accuracy Test", \Step Attenuator Flatness Test", \Power Flatness Adjust", or \Step Attenuator Flatness Adjust". 3. Press the \Help" key (F2) when it appears on the function keys to get to the \Help Menu" where the \Pmtr Cong" (Power Meter Conguration) and \Pmtr Cal Factors" selections are located. 4. Scroll down to and select [2] \Pmtr Cong". The power meter conguration routine is only used to select sensor serial numbers (model numbers are xed). After selecting \Pmtr Cong" the screen will display a list of model and serial numbers the program will use during the test. Important Notes for Editing the Selections: No new model numbers can be added. The program only recognizes the model numbers listed and will stop if other model numbers are entered. HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-23 Model numbers can not be changed. Only the serial numbers can be changed in this menu. Use serial numbers to track dierent sensor model numbers. Only edit sensor serial numbers in this menu. Always exit the program by selecting [17] \Save Conguration" and, then, pressing \Done". A bug in the program may erase model numbers if this is not done. If a model number is missing create a new working disk number 2 using the master disk or purge \PMTRCONF" le from the working disk and copy the \PMTRCONF" le back to the working disk from the master disk. The frequency range of the instrument determined which sensor model numbers listed will be used during the test. The serial number determines which cal factors will be used. The following list explains which model numbers are used when. For instruments with a maximum frequency of 26.5 GHz, the following sensors are used: 8485D + 10 dB pad 8485D 8485A 8482A For instrument with a maximum frequency above 26.5 GHz, the following sensors are used: 8487D + 10 dB pad 8487D 8487A 8482A After Selection, Continue with Cal Sensor Procedures: 5. If the sensor serial numbers are correct, scroll down to [17] \Save Power Meter Conguration", and press \Select". 6. If a dierent sensor serial number needs to be entered or a new sensor serial number added, scroll to the model number to be edited and press \Select" to get to the \Edit Sensor #1" screen. 5-24 Automated Tests HP 8360 7. To change the serial number in the \Edit Sensor" screen, scroll to the Serial Number selection [4] and press \Select". Once \Select" has been pressed, a number must be entered. 8. After \Edit Sensor" is selected, \Enter Text" should be displayed. Enter the serial number and press \Return", then \Done". The model and new serial number should be listed in the table. 9. Repeat steps 6 through 8 until all the correct serial numbers are displayed. 10. Now save the new serial numbers in the Power Meter Conguration le by scrolling to [17] \Save Power Meter Conguration" and pressing \Select" then \Done" to exit the routine. 11. If the cal factors need to be loaded for new serial numbers or changed for existing serial numbers, scroll to \Pmtr Cal Factor" selection [3], and press \Select". A list of serial numbers and sensor model numbers should be displayed. 12. Scroll down to the serial number to be edited and press \Select". If the correct serial number is not displayed, return to the \Pmtr Cong" program and repeat entering the correct serial number. When entering cal factors for a new serial number, the message \Failed attempt to access le . . . " will appear. Press \Abort". Read the message displayed and then press \OK". 13. The \Cal Factor Edit Menu" should now be displayed. This menu has 6 options. Here is an explanation of each selection. [1] Edit Cal Factors: Select \Edit Cal Factors" to edit the cal-factors for the serial number selected. After \Select" is pressed the cal factors are displayed. Scroll to the line to be edited and press \Select". There are four choices for editing the cal factors. Value - Value is used to edit a cal factor. Enter the new value by typing over the old data. Do not use the delete key. Frequency - Frequency is used to edit the frequency. Enter the new value by typing over the old data. Do not use the delete key. Insert - Inserts a line in the table at the location of the pointer. Delete - Deletes the line in the table at the location of the pointer. HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-25 [2] Edit Sensor Information: Not used. [3] Load Cal Factors: This selection loads the calibration factor data le for the selected sensor form disk or the directory specied in the MSI command. [4] Store Cal Factors: This stores the cal factors for the selected power sensor to disk or the directory specied by the MSI command. [5] Current: Displays the current sensor serial and model number. [6] Serial Entry: This selection is used to create a new cal factor data table for the selected power sensor. To enter frequency and correction factors for the sensor, enter the frequency, a comma, and then the correction factor (Frequency, Correction). The frequency must be entered in GHz (.01 = 10 MHz). Correction factors must be entered in % (97.0 = 97.0%). Enter frequencies in ascending order (lowest to highest). The rst frequency point must be below the start frequency the sensor is used at: For rst frequency points enter: 8485A/D <0.05 GHz 8482A, 8485A/D <0.01 GHz There must be a calibration factor at 50 MHz. The test software requires this 50 MHz calibration factor for the power sensor. The last frequency point must be greater than the highest frequency the sensor is used at. The last frequency points entered: 8487A/D 50.0 GHz 8482A >4.2 GHz 8485A/D, 8487A/D >26.5 GHz To end serial entry enter \0,0". Select \Store Cal Factors". 14. To exit the \Cal Factor Edit Menu" press \Done". 15. If all entries are complete, press \Done". If additional editing is required scroll to the desired choice and select 5-26 Automated Tests HP 8360 After all data is entered and \Done" has been selected the program should continue running. If a \Time Out" error occurs, check the setup and press \Retry". If \Retry" fails to start the program press \Abort" and start the program over. Menu Overview The following menu choices are displayed: Calco Utility This is the instrument calibration factors utility. Use it to store and retrieve instrument calibration factors. The following menu choices will allow you to enter and store calibration factors: [1] Review CALS in Disk File [2] Review CALS from UUT Working CALS [3] Store UUT Working CALS to Disk File [4] Load CALS From a Disk File to UUT Working CALS [5] Copy UUT Working CALS to UUT Protected CALS [6] Copy UUT Protected CALS to UUT Working CALS Pmtr Cong This is the power meter conguration utility. Use it to enter serial numbers for the power sensors which are listed in the \Sensor ID" column. For example, when the program requires an HP 8487D power sensor, it will use the calibration factor data that is stored for whichever power sensor has been listed in the \Serial" column. If HP 8487A/D power sensors are used to test synthesizers with maximum stop frequencies of 26.5 GHz, enter their serial numbers for the HP 8485A/D choices. The \Sensor ID" and \Name" columns identify the frequency range and power level over which the power sensor is used. The HP 8487A/D can substitute for an HP 8485D; however, the reverse is not true. After you select a power sensor, move the arrow to \Serial Number" and enter the new serial number. Then select DONE . When the power meter conguration is correct, scroll down to selection 17 and save the conguration data. NNNNNNNNNNNNNN HP 8360 Automated Tests 5-27 Pmtr Cal Factors This is the power meter calibration factor utility. Use it to enter and store calibration factors for each power sensor. Notice that the test software requires calibration factors at 50 MHz and at one frequency higher than the specied stop frequency of the synthesizer under test. To edit or enter new calibration factors, select the serial number for the power sensor from the displayed list. (This list is derived from the power meter conguration utility and the power sensor must already be entered in the conguration.) The calibration factors which were previously stored will be loaded and the editing menu will be displayed. 5-28 Automated Tests HP 8360 6 Menu Maps HP 8360 Menu Maps 6-1 6-2 Menu Maps HP 8360 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 7 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Introduction This chapter provides the following disassembly and reassembly procedures. Use these procedures while repairing or replacing an assembly. \Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly" \Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly" \RF Deck Disassembly and Reassembly" \Motherboard Disassembly and Reassembly" HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-1 WARNING These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only. To avoid electrical shock, do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so. The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose dangerous voltages. Disconnect the instrument from all voltage sources while it is being opened. The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch. The power cord is connected to internal capacitors that may remain live for 5 seconds after disconnecting the plug from its power supply. This is a Safety Class I product (provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord). The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact. Any interruption of the protective conductor, inside or outside the instrument, is likely to make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is prohibited. For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse only with same type and rating (F 5A/250V). The use of other fuses or material is prohibited. CAUTION Perform the following procedures only at a static safe work station. The attenuators and printed circuit assemblies in this instrument are very sensitive to static electricity damage. Wear an anti-static wrist strap that is connected to earth ground. When reassembling the instrument, the cables shown in Figure 7-1 must be routed through the instrument as shown or instrument performance may be aected. 7-2 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures HP 8360 Figure 7-1. Cable Routing Locations Tools Required Each procedure lists the required tools at the beginning of that section. See Chapter 9 for the associated part numbers. HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-3 Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly Tools Required T-10 Torx Screwdriver (torque 10 in-lb) 0.050 Hex Driver 9/16 in. Nut Driver 5/16 in. Open End Wrench Coax Extractor Tool{Submin D Connector Description and Procedure Some steps in this procedure may not apply to all option congurations. If a particular step does not apply, continue with the next appropriate step. To disassemble the front panel, follow this procedure in the order given. To reassemble the front panel, follow this procedure in the reverse order. Refer to the owchart in Figure 7-2 to determine the necessary disassembly steps for a given assembly. 7-4 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 Figure 7-2. Front Panel Disassembly Flowchart HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-5 Front Panel 1. Preliminary Steps CAUTION 1. 2. 3. 4. You can easily blow the fuse for the 13.5V supply on the preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power cord. Also, the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is connected. Disconnect the AC power line cord. Remove the screw from each of the top two feet on the rear panel. Remove the top two feet. Remove the instrument top cover. Note An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top of the instrument. When you reassemble the instrument, be sure this braid remains in the channel. 5. Remove the vinyl trim strip from the top front edge of the instrument. (Place a at screwdriver in either slot in the trim strip and lift to remove, see Figure 7-3.) 7-6 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 Figure 7-3. Front Edge Trim Strip HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-7 Front Panel 2. Front Panel Removal Refer to Figure 7-4. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing. 2. Remove three of the four screws under the trim strip. 3. Remove two of the three screws on the lower front frame edge. 4. Gently pry the front panel and display from the frame. Note If you are removing the front panel only so that you can lift up the RF deck and if you have a at surface in front of the synthesizer on which to lay the front panel, let the front panel lie in front of the synthesizer with all the cables connected and continue with step 1 of \2. Lift Up the RF Deck". If you do not have a at surface for the front panel, disconnect ribbon cables W2 and W3 from the motherboard and lay the front panel on top of the synthesizer. 7-8 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 Figure 7-4. Front Panel Screw Locations HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-9 Front Panel Refer to Figure 7-5. Note Instruments with Option 004 do not have all the cables shown. 5. Cut the tie wraps holding the cables. 6. From the A9, A10, and A11 assemblies (or the A8 assembly for instruments with Option 002), disconnect the four coaxial cables (W6, W7, W8, and W9) attached to the BNC connectors. 7. Disconnect the source module interface cable, W10. 8. Disconnect ribbon cables W2 and W3 from the motherboard. Figure 7-5. Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations 7-10 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 3. A3 Front Panel Processor Removal Refer to Figure 7-6. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Disconnect the three ribbon cables (W3, W4, and W5), the rotary pulse generator (RPG) cable, and the six-wire display cable W1. 3. Remove the eight screws from the PC assembly. 4. Lift o the front panel processor assembly. Figure 7-6. Front Panel Processor Cables HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-11 Front Panel 4. A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal Refer to Figure 7-7. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Disconnect the six-wire display cable W1 and ribbon cable W4. 3. Remove the four outer-most screws around the edge of the bracket. 4. Lift o the display. Figure 7-7. Display Removal 7-12 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 5. A2 Source Module Interface Removal Refer to Figure 7-8. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", and \3. A3 Front Panel Processor Removal" before continuing. 2. Remove the source module interface cable (W10). 3. Remove the four screws. 4. Remove the source module interface assembly. 5. Disconnect ribbon cable W2 from the source module interface assembly. 6. Remove the A2 source module interface assembly. Figure 7-8. Source Module Interface Removal HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-13 Front Panel 6. RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator Removal Refer to Figure 7-9. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", and \3. A3 Front Panel Processor Removal" before continuing. 2. Loosen the two hex screws and remove the rotary knob. Figure 7-9. RPG Removal 7-14 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal Refer to Figure 7-10 for front panel output. CAUTION To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. On the lower front frame edge, remove the two RF output screws that hold the RF output assembly. 3. Remove the RF connector with cable W43. Figure 7-10. Removing RF Output Connector (Front Panel) HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-15 Front Panel Note When you re-attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer, rst, loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector. Then reverse steps 1 and 2. Finally, tighten the nut between cable W43 and the connector to 10 in-lb. 7-16 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 8. Front Panel BNC Connectors Removal Refer to Figure 7-11. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", \3. A3 Front Panel Processor Removal" and \5. A2 Source Module Interface Removal" before continuing. 2. Remove the two screws on each of the four PC assemblies attached to the back of the front panel. 3. Slide out the connectors. If the washer on the front of the connector is not centered Note properly, loosen the nut to slide the connector out. Figure 7-11. Front Panel BNC Locations HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-17 Front Panel 9. A1 Keyboard Removal Refer to Figure 7-12. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", \3. A3 Front Panel Processor Removal", \4. A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal" and \5. A2 Source Module Interface Removal" before continuing. 2. Remove the nine screws from the keyboard assembly. 3. Lift o the keyboard assembly. Note It is important that the top of the keyboard be kept clean. Dirt on the contacts will aect the performance of the keypad. 4. Disconnect ribbon cable W5 from the keyboard. 7-18 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 Figure 7-12. Keyboard Assembly Removal Refer to Figure 7-13. CAUTION The following steps can degrade keypad performance. If you separate the anti-rock sheets from the keypad, you must replace both the anti-rock sheets and the keypad. 5. Remove the keypad. 6. Remove the anti-rock sheets. HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-19 Front Panel Figure 7-13. Keypad and Anti-rock Sheets 7-20 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 10. Display Filter Removal Refer to Figure 7-14. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", \3. A3 Front Panel Processor Removal", \4. A21 Alphanumeric Display Removal", \5. A2 Source Module Interface Removal" and \9. A1 Keyboard Removal" before continuing. 2. With all other assemblies removed, lift out the display lter. Figure 7-14. Display Filter HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-21 Front Panel 11. A1 Keyboard Reassembly Refer to Figure 7-15. 1. With the front panel frame supported on the edges so it is elevated o the table by at least one inch, place the frame face down. 2. Clean the display lter and place it on the frame. 3. Carefully lining up the press-t holes, place the anti-rock sheets over the keypad. Press into place. 4. Place the keypad face down and press each key into place. 5. Inspect the front panel to be sure all keys protrude through the front panel, and are all the same height. 7-22 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 Figure 7-15. Keyboard Reassembly Refer to Figure 7-16 6. Connect ribbon cable W5 to the A1 keyboard assembly. 7. Replace the A1 keyboard assembly. 8. Replace the nine screws that hold in the assembly. HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-23 Front Panel Figure 7-16. Keyboard Assembly Screw Locations 7-24 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Front Panel HP 8360 12. Front Panel Reassemblies Follow the owchart, Figure 7-2, in reverse order to perform the reassembly of the following assemblies: J1 RF Output Connector A3 Front Panel Processor A21 Alphanumeric Display A2 Source Module Interface Assembly RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator (RPG) BNC Connectors Display Filter HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-25 Front Panel Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly Tools Required 9/16 in. Socket T-10 Torx Screwdriver T-15 Torx Screwdriver 5.5 mm Nut Driver 5/16 in. Open End Wrench 14 mm Open End Wrench 7 mm Nut Driver #1 x 3 1/8 in. Pozidriv Screwdriver #2 x 4 in. Pozidriv Screwdriver Coax Extractor Tool{Submin D Connector Description and Procedure Some steps in this procedure may not apply to all option congurations. If a particular step does not apply, continue with the next appropriate step. To disassemble the rear panel and associated assemblies, follow this procedure in the order given. To reassemble the rear panel and associated assemblies, follow this procedure in the reverse order. CAUTION Cable routing may aect instrument performance. Refer to Figure 7-1 for a diagram of the instrument cable routing. Refer to the owchart in Figure 7-17 to determine the necessary disassembly steps for a given assembly. 7-26 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 Figure 7-17. Rear Panel Disassembly Flowchart HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-27 Rear Panel 1. Preliminary Steps CAUTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. You can easily blow the fuse for the 13.5V supply on the preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power cord. Also, the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is connected. Disconnect the AC power line cord. Remove the screw from each of the four feet on the rear panel. Remove the four feet. To remove the side straps, remove the two screws on each side panel. Remove the instrument top, bottom, and side covers. Note An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top and bottom of the instrument. When you reassemble the instrument, be sure the braids remain in the side cover channels. 7-28 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 2. B1 Fan Removal Refer to Figure 7-18. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing. 2. Remove both screws (item 1) from the fan shroud. 3. Remove items 2 through 5. 4. Remove the four screws (item 7) from the rear panel/fan brackets. 5. Unplug the fan harness. 6. Tip the fan and angle it out through the opening in the rear panel. 7. Remove the four screws (item 7) attaching the two brackets to the fan and remove the brackets (item 10). HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-29 Rear Panel Figure 7-18. B1 Rear Panel Fan Assembly 7-30 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 3. Rear Panel BNC Connectors Removal and Aux Output Disconnection Refer to Figure 7-19. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing. 2. Remove the nuts and washers on the four BNC connectors, 10 MHz REF INPUT, 10 MHz REF OUTPUT, VOLTS/GHz, and TRIGGER OUTPUT. 3. Slide out the four connectors. 4. If you have Option 002, repeat steps 1 and 2 for the following connectors: AM/FM OUTPUT, PULSE SYNC OUT, and PULSE VIDEO OUT. 5. Disconnect W48 at rear panel SMA connector J14 AUX OUTPUT. Figure 7-19. Rear Panel BNC Connector Locations HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-31 Rear Panel 4. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Option 004) Refer to Figure 7-20. CAUTION To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing. 2. Disconnect cable W43 at the directional coupler A30 (or at the step attenuator A31 for instruments with Option 001). 3. Remove the two screws from the RF output connector plate on the rear panel. 4. Remove the RF connector with cable W43 attached. Figure 7-20. Removing RF Output Connector 7-32 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 Note HP 8360 When you re-attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer, rst, loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector. Then perform the disassembly steps in reverse order. Finally, torque the nut between cable W43 and the connector J1 to 10 in-lb (112 N-cm). Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-33 Rear Panel 5. Rear Panel Removal Refer to Figure 7-21. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal" before continuing. 2. Remove the four screws on the top back edge. 3. Remove the four screws on the bottom back edge. 4. Slide the rear panel out of the casting. Figure 7-21. Rear Panel Removal 7-34 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 Refer to Figure 7-22. 5. Disconnect ribbon cable W31 from the motherboard. 6. Disconnect the 8-pin line switch connector. 7. Disconnect the fan harness. 8. Cut the tie wraps holding the coaxial cables to the four BNC connectors and the source module interface. 9. Disconnect the coaxial cables from the A7, A12, and A14 assemblies and disconnect the source module interface cable from the A19 assembly. Figure 7-22. Rear Panel Cable Locations HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-35 Rear Panel 6. A23 10 MHz Reference Standard Removal Refer to Figure 7-23. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Disconnect cable W17 and the pin-locking tab, W30. 3. Without removing the screws, press the shock-mount pads through the sheet metal holes. 4. Slide the reference standard out. Figure 7-23. Reference Standard Mountings 7-36 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 7. T1 Transformer Removal Refer to Figure 7-24. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Remove the six-wire pin-locking tab. 3. Remove the center screw, plastic washer, two insulators, and plate. 4. Remove the toroidal transformer. Figure 7-24. Transformer Removal HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-37 Rear Panel 8. A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal Refer to Figure 7-25. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Disconnect the source module interface cable W23 from SMB connector A10J3 on the A10 ALC assembly. (W23 is not included with replacement A19 assemblies.) 3. Remove the ve screws. 4. Remove A19 from the rear panel. 5. To remove the shield from the rear panel interface, rst remove W23 using the coax extractor tool and then remove the two screws holding the shield to the rear panel interface. 7-38 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 Figure 7-25. A19 Rear Panel Interface Removal HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-39 Rear Panel 9. Voltage Selector Switch Removal Refer to Figure 7-26. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Cut the tie wraps holding the wires. 3. Disconnect the 8-pin connector from the motherboard. 4. Remove the two nuts, bolts, and washers holding in the voltage selector switch. Figure 7-26. Voltage Selection Switch Removal 7-40 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 Refer to Figure 7-27. 5. Unsolder the white/brown/grey wire from the fuse. 6. Unsolder the white/grey wire from the line lter. 7. Unscrew the green/white ground wire from the back panel. Figure 7-27. Fuse, Line Filter, and Ground Wires Note HP 8360 To reassemble, add 3/8 in. shrink tubing to each wire before soldering. Then perform the above steps in reverse order. Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-41 Rear Panel 10. Fuse Housing Removal Refer to Figure 7-28. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Remove the two nuts, bolts, and washers holding the voltage selector switch, and remove the switch (this provides clearance for the wrench to remove the fuse holder). 3. Unsolder the two fuse holder wires. 4. Unscrew the nut holding the fuse housing. 5. Slide the fuse housing out of the back panel. Figure 7-28. Rear Panel Fuse Housing Note To reassemble, add 3/8 in. shrink tubing to each wire before soldering. Then perform the above steps in reverse order. 7-42 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 11. FL1 Line Filter Removal Refer to Figure 7-29. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Unsolder the three wires attached to the line lter. 3. Remove the two screws on the rear panel. 4. Slide out the line lter from the rear panel. Figure 7-29. Line Filter Removal Note HP 8360 To reassemble, add 3/8 in. shrink tubing to each wire before soldering. Then perform the above steps in reverse order. Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-43 Rear Panel 12. Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal Refer to Figure 7-30. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing. 2. Remove the ve screws holding the A34 RP oating BNC board assembly to the rear panel. 3. Slide out the board with the connectors. 4. Remove the nut and washer attaching the pulse input BNC connector to the rear panel. 5. Slide out the pulse input BNC connector. Figure 7-30. Option 004 BNC Connectors Removal 7-44 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Rear Panel HP 8360 RF Deck Disassembly and Reassembly Tools Required #1 x 3 1/8 in. Pozidriv Screwdriver T-10 Torx Screwdriver 5/16 in. Torque Wrench 5 mm Ball and Socket Driver On the RF deck, all Pozidriv screws have English threads and Note all Torx screws have metric threads. Description and Procedure To disassemble the RF deck and associated assemblies, follow this procedure in the order given. To reassemble the RF deck and associated assemblies, follow this procedure in the reverse order. Refer to the owchart in Figure 7-31 to determine the necessary disassembly steps for a given assembly. HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-45 RF Deck Figure 7-31. RF Deck Disassembly Flowchart 7-46 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 1. Preliminary Steps CAUTION 1. 2. 3. 4. You can easily blow the fuse for the 13.5V supply on the preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power cord. Also, the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is connected. Disconnect the AC power line cord. Remove the screw from each of the top two feet on the rear panel. Remove the top two feet. Remove the instrument top cover. Note An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top of the instrument. When you reassemble the instrument, be sure this braid remains in the channel. 2. Lift Up the RF Deck If your instrument has front panel RF output, remove the front panel. (See \Front Panel Disassembly and Reassembly", step 2.) If your instrument has rear panel RF output (Option 004), see step 4 of \Rear Panel Disassembly and Reassembly" then continue with step 4 of this procedure. CAUTION To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing. 2. On the lower front frame edge, remove the two screws that hold the RF output assembly. 3. Remove the RF connector with cable W43 still connected. HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-47 RF Deck Figure 7-32. Removing RF Output Connector Note When you re-attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer, rst loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector. Then reverse steps 1 through 3. Finally, torque the nut between cable W43 and connector J1 to 10 in-lb (112 N-cm). 4. Reinstall the front panel. 5. Carefully disconnect cable W48 from the rear panel SMA connector W14 (it's a close t { watch out that you do not damage the cable center conductor). 6. Disconnect cable W51 (see Figure 7-33) from the low pass lter FL2 (you may need to loosen the other end of W51 also). 7. Remove the two hex screws from the RF deck. 7-48 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 Figure 7-33. W51 RF Cable Location CAUTION Avoid damage to the various ribbon cables and their connectors attached to the RF deck assembly when removing that assembly in the next step. Move all exible coaxial cables out of the way of the RF deck assembly components. 8. Carefully pull out the RF deck and rest it on the side of the instrument. HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-49 RF Deck Note Some exible cables will still be attached preventing the RF deck from being completely removed from the instrument. Refer to Figure 7-34. Note The analog extender board and coax extender cable mentioned in the following steps are part of the service tool kit. Refer to Chapter 9 for the part number of this kit. 9. For troubleshooting insert an analog extender board into the motherboard connector for the RF deck. Place the RF deck on the extender board and use the two hex screws to attach the deck to the synthesizer frame (service position). If you are not troubleshooting and are lifting up the RF deck for disassembly purposes, attach the deck to the synthesizer frame without using the extender board. 10. For troubleshooting: a. Attach a coax extender cable between W51 and the low pass lter FL2. b. Reconnect the RF connector and W43. i. Loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector. ii. Reconnect cable W43 at directional coupler A30 (or the attenuator A31 for instruments with Option 001). iii. Torque the nut between cable W43 and connector J1 to 10 in-lb (112 N-cm). 7-50 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 Figure 7-34. RF Deck in the Service Position HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-51 RF Deck 3. A20 RF Interface Removal Refer to Figure 7-35. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Lift Up the RF Deck" before continuing. 2. Disconnect the following ribbon cables. (You may need to loosen the two hex screws attaching the deck to the synthesizer frame in order to remove the cables on the lower edge of the RF deck.) W36 (HP 83640A/50A only) W37 W38 W39 W40 (Option 001 only) W41 W42 W69 (All models except HP 83624A) W73 (All models except HP 83623A/24A) 3. Remove the 3-wire pin-locking tab (HP 83623A/24A). 4. Remove the four corner screws that attach the board to the casting. 5. Remove the A20 RF interface assembly. 7-52 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 Figure 7-35. A20 RF Interface HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-53 RF Deck 4. Microcircuit Removal Note For the following procedures, refer to Figure 7-36 through Figure 7-50 for cable locations and for screw locations. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Lift Up the RF Deck" before continuing. 2. With the RF deck up in the service position, any microcircuit can be removed: a. Most microcircuits have a cable connecting them to the A20 RF interface assembly. Disconnect the cable from the A20 assembly (if you have already removed the A20 assembly, this step is not necessary). b. Disconnect all semi-rigid and exible cables from the microcircuit. Be sure to loosen all semi-rigid cables at their other connections also. If you do not, the cables may be damaged. c. Remove the microcircuits by removing the screws that hold them to the RF deck. 7-54 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 RF Deck Cables HP 83640A/50A No Options Figure 7-36. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-55 RF Deck RF Deck Cables HP 83640A/50A Option 001 Figure 7-37. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Option 001 7-56 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 RF Deck Cables HP 83640A/50A Option 006 Figure 7-38. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Option 006 HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-57 RF Deck RF Deck Cables HP 83640A/50A Options 001 and 006 Figure 7-39. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83640A/50A Options 001 and 006 7-58 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 RF Deck Cables HP 83620A/22A/30A No Options Figure 7-40. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-59 RF Deck RF Deck Cables HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001 Figure 7-41. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001 7-60 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 RF Deck Cables HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006 Figure 7-42. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006 HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-61 RF Deck RF Deck Cables HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006 Figure 7-43. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006 7-62 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 RF Deck Cables HP 83623A No Options Figure 7-44. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-63 RF Deck RF Deck Cables HP 83623A Option 001 Figure 7-45. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A Option 001 7-64 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 RF Deck Cables HP 83624A No Options Figure 7-46. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83624A HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-65 RF Deck RF Deck Cables HP 83624A Option 001 Figure 7-47. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83624A Option 001 7-66 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 RF Deck Cables HP 83623A/24A Option 006 Figure 7-48. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A/24A Option 006 HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-67 RF Deck RF Deck Cables HP 83623A/24A Options 001 and 006 Figure 7-49. RF Deck Cable Locations { HP 83623A/24A Options 001 and 006 7-68 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures RF Deck HP 8360 Figure 7-50. RF Deck Screw Locations HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-69 RF Deck Motherboard Disassembly and Reassembly Tools Required T-15 Torx Screwdriver #2 x 4 Pozidriv Screwdriver 5/16 in. Open End Wrench 5mm Ball and Socket Driver Description and Procedure To disassemble the motherboard, follow this procedure in the order given. To reassemble the motherboard, follow this procedure in the reverse order. CAUTION Cable routing may aect instrument performance. Refer to Figure 7-1 for a diagram of the instrument cable routing. Refer to the owchart in Figure 7-51 to determine the necessary disassembly steps for a given assembly. 7-70 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard HP 8360 Figure 7-51. Motherboard Disassembly Flowchart HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-71 Motherboard 1. Preliminary Steps CAUTION You can easily blow the fuse for the 13.5V supply on the preregulator assembly if you do not disconnect the AC power cord. Also, the danger of shock is increased if the power cord is connected. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Disconnect the AC power line cord. Remove the screw from each of the four feet on the rear panel. Remove the four rear feet. Remove the four bottom feet. To remove the side straps, remove the two screws on each side panel. Remove the vinyl trim strip from the top, front edge of the instrument. (Place a at screwdriver in either slot in the trim strip and lift to remove, see Figure 7-52). 7. Remove the instrument top, bottom, and side covers. Note An RF braid is in each of the side channels on the top and bottom of the instrument. When you reassemble the instrument, be sure the braids remain in the side cover channels. 7-72 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard HP 8360 Figure 7-52. Front Edge Trim Strip HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-73 Motherboard 2. Front Panel Removal Refer to Figure 7-53. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" before continuing. 2. Remove three of the four screws under the trim strip. 3. Remove two of the three screws on the lower, front frame edge. 4. Gently pry the front panel and display from the frame. Figure 7-53. Front Panel Screw Locations 7-74 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard HP 8360 Refer to Figure 7-54. Note Instruments with Option 004 do not have all the cables shown. 5. Cut the tie wraps holding the cables. 6. From the A9, A10, and A11 assemblies (or the A8 assembly for instruments with Option 002), disconnect the four coaxial cables (W6, W7, W8, and W9) attached to the BNC connectors, and the source module interface cable (W10). 7. Disconnect ribbon cables W2 and W3 from the motherboard. Figure 7-54. Front Panel Coaxial and Ribbon Cable Locations HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-75 Motherboard 3. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Front Panel) Refer to Figure 7-55. CAUTION To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. On the lower front frame edge, remove the two RF output screws that hold the RF output assembly. 3. Remove the RF connector with cable W43. Figure 7-55. Removing RF Output Connector (Front Panel) 7-76 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard HP 8360 Note HP 8360 When you re-attach the connector and cable to the synthesizer, rst, loosen the nut between cable W43 and the connector. Then reverse the steps above. Finally, torque the nut between cable W43 and the connector J1 to 10 in-lb (112 N-cm). Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-77 Motherboard 4. J1 RF Output Connector Removal (Option 004) Refer to Figure 7-56. CAUTION To avoid damaging the connector, do not disassemble the RF output connector assembly. Only unscrew the connector on the end of the cable. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \2. Front Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Unscrew the RF output connector plate from the rear panel. 3. Remove the RF connector with cable W43. Figure 7-56. Removing RF Output Connector (Option 004) 7-78 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard HP 8360 5. Rear Panel Removal Refer to Figure 7-57. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal" before continuing. 2. Remove the four screws on the top back edge. 3. Remove the four screws on the bottom back edge. 4. Slide the rear panel out of the casting. Figure 7-57. Rear Panel Removal HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-79 Motherboard Refer to Figure 7-58. 5. Disconnect ribbon cable W31 from the motherboard. 6. Disconnect the 8-pin line switch connector. 7. Disconnect the fan harness. 8. Cut the tie wraps holding the coaxial cables to the four BNC connectors and the source module interface. 9. Disconnect the coaxial cables from the A7, A10, A12, and A14 assemblies and disconnect the source module interface cable from the A19 assembly. Figure 7-58. Rear Panel Cable Locations 7-80 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard HP 8360 6. Major Assemblies Removal Refer to Figure 7-59. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", and \5. Rear Panel Removal" before continuing. 2. Remove the six screws from the regulator shield. 3. Remove the shield. 4. Cut the tie wraps holding the cables attached to the PC assemblies. 5. Disconnect all cables attached to the PC assemblies. 6. Disconnect semi-rigid cable W54 from the A6 assembly. Note All cables are labeled for easy reassembly. For identication purposes, the extractors on the PC assemblies are color-coded to indicate their assembly number. 7. Pull out all PC assemblies. HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-81 Motherboard Figure 7-59. Major Assemblies 7-82 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard HP 8360 7. RF Deck Removal Refer to Figure 7-60. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps" and \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal" before continuing. 2. Disconnect cable W51 from the attenuator. 3. Remove the two hex screws from the RF deck. Figure 7-60. W51 Location HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-83 Motherboard CAUTION Avoid damage to the various ribbon cables and their connectors attached to the RF deck assembly when removing that assembly in the next step. Move all exible coaxial cables out of the way of the RF deck assembly components. 4. Carefully pull out the RF deck and rest it on the side of the instrument. 5. Remove exible cables W32, W33, W34, and W35 from the motherboard. 6. Remove the hex screws from the RF deck and set the RF deck aside. 7-84 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard HP 8360 8. Motherboard Removal Refer to Figure 7-61. 1. Complete \1. Preliminary Steps", \2. Front Panel Removal", \7. J1 RF Output Connector Removal", \5. Rear Panel Removal", \6. Major Assemblies Removal", and \7. RF Deck Removal" before continuing. 2. Disconnect the transformer pin-locking tab and the reference oscillator pin-locking tab. Figure 7-61. Motherboard Cables HP 8360 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures 7-85 Motherboard 3. Remove the 16 screws from the bottom side of the motherboard bottom side Figure 7-62. 4. Lift o the motherboard. Figure 7-62. Motherboard Screws 7-86 Disassembly and Replacement Procedures Motherboard HP 8360 8 Post{Repair Table 8-1. Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A1 Front Panel Keyboard None Full Self{Test Front Panel Self{Test A2 Source Module Interface None Full Self{Test A3 Front Panel Processor None Full Self{Test Front Panel Self{Test A4 Fractional{N1 Fractional{N VCO Fractional{N Reference and API Spurs Full Self{Test Frequency Switching Time Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonics) A5 YO Phase Detector YO Loop Gain Full Self{Test Frequency Switching Time Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonics) Single Sideband Phase Noise A6 Sampler Sampler Assembly Full Self{Test Frequency Switching Time Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonics) Single Sideband Phase Noise 1 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly. The replacement assembly is adjusted at the factory and is not instrument-dependent. HP 8360 Post{Repair 8-1 Table 8-1. Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly (continued) Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A7 Reference None Full Self{Test Frequency Switching Time Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonics) Spurious Signals (Line-Related) Single Sideband Phase Noise A8 Modulation Generator AM/FM DAC Oset and Gain Modulation Generator Flatness Full Self{Test Pulse Performance AM Accuracy FM Accuracy Internal Pulse Accuracy Modulation Meter A9 Pulse Amp/Mult Adjustments Amp/Filt Adjustments Low Power SRD Bias AM Delay Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power Pulse Performance A10 ALC Modulator Oset and Gain ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness AM Accuracy Full Self{Test Power Accuracy Maximum Leveled Power External Leveling AM Accuracy AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range A11 FM Driver FM Gain Full Self{Test FM Accuracy FM Bandwidth Maximum FM Deviation A12 Multiplier/Filter Driver Amp/Mult Adjustments Amp/Filt Adjustments Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power 8-2 Post{Repair HP 8360 Table 8-1. Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly (continued) Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A13 YO Driver YO Driver +10V Reference YO Driver Gain and Linearity YO Delay (automated) Full Self{Test Swept Frequency Accuracy Frequency Switching Time Single Sideband Phase Noise Maximum FM Deviation A14 Sweep Generator Sweep Ramp Full Self{Test Swept Frequency Accuracy A15 CPU ADC (automated) Full Self{Test HP{IB Self{Test A16 Postregulator None Full Self{Test A17 Rectier/Filter None Full Self{Test A18 Switching Regulator None Full Self{Test A19 Rear Panel Interface None Full Self{Test HP{IB Self{Test A20 RF Interface None Full Self{Test Operation Verication A21 Alphanumeric Display None Full Self{Test HP{IB Self{Test A22 Motherboard None Full Self{Test Operation Verication A23 10 MHz Reference1 10 MHz Standard Full Self{Test Internal Timebase: Aging Rate Single Sideband Phase Noise 1 The adjustments listed are required only after repair of the assembly. The replacement assembly is adjusted at the factory and is not instrument-dependent. HP 8360 Post{Repair 8-3 Table 8-1. Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly (continued) Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A24 Low Band Modulator Oset and Gain ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness Full Self{Test Power Accuracy Power Flatness Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonics) Single Sideband Phase Noise Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio Pulse Performance Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough AM Accuracy AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range A26 YIG Oscillator YO Driver Gain and Linearity YO Delay (Automated) FM Gain Full Self{Test Swept Frequency Accuracy Frequency Switching Time Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Single Sideband Phase Noise FM Accuracy FM Bandwidth Maximum FM Deviation A28 Amp/Mult Amp/Mult Adjustments Amp/Filt Adjustments Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals (Harmonics) FM Bandwidth A29 Amp/Filter Amp/Filter Adjustments Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Pulse Performance FM Bandwidth A30 Directional Coupler ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness Full Self{Test Power Accuracy Maximum Leveled Power 8-4 Post{Repair HP 8360 Table 8-1. Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly (continued) Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A30 Bridge Detector ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness Full Self{Test Power Accuracy Maximum Leveled Power A31 Step Attenuator ALC Power Level Accuracy Step Attenuator Flatness (automated) Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power Attenuator Verication (only if data is required) A32 Doubler Power Flatness Full Self{Test Power Accuracy Power Flatness Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals (Harmonics) A33 Amplier/Switch Power Flatness Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio A33 Amplier Power Flatness Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio A34 Rear Panel BNC None Full Self{Test A38 Dual Modulator Amp/Filter Adjustments1 Modulator Oset and Gain ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness AM Accuracy Maximum leveled Power Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio Pulse Performance Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough AM Accuracy AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range 1 The entire amplier/lter adjustment procedure does not need to be performed. Perform only the squegging clamp portions of this adjustment. HP 8360 Post{Repair 8-5 Table 8-1. Adjustments and Performance Tests Required After Repair or Replacement of an Assembly (continued) Assembly Adjustment Performance Test A39 Directional Coupler None Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power A41 Diode Switch None Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power A42 Pulse Mod Switched Filter Modulator Oset and Gain Maximum Leveled Power Spurious Signals (Harmonics) Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio Pulse Performance Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough AM Bandwidth AM Dynamic Range B1 Fan None Spurious Signals (Non-Harmonics) CR1 Detector ALC Power Level Accuracy Power Flatness Full Self{Test Power Accuracy Maximum Leveled Power FL1 Line Module None Spurious Signals (Line-Related) FL2 8 GHz LPF Sampler Assembly Full Self{Test J1 RF Output Connector Power Flatness (automated) Step Attenuator (automated) Full Self{Test Maximum Leveled Power RPG1 Rotary Pulse Generator None Full Self{Test Front Panel Self{Test T1 Toroid Power Transformer None Full Self{Test 8-6 Post{Repair HP 8360 9 Replaceable Parts Introduction Replaceable parts include major assemblies and all chassis hardware. Table 9-1 lists reference designations and abbreviations used in this chapter. For information on removing and replacing assemblies, see Chapter 7, \Disassembly and Replacement Procedures". Module{Exchange Program Many major assemblies are covered by the module{exchange program. Under the terms of the program, factory{repaired and tested assemblies are available on a trade{in basis (a defective assembly must be returned for credit). Exchange assemblies meet all new assembly specications, but are less expensive. Figure 9-1 illustrates the module exchange procedure. In order to prevent damage when returning products to Hewlett-Packard, use original or comparable packaging. Order spare assembly stock using the new assembly part number. If you have any questions, contact your Hewlett{Packard customer engineer for the latest information about this program. HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-1 Replacement Information The following information is given in the tables in this chapter: Hewlett{Packard part number. Part quantity for that gure. There may be more of that part in other gures. Part description (see Table 9-1 for abbreviations). Ordering Information For any listed part, request the Hewlett{Packard part number and quantity required from the nearest Hewlett{Packard oce. How to Order Parts Fast! Hewlett{Packard parts specialists have direct on{line access to the replaceable parts listed in this manual. Four{day delivery is standard; there is a charge for hotline (one{day) delivery. In the United States, call the following toll{free number: (800) 227{8164 ... Monday through Friday, 6 am to 5 pm (Pacic Standard Time) Outside the United States, contact your nearest Hewlett{Packard oce. 9-2 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Table 9-1. Reference Designations and Abbreviations A Amperage; Assembly LG Long; Length AT Termination LK Lock AX Axial Lead LPF Low Pass Filter AY Assembly M Male; Maximum; Meter; Mil; Milli B Fan; Motor MTG Mounting BI Bipin NTD Non-Time Delay BT Battery NYL Nylon CHAM Chamfer PAN{HD Pan Head CMPNT Component RF Rear Panel CONN Connector RPG Rotary Pulse Generator CR Detector SKT Socket CU Copper SN{PL Tin Plated D Diameter SRD Step Recovery Diode DEG Degree STD Standard F Fuse STL Steel FE Ferrule SW Switch FL Filter T FLH Flat Head Transformer Thickness; Taper; Tooth FLTG Floating TD Time Delay FP Front Panel THD Thread; Threaded FR Front THK Thick HD Hand; Hard; Heavy Duty; Head TPG Tapping HEX Hexadecimal; Hexagon; Hexagonal TR{HD Truss Head ID Inside Diameter UL Underwriters Laboratories IN Inch W Cable; Wire INTL Internal; International WD Width J Electrical Connector (Stationary Position); Jack YIG Yttrium Iron Garnate YO YIG Oscillator LBL Label HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-3 Figure 9-1. Module Exchange Program 9-4 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Major Assemblies{Top View Figure 9-2. Major Assemblies (1 of 4) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-5 Major Assemblies{RF Deck Figure 9-2. Major Assemblies (2 of 4) 9-6 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Major Assemblies{RF Deck Figure 9-2. Major Assemblies (3 of 4) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-7 Major Assemblies{RF Deck Figure 9-2. Major Assemblies (4 of 4) 9-8 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Table 9-2. Major Assemblies Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description A1 08360-60001 1 FRONT PANEL KEYBOARD ASSEMBLY A2 08360-60002 1 SOURCE MODULE INTERFACE ASSEMBLY A3 06360-60003 1 FRONT PANEL PROCESSOR ASSEMBLY A4 08360-60010 1 FRACTIONAL{N ASSEMBLY A4 08360-69010 A5 08360-60209 1 YO LOOP ASSEMBLY A5 08360-69209 A6 08360-60214 A6 08360-69214 A7 08360-60008 A7 08360-69008 A8 08360-60166 A8 08360-69166 A8W1 1258-0124 1 JUMPER{AM INPUT IMPEDANCE A8W2 1258-0124 1 JUMPER{FM INPUT IMPEDANCE A9 08360-60232 1 PULSE ASSEMBLY A10 08360-60222 1 ALC ASSEMBLY (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) A10 08360-69222 A10 08360-60206 A10 08360-69206 A10W1 1258-0124 1 JUMPER{AM INPUT IMPEDANCE A11 08360-60011 1 FM DRIVER ASSEMBLY A11W1 8159-0005 1 ZERO OHM RESISTOR{FM INPUT IMPEDANCE A12 08360-60212 1 MULTIPLIER/FILTER DRIVER ASSEMBLY A12 08360-69212 HP 8360 FRACTIONAL{N ASSEMBLY (n) YO LOOP ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 SAMPLER ASSEMBLY SAMPLER ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 REFERENCE ASSEMBLY REFERENCE ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 MODULATION GENERATION ASSEMBLY (Option 002) MODULATION GENERATION ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) ALC ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 ALC ASSEMBLY (HP 83640A/50A) ALC ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) MULTIPLIER/FILTER DRIVER ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) Replaceable Parts 9-9 Table 9-2. Major Assemblies (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty 1 Description A13 08360-60207 A13 08360-69207 YO DRIVER ASSEMBLY A14 08360-60014 A14 08360-69014 A15 08360-60264 A15 08360-69264 08360-60201 1 FIRMWARE UPGRADE KIT A15BT1 1420-0516 1 BATTERY (Used with CPU Assembly 08360-60015) YO DRIVER ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 SWEEP GENERATOR ASSEMBLY SWEEP GENERATOR ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 CPU ASSEMBLY CPU ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) A15BT1 1420-0275 1 BATTERY (Used with CPU Assembly 08360-60215) A15BT1 1420-0394 1 BATTERY (Used with CPU Assembly 08360-60264) A16 08360-60016 1 POSTREGULATOR ASSEMBLY A16 08360-69016 POSTREGULATOR ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt-Exchange) 0400-0018 1 GROMMET-CHAN .052 TH (Part of A16) A16F1 2110-0047 1 FUSE (INCH) 1A 125V NTD BI A16F2 2110-0618 3 FUSE (INCH) 5A 125V NTD BI A16F3 2110-0713 2 A16F4 2110-0713 FUSE{SUBMINIATURE 10A 125V NTD AX A16F5 2110-0618 FUSE (INCH) 5A 125V NTD BI A16F6 2110-0618 FUSE (INCH) 5A 125V NTD BI A16F7 2110-0425 A16F8 2110-0425 A17 08360-60017 2 FUSE{SUBMINIATURE 10A 125V NTD AX FUSE (INCH) 2A 125V NTD BI FUSE (INCH) 2A 125V NTD BI 1 RECTIFIER/FILTER ASSEMBLY A17 08360-69017 A17F1 2110-0303 1 FUSE (INCH) 2A 250V TD FE UL RECTIFIER/FILTER ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) A18 08360-60198 1 SWITCHING REGULATOR ASSEMBLY A18 08360-69198 A18F1 2110-0201 1 FUSE (INCH) 0.25A 250V TD FE UL A19 08360-60019 1 REAR PANEL INTERFACE ASSEMBLY 9-10 Replaceable Parts SWITCHING REGULATOR ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) HP 8360 Table 9-2. Major Assemblies (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description A20 08360-60266 1 RF INTERFACE ASSEMBLY A20F1 2110-0425 1 FUSE (INCH) 2A 125V NTD BI A21 1990-1295 1 ALPHANUMERIC DISPLAY ASSEMBLY A22 08360-60196 1 MOTHERBOARD ASSEMBLY A23 10811E 1 10 MHZ REFERENCE STANDARD (Includes W30) A24 5086-7463 1 LOWBAND ASSEMBLY (All models except HP 83624A) A24 5086-6463 LOWBAND ASSEMBLY (Rebuilt{Exchange) A25 NOT USED A26 5086-7515 A26 5086-6515 1 YIG OSCILLATOR (2.0{7.5 GHz) YIG OSCILLATOR (2.0{7.5 GHz) (Rebuilt{Exchange) A27 NOT USED A28 5086-7622 A28 5086-6622 A29 5086-7616 A29 5086-6616 A29 5086-7623 A29 5086-6623 A29 5086-7636 A29 5086-6636 A30 5086-7645 1 A30 0955-0148 1 WAVE DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 20 GHZ MAX (HP 3623A/24A) A30 5086-7644 1 BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83640A/50A) A30 5086-7656 1 BRIDGE DETECTION (HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006) A31 33326-60003 A31 33326-60002 1 STEP ATTENUATOR (HP 83640A) A31 33326-60005 1 STEP ATTENUATOR (HP 83650A) HP 8360 1 AMPLIFIER/MULTIPLIER AMPLIFIER/MULTIPLIER (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 FILTER (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A) FILTER (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 AMPLIFIER/FILTER (HP 83630A/40A/50A) AMPLIFIER/FILTER (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 AMPLIFIER/FILTER (HP 83630A/40A/50A Option 006) AMPLIFIER/FILTER (Rebuilt{Exchange) BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83620A/22A/30A) STEP ATTENUATOR (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) Replaceable Parts 9-11 Table 9-2. Major Assemblies (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number A32 5086-7607 A32 5086-6607 A32 5086-7604 A32 5086-6604 Qty 1 Description DOUBLER (HP 83640A) DOUBLER (Rebuilt{Exchange) 1 DOUBLER (HP 83650A) DOUBLER (Rebuilt{Exchange) A33 5086-7465 1 AMPLIFIER/SWITCH (HP 83623A) A33 5086-7665 1 AMPLIFIER/SWITCH (Rebuilt{Exchange) A33 5086-7510 1 AMPLIFIER (2{20 GHz) (HP 83624A) A33 5086-7610 1 AMPLIFIER (2{20 GHz) (Rebuilt{Exchange) A34 08360-60061 1 RP FLOATING BNC ASSEMBLY (Option 004) A34W1 08360-60099 1 EXTERNAL LEVELING A34J3/A10J4 (Option 004) A34W2 08360-60100 1 AM INPUT A34J1/A10J8 (Option 004) A34W3 08360-60101 1 FM INPUT A34J2/A11J1 (Option 004) A34 08360-60186 1 RP FLOATING BNC ASSEMBLY (Option 002 and 004) A34W1 08360-60099 1 EXTERNAL LEVELING A34J3/A10J4 (Option 002 and 004) A34W2 08360-60178 1 AM INPUT A34J1/A8J7 (Option 002 and 004) A34W3 08360-60179 1 FM INPUT A34J2/A8J10 (Option 002 and 004) A35 NOT USED A36 NOT USED A38 5086-7602 1 DUAL MODULATOR A38 5086-7634 1 AM MODULATOR (Option 006) A39 0955-0098 1 COUPLER (2.0 - 8.4 GHZ) A41 5086-7327 1 DIODE SWITCH (All models except HP 83624A) A42 5086-7628 1 PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER (HP 83620A/22A Option 006) A42 5086-7629 1 PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER (HP 83623A/24A Option 006) A42 5086-7630 1 PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER (HP 83630A Option 006) A42 5086-7631 1 PULSE MODULATION SWITCHED FILTER (HP 83640A/50A Option 006) AT2 1810-0118 1 TERMINATION SMA MALE 50 (HP 83623A/24A/40A/50A and Option 006) AT3 0955-0216 1 ATTENUATOR 20 DB 9-12 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Table 9-2. Major Assemblies (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description B1 08360-80026 1 FAN CR1 08360-60147 1 DETECTOR REPLACEMENT KIT (HP 83623A/24A) F1 2110-0227 1 FUSE (INCH) 5A 250V NTD FE UL (See Table 9-7) F1 2110-0003 1 FUSE (INCH) 3A 230V NTD FE UL (See Table 9-7) FL1 9135-0242 1 LINE MODULE { FILTERED FL2 0955-0485 1 8 GHZ LOW PASS FILTER J1 08673-60040 1 RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) J1 5062-6610 1 RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR (HP 83640A/50A) T1 9100-4781 1 TOROID POWER TRANSFORMER HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-13 Cables{Front Panel Figure 9-3. Cables (1 of 17) 9-14 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Cables{Top View Figure 9-3. Cables (2 of 17) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-15 Cables{Top View Option 002 Figure 9-3. Cables (3 of 17) 9-16 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck No Options Figure 9-3. Cables (4 of 17) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-17 Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck Option 001 Figure 9-3. Cables (5 of 17) 9-18 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck Option 006 Figure 9-3. Cables (6 of 17) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-19 Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck Options 001 and 006 Figure 9-3. Cables (7 of 17) 9-20 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck No Options Figure 9-3. Cables (8 of 17) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-21 Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck Option 001 Figure 9-3. Cables (9 of 17) 9-22 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Cables{HP 83620/22A/30A RF Deck Option 006 Figure 9-3. Cables (10 of 17) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-23 Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck Options 001 and 006 Figure 9-3. Cables (11 of 17) 9-24 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Cables{HP 83623A RF Deck No Options Figure 9-3. Cables (12 of 17) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-25 Cables{HP 83623A RF Deck Option 001 Figure 9-3. Cables (13 of 17) 9-26 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Cables{HP 83624A RF Deck No Options Figure 9-3. Cables (14 of 17) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-27 Cables{HP 83624A RF Deck Option 001 Figure 9-3. Cables (15 of 17) 9-28 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Cables{HP 83623A/24A RF Deck Option 006 Figure 9-3. Cables (16 of 17) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-29 Cables{HP 83623A/24A RF Deck Options 001 and 006 Figure 9-3. Cables (17 of 17) 9-30 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Table 9-3. Cables Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description W1 08360-60062 1 DISPLAY POWER A3J1/A21J1 W2 08360-60056 1 SMI/MOTHERBOARD{A2J1/A22J1 W3 08360-60057 1 F.P. PROCESSOR/MOTHERBOARD A3J2/A22J2 W4 08360-60055 1 F.P. PROCESSOR/DISPLAY A3J3/A21J2 W5 08360-60054 1 KEYBOARD/F.P. PROCESSOR A1J1/A3J4 W6 08360-60070 1 EXTERNAL PULSE J2/A9J4 W6 08360-60094 1 EXTERNAL PULSE J8/A9J4 (Option 004) W6 08360-60172 1 EXTERNAL PULSE J2/A8J3 (Option 002) W6 08360-60175 1 EXTERNAL PULSE J8/A8J3 (Option 002 and 004) W7 08360-60068 1 AM INPUT J3/A10J8 W7 08360-60173 1 AM INPUT J3/A8J7 (Option 002) W8 08360-60069 1 FM INPUT J4/A11J1 W8 08360-60174 1 FM INPUT J4/A8J10 (Option 002) W9 08360-60051 1 EXTERNAL LEVELING J5/A10J4 W10 08360-60092 1 FP SMI LEVELING{A2J2/A10J2 W11 08360-60074 1 125 KHZ REF{A7J3/A4J1 W12 08360-60075 1 30{60 MHZ{A4J2/A5J2 W13 08360-60076 1 SAMPLER IF{A6J2/A5J1 W14 08360-60083 1 HIGH FREQ PLL{A5J3/A26J2 W15 08360-60072 1 40 MHZ REF{A7J6/A6J1 W15 08360-60182 1 40 MHz REF{A7J6/A8J1 (Option 002) W16 08360-60095 1 EXTERNAL STD{J6/A7J1 W17 08360-60071 1 OVEN STD{A23J1/A7J2 W18 08360-60073 1 1 MHZ{A7J4/A14J1 W19 08360-60096 1 10 MHZ REAR PANEL {A7J5/J7 W20 08360-60082 1 100 MHZ REF{A7J7/A24J2 HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-31 Table 9-3. Cables (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty W21 Description NOT USED W22 08360-60228 1 PRE-PULSE LEVELING DET{A38J13/A10J6 W22 08360-60245 1 PRE-PULSE LEVELING DET{A42J4/A10J6 (Option 006) W23 08360-60093 1 RP SMI LEVELING{A19J2/A10J3 W24 08360-60107 1 LOWBAND DETECTOR{A24J3/A10J5 W25 08360-60106 1 HI BAND DETECTOR{CR1/A10J7 W26 08360-60079 1 YO FM SIGNAL A11J2/A26J3 W27 08360-60097 1 V/GHZ{A12J1/J10 W28 08360-60098 1 TRIGGER OUTPUT{A14J2/J9 W29 08360-60031 1 PREREG IN/PREREG OUT{A18J1/A17J1 W30 08360-60063 1 MOTHERBOARD/10MHZ STD{A22J7/A23J2 W31 08360-60037 1 REAR PANEL/MOTHERBOARD{A19J1/A22J8 W32 08360-60226 1 PULSE MOD HI{A22J3/A38J3 W32 08360-60247 1 SLOW PULSE{A22J3/A42J3 (Option 006) W33 08360-60088 1 PULSE MOD LO{A22J4/A24J6 W34 08360-60087 1 ALC MOD LOW{A22J5/A24J7 W35 08360-60225 1 ALC MOD HI{A22J6/A38J2 W36 08360-60230 1 RF INTERFACE/AMP SWITCH{A20J14/A33J1 (HP 83623A) W36 08360-60230 1 RF INTERFACE/AMPLIFIER{A20J14/A33J1 (HP 83624A) W36 08360-60191 1 RF INTERFACE/DOUBLER{A20J5/A32J1 (HP 83640A/50A) W37 08360-60189 1 RF INTERFACE/AMP MULT{A20J9/A28J1 W38 08360-60227 1 RF INTERFACE/DUAL MOD{A20J1/A38J1 W38 08360-60227 1 RF INTERFACE/AM MOD{A20J1/A38J1 (Option 006) W39 08360-60046 1 RF INTERFACE/LOWBAND{A20J4/A24J1 W40 08360-60045 1 RF INTERFACE/ATTEN A20J6/A31J1 (Option 001) 9-32 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Table 9-3. Cables (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description W41 08360-60190 1 RF INTERFACE/AMP FILTER{A20J8/A29J1 W42 08360-60040 1 RF INTERFACE/YO{A20J10/A26J1 W43 08360-20072 1 DIR COUPLER/RF OUT{A30J2/J1 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A) W43 08360-20072 1 ATTEN/RF OUT{A31J2/J1 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A Option 001) W43 08360-20073 1 DIR COUPLER/RF OUT{A30J2/J1 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A Option 004) W43 08360-20073 1 ATTEN/RF OUT{A31J2/J1 (HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A Option 014) W43 08360-20082 1 DIR COUPLER/RF OUT{A30J2/J1 (HP 83640A/50A) W43 08360-20082 1 ATTEN/RF OUT{A31J2/J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001) W43 08360-20083 1 DIR COUPLER/RF OUT{A30J2/J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 004) W43 08360-20083 1 ATTEN/RF OUT{A31J2/J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 014) W44 08360-20191 1 BRIDGE DET/ATTEN A30J5/A31J1 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006) W44 08360-20071 1 DIR COUPLER/ATTEN A30J2/A31J1 (HP 83623A/24A Options 001 and 006) W44 08360-20193 1 BRIDGE DET/ATTEN A30J5/A31J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001) W45 08360-20185 1 AMP FILTER/BRIDGE DET{A29J3/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A) W45 08360-20190 1 AMP FILTER/BRIDGE DET{A29J3/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-33 Table 9-3. Cables (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty W46 Description NOT USED W47 08360-20075 1 LOWBAND/AMP SWITCH{A24J4/A33J3 (HP 83623A) W47 08360-20163 1 LOWBAND/AMP FILTER{A24J4/A29J2 (HP 83620A/22A/30A) W47 08360-20139 1 LOWBAND/DOUBLER{A24J4/A32J3 (HP 83640A/50A) W47 08360-20246 1 LOWBAND/PLS MOD SW FILT{A24J4/A42J7 (HP 83620A/23A/30A Option 006) W48 08360-20235 1 AMP MULT/AUX OUTPUT{A28J4/J14 W48 08360-20236 1 AMP MULT/AUX OUTPUT{A28J4/J14 (Option 004) W49 08360-20171 1 DIODE SWITCH/AMP MULT{A41J3/A28J5 (All models except HP 83624A) W49 08360-20230 1 COUPLER/AMP MULT{A39J2/A28J5 (HP 83624A) W50 08360-20169 1 DIODE SWITCH/LOWBAND{A41J2/A24J5 (All models except HP 83624A) W51 08360-20173 1 ATTENUATOR/LPF{AT3J2/FL2J1 W51 08360-20172 1 ATTENUATOR/LPF{AT3J2/FL2J1 (Option 004) W52 08360-20147 1 YO/DIR COUPLER{A26J4/A39J1 W54 08360-20087 1 LPF/SAMPLER{FL2J2/A6J3 W55 1250-1159 1 DIR COUPLER/DIODE SWITCH{A39J2/A41J1 (All models except HP 83624A) W53 NOT USED 9-34 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Table 9-3. Cables (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description W56 08360-20208 1 AMP MULT/DUAL MOD{A28J3/A38J15 W56 08360-20258 1 AMP MULT/AM MOD{A28J3/A38J8 (Option 006) W57 08360-20203 1 DUAL MOD/AMP FILTER{A38J16/A29J2 W57 08360-20203 1 AM MOD/AMP FILTER{A38J9/A29J2 (Option 006) W58 08360-20218 1 FILTER/AMP SWITCH{A29J3/A33J2 (HP 83623A) W58 08360-20221 1 FILTER/AMPLIFIER{A29J3/A33J2 (HP 83624A) W58 08360-20137 1 AMP FILTER/DOUBLER{A29J3/A32J2 (HP 83640A/50A) W58 08360-20250 1 AMP FILTER/PLS MOD SW FILT{A29J3/A42J5 (Option 006) W59 08360-20078 1 AMP SWITCH/DIR COUPLER{A33J4/A30J1 (HP 83623A) W59 08360-20070 1 AMP SWITCH/DIR COUPLER{A33J4/A30J1 (HP 83623A Option 001) W59 08360-20107 1 AMPLIFIER/DIR COUPLER{A33J3/A30J1 (HP 83624A Option 001) W59 08360-20108 1 AMPLIFIER/DIR COUPLER{A33J3/A30J1 (HP 83624A) W59 08360-20194 1 DOUBLER/BRIDGE DET{A32J4/A30J4 (HP 83640A/50A) W59 08360-20192 1 DOUBLER/BRIDGE DET{A32J4/A30J4 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001) W60 NOT USED W61 NOT USED W62 08360-60176 1 PULSE VIDEO OUT{A8J4/J13 (Option 002) W63 08360-60177 1 PULSE SYNC OUT{A8J6/J12 (Option 002) W64 08360-60180 1 AM/FM OUTPUT{A8J11/J11 (Option 002) W65 08360-60181 1 40 MHZ OUT{A8J21/A6J1 (Option 002) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-35 Table 9-3. Cables (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description W66 08360-60183 1 W67 08360-60184 1 PULSE OUT{A8J5/A9J4 (Option 002) AM OUT{A8J8/A10J1 (Option 002) W68 08360-60185 1 FM OUT{A8J9/A11J1 (Option 002) W69 08360-60224 1 RF INTERFACE/DIODE SWITCH{A20J12/A41J1 (All models except HP 83624A) W70 08360-60248 1 FAST PULSE HI{A9J3/A42J1 (Option 006) W71 08360-20247 1 PLS MOD SW FILT/DOUBLER{A42J6/A32J2 (HP 83640A/50A Option 006) W71 08360-20252 1 PLS MOD SW FILT/BRIDGE DET{A42J6/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006) W71 08360-20249 1 PLS MOD SW FILT/COUPLER{A42J6/A30J1 (HP 83623A/24A Options 001 and 006) W71 08360-20251 1 PLS MOD SW FILT/BRIDGE DET{A42J6/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006) W71 08360-20248 1 PLS MOD SW FILT/COUPLER{A42J6/A30J1 (HP 83623A/24A Option 006) W72 08360-60191 1 RF INTERFACE/PLS MOD SW FILT{A20J11/A42J8 (Option 006) W73 08360-60250 1 RF INTERFACE/BRIDGE DETECTOR{A20J13/A30J3 9-36 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Front Panel Hardware Figure 9-4. Front Panel Hardware HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-37 Table 9-4. Front Panel Hardware Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 0515-2043 7 SCREW-MACH. M4 x 0.7 8MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD 2 0515-0943 2 SCREW-MACH. M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG NUT-SPECIALTY M3.5 x 1.27 THD; 8.44MM 0535-0082 2 3 0370-3033 1 4 0515-2043 5 0515-0943 0535-0082 6 ROTARY KNOB SCREW-MACH. M4 x 0.7 8MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD SCREW-MACH. M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG 2 NUT-SPECIALTY M3.5 x 1.27 THD; 8.44MM 4 J2 FLTG BNC PLS GRD 4 (Includes the following) 2190-0102 WASHER-LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 0590-1251 NUT-SPCLY 15/32-32-THD .1-IN-THK .562-WD 7 J3 FLTG BNC AY-FM (Includes the following) 2190-0102 WASHER-LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 0590-1251 NUT-SPCLY 15/32-32-THD .1-IN-THK .562-WD 8 J4 FLTG BNC AY-AM (Includes the following) 2190-0102 WASHER-LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 0590-1251 NUT-SPCLY 15/32-32-THD .1-IN-THK .562-WD 9 J5 FLTG BNC AY-EXT (Includes the following) 2190-0102 WASHER-LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 0590-1251 NUT-SPCLY 15/32-32-THD .1-IN-THK .562-WD 10 08360-40007 1 DISPLAY FILTER 11 1251-5436 4 SCREW LOCK KIT-AMP HD CONN J1 RF OUTPUT CONNECTOR - See Table 9-2 RPG1 ROTARY PULSE GENERATOR (RPG) (Includes the following) 2190-0016 1 WASHER-LK INTL T 3/8 IN .377-IN-ID 2950-0043 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD .094-IN-THK 9-38 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Front Panel, Casting and Keypad Figure 9-5. Front Panel, Casting and Keypad Table 9-5. Front Panel, Casting and Keypad Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 08360-60146 1 KEYPAD REPLACEMENT KIT 2 08360-20051 1 FRONT PANEL CASTING - FEEDS 3 06360-20050 1 FRONT PANEL CASTING - NO FEEDS (Option 004) 4 08360-40004 1 RFI SEAL (BLACK RUBBER GASKET) 5 06360-20052 1 FRONT PANEL CASTING - SHEET MTL/NO FEEDS (Options 003 and 004) 6 06360-20053 1 FRONT PANEL CASTING - SHEET MTL/FEEDS (Option 003) Also order front panel nameplate in \Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories" HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-39 Front Panel, Attaching Hardware Figure 9-6. Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (1 of 3) Table 9-6. Front Panel, Attaching Hardware Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 0515-0372 27 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG 2 0515-0664 2 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 12MM-LG 2 3 08360-00034 4 0515-0372 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 X 0.5 8MM-LG 5 0515-0372 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 X 0.5 8MM-LG 9-40 Replaceable Parts MOUNTING BRACKET - DISPLAY HP 8360 Front Panel, Attaching Hardware Figure 9-6. Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (2 of 3) HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-41 Front Panel, Attaching Hardware Figure 9-6. Front Panel, Attaching Hardware (3 of 3) 9-42 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Rear Panel Hardware Figure 9-7. Rear Panel Hardware HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-43 Rear Panel Hardware Table 9-7. Rear Panel (1 of 2) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 08360-00001 1 REAR PANEL 2 0515-1372 5 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG 6960-0027 4 PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .625-D-HOLE NYL 08360-60094 1 J8 - CA AY-PLS INPUT (Option 004) 6960-0041 1 PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .5-D-HOLE NYL (Standard) 3 4 BNC CONNECTORS (Order A34 of Table 9-2) 5 J6 - CA AY-10MHZ IN-See Table 9-3 (Includes the following) 2950-0035 4 NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD 2190-0102 4 WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 6 J10 - CA AY-VOLTS/GHZ-See Table 9-3 (Includes the following) 2950-0035 NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD 2190-0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 7 J7 - CA AY-10MHZ OUT-See Table 9-3 (Includes the following) 2950-0035 NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD 2190-0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 8 J9 - CA AY-ANAL INTFC-See Table 9-3 (Includes the following) 2950-0035 NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD 2190-0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 9 0515-0380 8 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 10MM-LG 10 0380-0643 2 STANDOFF HEX .255-IN-LG 6/32-THD 11 1251-5436 4 SCREW LOCK KIT-AMP HD CONN 12 0515-1037 2 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 45MM-LG 13 0515-0372 9 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG 08360-60032 1 14 15 LINE MODULE - FILTERED (See Table 9-2) 9-44 Replaceable Parts AC VOLTAGE SELECTION SWITCH/HARNESS HP 8360 Table 9-7. Rear Panel (2 of 2) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty 16 17 Description FAN (see Table 9-2) 08360-00025 1 6960-0027 4 PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .625-D-HOLE NYL 1 J11-CA AY-AM/FM OUTPUT (Option 002) 18 PLATE - REAR BLANK (Includes the following) 2950-0035 NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD 2190-0102 6960-0041 19 WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 1 PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .5-D-HOLE NYL (Standard) 1 J12-CA AY-PULSE SYNC OUT (Option 002) (Includes the following) 2950-0035 NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD 2190-0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 6960-0041 20 1 PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .5-D-HOLE NYL (Standard) 1 J13-CA AY-PULSE VIDEO OUT (Option 002) (Includes the following) 2950-0035 NUT-HEX DBL-CHAM 15/32-32-THD 2190-0102 WASHER LK INTL T 15/32 IN .472-IN-ID 6960-0041 1 PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .5-D-HOLE NYL (Standard) 21 1250-1753 1 J14-CONNECTOR-AUX OUTPUT 22 08360-20245 1 REAR PANEL INTERFACE SHIELD 23 0515-2032 2 SCREW-MACH M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD AT1 1810-0118 1 TERMINATION SMA MALE 50 F1 2110-0227 1 FUSE (INCH) 5A 250V NTD FE UL 2110-0003 1 FUSE (INCH) 3A 230V NTD FE UL 2110-0564 1 FUSEHOLDER BODY 2110-0565 1 FUSEHOLDER CAP 2110-0569 1 FUSEHOLDER NUT HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-45 Rear Panel Fan Assembly Figure 9-8. Rear Panel Fan Assembly 9-46 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Rear Panel Fan Assembly Table 9-8. Rear Panel Fan Assembly Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 0515-0430 2 SMM 3.0 6 PM TX 2 08360-00059 1 FAN SHROUD 3 08360-20254 1 FOAM 4 08360-00058 1 HEXCELL HONEYCOMB 5 08360-40011 1 GROUND HEX SHROUD 6 08360-00060 1 REAR PANEL 7 0515-2011 8 SCREW-MACHINE ASSY M3.5 x 0.6 8 0400-0356 4 GROMMET 9 08360-00057 2 BRACKET FAN/REAR PANEL 10 08360-00061 2 BRACKET FAN 11 08360-80026 1 FAN HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-47 Bottom View, Attaching Hardware Figure 9-9. Bottom View, Attaching Hardware Table 9-9. Bottom View, Attaching Hardware Ref. Desig. 1 HP Part Number Qty 6960-0016 2 2 Description PLUG-HOLE TR-HD FOR .125-D HOLE NYL SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-7) 3 0624-0518 3 SCREW-TPG 6-19 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-TORX T15 4 08360-40002 1 HIGH VOLTAGE COVER 5 0515-0382 16 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG 6 SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-4) 7 SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-4) 9-48 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Top View, Attaching Hardware Figure 9-10. Top View, Attaching Hardware HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-49 Table 9-10. Top View, Attaching Hardware Ref. Desig. 1 HP Part Number Qty Description 08360-00015 1 POWER SUPPLY HOUSING 3 08360-20044 1 END SUPPORT 4 0515-0501 2 SCREW-SKT-HD-CAP M6 x 1.0 12MM-LG 5 5021-7872 1 MOUNTING BRACKET BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83620A/22A/30A/40A/50A) 5 08360-00008 1 MOUNTING BRACKET COUPLER/DETECTOR (HP 83623A/24A) 6 0515-0372 2 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG (Quantity is 4 in instruments with Option 001) 7 0520-0173 2 SCREW-MACH 256 .188 PNPD 8 0515-0430 2 SMM 3.0 6 PN TX 9 08360-00035 1 SUPPORT CONNECTORS 10 08360-20237 1 EXTRUSION-FILTER MOUNT 0515-0383 1 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 16MM-LG 08360-20042 1 CARD CAGE SUPPORT 2 11 SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-8) 12 SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-4) 13 14 SCREW-MACHINE (See Table 9-4) 08360-20043 15 8160-0539 16 0515-0382 17 08360-40004 3 DIVIDERS 6 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG RFI ROUND STRIP CU-CLD-STL SN-PL (2.56 FT) RFI SEAL (3 FT) 18 08360-20045 1 POWER SUPPLY COVER 19 2200-0103 2 SCREW-MACH. 4-40 .25-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 2190-0105 2 WASHER-LK HLCL NO. 6 .141-IN-ID 1520-0205 3 SHOCK MOUNT .31-EFF-HGT 20 0515-1539 4 SCREW-MACHINE M3 x0.5 16MM-LG 21 08360-00052 1 MOUNTING BRACKET COUPLER/DIODE SWITCH 22 08360-00031 1 MOUNTING BRACKET STEP ATTENUATOR 23 0515-0430 2 SMM 3.0 6 PN TX 9-50 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Left Side View, Attaching Hardware Figure 9-11. Left Side View, Attaching Hardware Table 9-11. Left Side View, Attaching Hardware Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 0515-2086 4 SCREW-SPCL M4 x 0.7 7MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD 2 0515-0382 15 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG 3 0515-2086 HP 8360 SCREW-SPCL M4 x 0.7 7MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD Replaceable Parts 9-51 Right Side View, Attaching Hardware Figure 9-12. Right Side View, Attaching Hardware Table 9-12. Right Side View, Attaching Hardware Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 0515-0382 33 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG 2 0515-2086 8 SCREW-SPCL M4 x 0.7 7MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD 2 3 0515-0433 4 0515-0382 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 12MM-LG 5 0515-2086 SCREW-SPCL M4 x 0.7 7MM-LG 90-DEG-FLH-HD 9-52 Replaceable Parts SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M4 x 0.7 8MM-LG HP 8360 RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware Figure 9-13. RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-53 RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware Table 9-13. RF Deck Right Side View, Attaching Hardware Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 0515-0372 17 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG 2 3050-0169 4 WASHER-SPR CRVD NO.6 .143-IN-ID 3 0515-2011 4 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3.5 x 0.060 12MM-LG 4 2360-0370 4 SCREW-MACH 6-32 .375-IN-LG PAN-HD-POZI 5 0515-0372 6 08360-20141 7 0515-0372 8 9 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG 1 RF DECK CASTING 0515-0458 2 SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.6 8MM-LG (Option 006) 0515-0430 2 SMM3.0 6 PN TX (Used for bridge detector regardless of its position on the RF deck) 9-54 Replaceable Parts SCREW-MACHINE ASSEMBLY M3 x 0.5 8MM-LG HP 8360 RF Connector and Attaching Hardware Figure 9-14. RF Connector and Attaching Hardware Table 9-14. RF Connector and Attaching Hardware Ref. Desig. 1 HP Part Number Qty Description 08360-20095 1 FRONT MOUNTING BRACKET 3.5 MM CONNECTOR 08360-20096 1 FRONT MOUNTING BRACKET 2.4 MM CONNECTOR 2 08360-20088 1 SPACER FOR 3.5 MM CONNECTOR 3 2950-0001 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM 3/8-32-THD (3.5 mm connector) 08360-20133 1 NUT-HEX-DBL-CHAM M10 X1 (2.4 mm connector) 4 2190-0016 1 WASHER-LK INTL 3/8 IN 5 08360-00004 1 PL-RR CONN 3.5 (Option 004) 08360-00024 1 PL-RR CONN 2.4 (Option 004) J1 HP 8360 RF CONNECTOR (See Table 9-2) Replaceable Parts 9-55 Chassis Parts Figure 9-15. Chassis Parts 9-56 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Table 9-15. Chassis Parts Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 5062-3736 1 COVER-TOP 2 0515-1245 1 SCREW - COVER 3 5021-5838 2 SIDE RAILS 4 5041-8802 1 TRIM STRIP 5 5021-8405 1 FRONT FRAME 6 5062-3800 2 HANDLE ASSEMBLY 7 0515-0943 4 HANDLE SCREWS 8 5021-8497 2 TRIM FRONT HANDLE 9 5041-8801 4 FOOT -FM .5M 10 5062-3748 1 COVER-BOTTOM 11 1460-1345 2 TILT STAND 12 5062-3843 2 COVER-SIDE 13 5041-8819 2 CAP-FRONT 14 0515-0707 4 STRAP SCREW 15 5041-8820 2 CAP-REAR 16 5062-3705 2 STRAP HANDLE 17 08360-20040 1 SIDE FRAME 18 5021-5806 1 REAR FRAME 19 54110-40502 4 FOOT REAR 20 0515-1444 4 SCREW - REAR FOOT 21 08360-20253 1 INSULATED BOTTOM COVER HP 8360 Replaceable Parts 9-57 Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description LABELS 7120-3737 1 LBL WRN HI VOLT 83620-80001 1 NAMEPLATE 83620A 83622-80001 1 NAMEPLATE 83622A 83630-80001 1 NAMEPLATE 83630A 83640-80001 1 NAMEPLATE 83640A 83642-80001 1 NAMEPLATE 83642A 83650-80001 1 NAMEPLATE 83650A SERVICE TOOLS T-10 TORX SCREWDRIVER T-15 TORX SCREWDRIVER #1 x 3 1/8 IN. POZIDRIV SCREWDRIVER #2 x 4 IN. POZIDRIV SCREWDRIVER 5.5 MM NUT DRIVER 7 MM NUT DRIVER .050 HEX DRIVER 9/16 IN. NUT DRIVER 5/16 IN OPEN END WRENCH 14MM OPEN END WRENCH 1251-2170 COAX EXTRACTOR TOOL-SUBMIN D CONNECTOR 08360-60065 SUBSTITUTE FRONT PANEL 9-58 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty 08360-60060 Description TOOL KIT (Includes the following) 08360-60086 EXTENDER BOARD-DIGITAL BOARDS 08360-60085 EXTENDER BOARD-ANALOG BOARDS 08360-60081 EXTENDER BOARD-POST REGULATOR 08360-60077 EXTENDER BOARD-SWITCHING REGULATOR 08360-60030 EXTENDER BOARD-RECTIFIER/FILTER 08360-60084 EXTENDER BOARD-RF DECK 08360-20105 EXTENDER CABLE-SMA (RF DECK) (Prex 08360-20286 RF TEST CABLE-FILTER TO DIRECTIONAL COUPLER (Prex 3145A) 08360-60108 EXTENDER CABLE-POWER SUPPLY 8710-1787 5 MM HEX BALL DRIVER < 3145A) ACCESSORIES TOUCH-UP PAINT 6010-1146 DOVE GRAY - FOR FRAME AROUND FRONT PANEL & PAINTED PORTIONS OF FRONT HANDLES 6010-1147 FRENCH GRAY - FOR SIDE, TOP, & BOTTOM COVERS 6010-1148 PARCHMENT GRAY - FOR RACK MOUNT FLANGES, RACK SUPPORT SHELVES, & FRONT PANEL 5041-9148 PC BOARD EXTRACTORS ADAPTERS 1250-2187 ADAPTER 2.4 MM (F) TO K (F) 1250-2188 ADAPTER 2.4 MM (F) TO 2.4 MM (F) 1250-1745 ADAPTER TYPE-N TO 3.5 MM (F) 5061-5311 ADAPTER 3.5 MM (F) TO 3.5 MM (F) SOFTWARE 08360-10001 HP 8360 1 DISK - SERVICE SUPPORT SOFTWARE Replaceable Parts 9-59 Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description Documentation For Serial Prexes Listed on the Title Page of This Manual 08360-90055 HP 8360 SERIES MANUAL SET { For HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A/40A/50A (This includes the following manuals:) 08360-90069 TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL 08360-90049 SERVICE MANUAL 08360-90070 USER'S HANDBOOK 08360-90071 QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE 5954-1566 CONNECTOR CARE APPLICATION NOTE 08360-90077 8360 SERIES COMPONENT-LEVEL REPAIR MANUAL Documentation For Serial Prexes Prior To Those Listed on the Title Page of This Manual 83620-90007 HP 83620A DOCUMENTATION SET This includes the following manuals: 08360-90070 User's Handbook 08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide 08360-90024 Calibration 08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair 83622-90007 HP 83622A DOCUMENTATION SET This includes the following manuals: 08360-90070 User's Handbook 08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide 08360-90024 Calibration 08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair 83623-90007 HP 83623A DOCUMENTATION SET This includes the following manuals: 08360-90070 User's Handbook 08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide 08360-90025 Calibration 08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair 83624-90007 HP 83624A DOCUMENTATION SET This includes the following manuals: 08360-90070 User's Handbook 08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide 08360-90025 Calibration 08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair 9-60 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 83640-90007 HP 83640A DOCUMENTATION SET This includes the following manuals: 08360-90070 User's Handbook 08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide 08360-90040 Calibration 08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair 83642-90007 HP 83642A DOCUMENTATION SET This includes the following manuals: 08360-90070 User's Handbook 08360-90071 Quick Reference Guide 08360-90040 Calibration 08360-90060 Assembly Level Repair Documentation For HP 83621A/31A 08360-90054 HP 83621A/31A/51A MANUAL SET (This includes the following manuals:) 08360-90048 TROUBLESHOOTING MANUAL 08360-90052 SERVICE MANUAL Documentation For HP 83621A/31A with Serial Prexes Prior To 3103A HP 8360 83621-90007 HP 83621A DOCUMENTATION SET This includes the following manuals: 08360-90024 Calibration and Installation 83621-90060 Assembly Level Repair 83631-90007 HP 83631A DOCUMENTATION SET This includes the following manuals: 08360-90024 Calibration and Installation 83621-90060 Assembly Level Repair Replaceable Parts 9-61 Table 9-16. Miscellaneous Replaceable Accessories (continued) Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description OPTION RETROFIT KITS 08360-60218 ADD OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A 08360-60220 ADD OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83640A/50A 08360-60129 DEL OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A 08360-60221 DEL OPTION 001 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83640A/50A 83602A ADD OPTION 002 RETROFIT KIT 08360-60132 ADD OPTION 003 RETROFIT KIT 08360-60131 DEL OPTION 003 RETROFIT KIT 08360-60236 ADD OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A 08360-60237 ADD OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT - HP 83640A/50A 08360-60235 DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT (w/o Option 003) HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A 08360-60238 DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT - (w/o Option 003) HP 83640A/50A 08360-60239 DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT (w/ Option 003) HP 83620A/22A/23A/24A/30A 08360-60240 DEL OPTION 004 RETROFIT KIT - 40 GHz (w/ Option 003) HP 83640A/50A 08360-60141 ADD OPTION 008 RETROFIT KIT 08360-60142 ADD OPTION 700 RETROFIT KIT 08360-60143 ADD OPTION 806 RETROFIT KIT 08360-60144 ADD OPTION 908 RETROFIT KIT 08360-60145 ADD OPTION 913 RETROFIT KIT 9-62 Replaceable Parts HP 8360 10 Preventive Maintenance Introduction This chapter contains the following information on care and maintenance of the synthesizer: How to Clean the Fan Filter How to Clean the Display Filter How to Replace the Line Fuse How to Replace the CPU Battery Connector Care WARNING HP 8360 This is a Safety Class I product (provided with a protective earthing ground incorporated in the power cord). The mains plug shall only be inserted in a socket outlet provided with a protective earth contact. Any interruption of the protective conductor, inside or outside the instrument, is likely to make the instrument dangerous. Intentional interruption is prohibited. Preventive Maintenance 10-1 How to Clean the Fan Filter The cooling fan, located on the rear panel, has a thin foam lter. How often the lter must be cleaned depends on the environment in which the synthesizer operates. As the lter collects dust, the fan speed increases to maintain airow (as the fan speed increases, so does the fan noise). If the lter continues to collect dust after the fan reaches maximum speed, airow is reduced and the synthesizer's internal temperature increases. If the internal temperature reaches 90C, the synthesizer automatically turns o and the amber standby LED turns on. WARNING The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch. Clean the fan lter as follows: 1. Turn o the synthesizer. 2. Remove the AC line cord. 3. Remove the two screws holding the fan shroud to the rear panel. (See Figure 10-1.) 4. Separate the fan shroud, the foam, and the honeycomb from the ground hex shroud. 5. Rinse the foam and honeycomb in warm water, then dry. 6. Reverse the removal procedure to reassemble the synthesizer. 10-2 Preventive Maintenance HP 8360 Figure 10-1. Removing the Fan Filter HP 8360 Preventive Maintenance 10-3 How to Clean the Display Filter The synthesizer's display is protected by a plastic display lter. To clean the display lter, use mild soap or detergent and water, or a commercial window cleaner (ammonia does not hurt the plastic surface). Use a soft, lint-free cloth. Do not use abrasive cleaners, tissues, or paper towels which can scratch the plastic. Under normal operation, you will need to clean only the front side of the display lter. Occasionally, depending on the environment in which the synthesizer operates, you may wish to clean the back side of the lter as follows: 1. Turn the synthesizer to standby (yellow LED on). 2. Remove the AC line cord. WARNING The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch. CAUTION When you remove the front panel, if you do not disconnect the AC line cord you can easily blow the fuse on the preregulator assembly. 3. Refer to Chapter 7 and remove the front panel, front panel processor, alphanumeric display, and the source module interface. 4. Clean the back side of the display lter and reassemble the instrument. 10-4 Preventive Maintenance HP 8360 How to Replace the Line Fuse The line fuse is located on the instrument rear panel. Replace this fuse as follows: 1. Turn the synthesizer to standby (yellow LED on). 2. Remove the AC line cord. WARNING The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch. 3. Refer to Figure 10-2. Using a small at{blade screwdriver, rotate the fuse cap counterclockwise, and remove the fuse holder. 4. Replace the original fuse. WARNING For continued protection against fire hazard replace line fuse only with same type and rating (refer to Figure 10-2). The use of other fuses or material is prohibited. 5. Replace the fuse holder in the rear panel. Using the screwdriver, rotate the fuse cap clockwise to secure the fuse holder in place. 6. Reconnect the synthesizer to line power. HP 8360 Preventive Maintenance 10-5 Figure 10-2. Replacing the Line Fuse 10-6 Preventive Maintenance HP 8360 How to Replace the CPU Battery (A15BT1) WARNING Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended. Battery A15BT1 contains lithium iodide. Do not incinerate or puncture this battery. Dispose of the discharged battery in a safe manner. Do not throw batteries away but collect as small chemical waste. CAUTION The A15 CPU Assembly may be damaged if it is placed on a conductive surface. Use a static-safe work station. Ensure that the CPU Assembly is not placed on any conductive material. Removal/Replacement 1. Remove the A15 CPU Assembly. Refer to the \6. Major Assemblies Removal" in Chapter 7 procedure in Chapter 7. Figure 10-3. A15BT1 Battery Location CAUTION HP 8360 Placing the bottom side of the A15 assembly on a conductive work surface without an insulator can result in loss of correction data stored in RAM. Protect the A15 assembly from contact with any conductive surface. Preventive Maintenance 10-7 2. Locate the battery leads on the A15 assembly, unsolder them, and remove the old battery. 3. Replace and solder the leads on the new battery, ensuring proper polarity as silkscreened on the A15 assembly. 4. Record the battery-replacement date on the battery label. 5. Replace the A15 CPU Assembly. Refer to \6. Major Assemblies Removal" in Chapter 7. 10-8 Preventive Maintenance HP 8360 Connector Care Clean and gage the synthesizer's output connector periodically. For details, refer to Application Note 326 , which documents the principles of microwave connector care. HP 8360 Preventive Maintenance 10-9 11 Option Retrofits Introduction This chapter provides option retrot information. Each option and the complexity of the retrot procedure are briey described. Some options cannot be retrotted and so are not mentioned in this chapter. Where applicable, kit part numbers are provided for both adding and deleting the option. The specic details of the retrot, including any adjustments and performance tests required after an assembly is replaced, are discussed in the installation note included in each retrot kit. The retrot kit number depends on the instrument model number. HP 8360 Option Retrofits 11-1 Option Retrofits Option Number 001 002 Option Name Add Attenuator Add Modulation/Generator 003 Delete Keyboard/Display 004 Rear Panel RF Output 008 1 Hz Capability 700 MATE Compatibility 806 Rack Mount Side Kit 908 Rack Flange Kit Without Handles 910 Extra Manual Set 913 Rack Flange Kit With Handles 11-2 Option Retrofits HP 8360 Add Attenuator (Add Option 001) Option 001 adds an attenuator to the RF deck to provide the capability of setting a wider range of output power. To add the attenuator, the RF deck must be recongured. Adjustments and performance tests that are required after installation of the attenuator are listed in Chapter 8 and in the installation note. Because the step attenuator atness test requires very specic test equipment that is not part of the standard microwave test system, and because several expensive microcircuits must be handled in the procedure, it is recommended that the instrument be returned to an HP service center for retrotting. HP Model Number 83620A 83622A Retrot Kit Part Number 08360-60218 83623A 83624A 83630A 83640A 83650A HP 8360 08360-60220 Option Retrofits 11-3 Delete Attenuator (Delete Option 001) HP Model Number 83620A 83622A Retrot Kit Part Number 08360-60129 83623A 83624A 83630A 83640A 83650A 11-4 Option Retrofits 08360-60221 HP 8360 Add Modulation/Generator (Add Option 002) Option 002 adds a digitally-synthesized internal modulation source and AM depth and FM deviation meters. Because this is a complex procedure, it is recommended that the instrument be returned to an HP service center for retrotting. Purchase of the retrot kit includes installation at an HP service center. HP 8360 HP Model Number Retrot Kit Model Number All models 83602A Option Retrofits 11-5 Delete Keyboard/Display (Add Option 003) Option 003 deletes the front panel keyboard and display, which can be desirable in an ATE environment (all instruments controls are sent over the HP-IB). This retrot requires that you remove all front panel assemblies and the front panel casting, and attach the source module interface assembly (the only board required) to the new front panel casting. This retrot does not move the front panel connectors to the rear panel. If you want the front panel connectors moved to the rear panel, order Option 004 along with Option 003. No adjustments or performance tests are required. HP Model Number Retrot Kit Part Number All models 08360-60132 Add Keyboard/Display (Delete Option 003) HP Model Number Retrot Kit Part Number All models 08360-60131 11-6 Option Retrofits HP 8360 Rear Panel RF Output (Add Option 004) Option 004 moves the RF output, external ALC input, pulse input/output, AM input, and FM input connectors from the front panel to the rear panel. Due to the unique design of the RF deck, there is no loss of output power with the rear output option. Adjustments and performance tests that are required after installation are listed in Chapter 8 and in the installation note included in the retrot kit. HP Model Number 83620A 83622A Retrot Kit Part Number 08360-60236 83623A 83624A 83630A 83640A 83650A HP 8360 08360-60237 Option Retrofits 11-7 Front Panel RF Output (Delete Option 004) HP Model Number 83620A 83622A Retrot Kit Part Number 08360-60235 83623A 83624A 83630A 83620A Opt. 003 83622A Opt. 003 08360-60239 83623A Opt. 003 83624A Opt. 003 83630A Opt. 003 83640A 83650A 83640A Opt. 003 83650A Opt. 003 11-8 Option Retrofits 08360-60238 08360-60240 HP 8360 1 Hz Capability (Add Option 008) Option 008 provides 1 Hz frequency resolution (1 kHz resolution is standard). HP BASIC 5.1 and an HP 9000 series 200 or 300 computer are required to run the software to retrot the instrument. HP Model Number Retrot Kit Part Number All models 08360-60141 MATE Compatibility (Add Option 700) Option 700 adds CIIL program commands to the instrument for MATE system compatibility. HP BASIC 5.1 and an HP 9000 series 200 or 300 computer are required to run the software to retrot the instrument. HP 8360 HP Model Number Retrot Kit Part Number All models 08360-60142 Option Retrofits 11-9 Rack Mount Slide Kit (Add Option 806) Option 806 contains the necessary hardware to mount sliding rack mounts on the synthesizer. This allows easier access to the synthesizer when it is mounted in an equipment rack. You must remove the instrument side panels to install the kit. Instructions for installation are in the installation note included in the retrot kit. HP Model Number Retrot Kit Part Number All models 08360-60143 Rack Flange Kit Without Handles (Add Option 908) Option 908 contains a pair of anges and the necessary hardware to mount the synthesizer (without handles ) in an equipment rack with 482.6 mm (19 in.) horizontal spacing. Instructions for installation are in the installation note included in the retrot kit. HP Model Number Retrot Kit Part Number All models 08360-60144 11-10 Option Retrofits HP 8360 Extra Manual Set (Add Option 910) All instruments are supplied with one complete manual set which documents operation and service. Each Option 910 (available only with the initial order) provides one additional complete manual set. To order additional manuals after initial shipment, order the individual manual part numbers, or the manual set part numbers listed in Chapter 9. Rack Flange Kit With Handles (Add Option 913) Option 913 contains a pair of anges and the necessary hardware to mount the synthesizer (with handles attached ) in an equipment rack with 482.6 mm (19 in.) horizontal spacing. Instructions for installation are in the installation note included in the retrot kit. HP 8360 HP Model Number Retrot Kit Part Number All models 08360-60145 Option Retrofits 11-11 12 Instrument History How to Use Instrument History This manual documents the current production versions of the \standalone" HP 8360 series synthesized sweepers which include the HP 83620A/22A, HP 83623A/24A, and HP 83630A/40A/50A. This manual will be modied to apply to future versions of these instrument models. Information provided in this chapter will then allow you to adapt this manual to the earlier versions. If your instrument is one of the earlier versions, you may have to modify your manual using the information in this chapter. Check the serial number prex attached to your synthesizer's rear panel and then locate it in the following tables. The tables tell you which changes to make. Incorporate the changes in reverse alphabetical order. HP 8360 Service Instrument History 12-1 Instrument History Changes Serial Prex Required Number Changes HP 83620A/22A Serial Prex Required Number Changes HP 83630A No Change 3420A No Change 3250A No Change 3250A No Change 3245A No Change 3245A No Change 3213A E, D, C 3213A E, D, C 3145A E, D, C, B 3145A E, D, C, B 3143A E, D, C, B, A 3101A E, D, C, B, A No Change 3420A HP 83623A 3420A No Change 3339A No Change HP 83640A 3250A No Change 3420A 3245A No Change 3339A No Change 3213A D 3250A No Change D, B 3245A No Change 3145A HP 83624A 3213A F, D, C 3145A F, D, C, B 3420A No Change 3250A No Change 3245A No Change 3420A No Change 3213A D 3250A No Change 3145A D, B 3245A No Change 3213A F, D, C HP 83650A 3145A F, D, C, B 3143A F, D, C, B, A 3052A F, D, C, B, A HP Internal Use Only PCO 3143:10492/3145:10497/3213A:10258/3245A:10795,10825/ 3250A:11096/3339A:08005/3420A:08174 12-2 Instrument History HP 8360 Service Change F A10 ALC Assembly HP 83640A/50A instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below have an ALC assembly with part number 08360-60222. This part number, or the rebuilt{exchange part number 08360-69222, must be used for replacement purposes. The part number documented in the \Replaceable Parts" chapter is not compatible with these instruments. HP 8360 Service Change F 12-3 Change E Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough HP 83620A/22A/30A instruments without Option 006 with serial prex numbers 3213A and below have a pulse modulation video feedthrough specication of 0.01% at frequencies 2 GHz. Replacement pages for the test records for these instruments are supplied following these instructions. Discard the equivalent pages in the \Performance Tests" chapter and replace them with the ones provided here. HP 8360 Service Change E 12-5 Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (6 of 8) Model Test No. 12. Test Description Date 80 dB 61 dB Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio 12. On/O Ratio 13. Report No. Pulse Performance Standard: 10. Risetime 25 ns 60.9 ns 10. Falltime 25 ns 60.9 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB Option 006: 14. 10. Risetime 10 ns 60.4 ns 10. Falltime 10 ns 60.4 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB Pulse Performance (Alternate) 12. Risetime 15. 25 ns 12. Falltime 25 ns 24. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21. < 2 GHz 10 dBm > 10 dBm HP 8360 Service 2% 60.22% 5% 60.4% Change E 12-7 Table 2-33. Test Record for HP 83620A and 83622A (7 of 8) Model Date Report No. Test No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 26. 2 and 20.0 GHz 16. Standard: 0.1% 60.02% Option 006: 1% 60.07% AM Accuracy < 2 GHz: 8. 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 18. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 21. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% AM Depth 11. AM Depth Opt. 002 > 2 and < 20 GHz: 17. AM Bandwidth 10. 3 dB Bandwidth 18. 19. 20. 100 kHz 610.31 kHz AM Dynamic Range 12. Normal 020 dBm 60.4 dB 23. Deep 037 dBm 61.66 dB FM Accuracy 13. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% 63.7% 23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002 010% +10% 63.7% FM Bandwidth 16. 3 dB Bandwidth 12-8 Change E 8 MHz 6320 kHz HP 8360 Service Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (6 of 8) Report No. Date 100 Hz to 060 dBc 62 dB 1 kHz to 068 dBc 62 dB 076 dBc 62 dB 097 dBc 62 dB 80 dB 61 dB Model Test No. Test Description 7. Osets at 18.0 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 kHz 12. Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio 12. On/O Ratio 13. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Pulse Performance Standard: 10. Risetime 25 ns 60.9 ns 10. Falltime 25 ns 60.9 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.1 dB 10 ns 60.4 ns Option 006: 10. Risetime 14. 10. Falltime 10 ns 60.4 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB 60.3 dB Pulse Performance (Alternate) 29. Risetime 15. 25 ns 29. Falltime 25 ns 37. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 21. < 2 GHz 10 dBm 2% 60.22% 5% 60.4% Standard: 0.1% 60.02% Option 006: 1% 60.07% > 10 dBm 26. 2 and 26.5 GHz HP 8360 Service Change E 12-9 Table 2-35. Test Record for HP 83630A (7 of 8) Model Test No. 16. Test Description < 2 GHz: 8. AM Depth > 2 and < 20 GHz: 19. 20. 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 18. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% 21. AM Depth Opt. 002 28.5% 31.5% 60.76% AM Bandwidth 10. 3 dB Bandwidth 18. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty AM Accuracy 11. AM Depth Opt. 002 17. Date Report No. 100 kHz 610.31 kHz AM Dynamic Range 12. Normal < 20 GHz 020 dBm 60.45 dB 23. Deep 037 dBm 61.65 dB 23. Deep 20 GHz 040 dBm 61.35 dB FM Accuracy 13. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% 63.7% 23. Maximum FM Error Opt. 002 010% +10% 63.7% FM Bandwidth 16. 3 dB Bandwidth 12-10 Change E 8 MHz 6320 kHz HP 8360 Service Change D A20 RF Interface Assembly Instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below have an RF interface assembly that is dierent than the one documented in this manual. For replacement purposes, however, use the part number documented in the \Replaceable Parts" chapter; it is the recommended replacement for your instrument. Rear Panel Fan Assembly Instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below have a fan that is dierent than is documented in this manual. The following gure shows the fan on these instruments. Follow the instructions given here to disassemble and reassemble the fan and use the part numbers given here for replacement. To clean the fan, disassemble the fan according to the instructions given here and rinse the fan cage, lter, and the lter retainer in warm water. When the parts are dry, reassemble the fan. HP 8360 Service Change D 12-11 Rear Panel Fan Assembly 12-12 Change D HP 8360 Service Table 12-1. Rear Panel Fan Assembly Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description 1 08360-00016 2 FAN MOUNT 2 1520-0230 4 SHOCK MOUNT .27-EFF-HGT 2-LB-LOAD-CAP 3 08360-80006 1 FAN (B1) 1 FILTER RETAINER (Not available separately) 1 FOAM FILTER 1 FAN CAGE (Not available separately) 4 5 08360-20109 6 7 0515-0372 2 SCREW-MACHINE ASSY M3X 0.5 8MM-LG 8 08360-60123 1 KIT - FAN FILTER ASSEMBLY (Includes fan cage, foam lter, and lter retainer) B1 Fan Assembly Removal WARNING 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. These servicing instructions are for use by qualified personnel only. To avoid electrical shock, do not perform any servicing unless you are qualified to do so. The opening of covers or removal of parts is likely to expose dangerous voltages. Disconnect the instrument from all voltage sources while it is being opened. The detachable power cord is the instrument disconnecting device. It disconnects the mains circuits from the mains supply before other parts of the instrument. The front panel switch is only a standby switch and is not a LINE switch. Remove the two fan cage screws (7). Remove the fan cage (6), lter (5), and lter retainer (4). Remove the four fan screws (9). Slide the fan out of the opening in the rear panel. Disconnect the two-wire fan harness. HP 8360 Service Change D 12-13 Change C Amplifier/Filter Adjustment Instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below should delete the following steps from the amplier/lter adjustment: 14, 15, 16 26, 27, 28 39, 40, 41 55, 56 A30 Directional Coupler Instruments with serial prex numbers 3213A and below (except models HP 83623A/24A) have a directional coupler instead of a bridge detector. The following information documents the directional coupler and its associated RF deck hardware and cables and includes drawings showing each RF deck with the A30 directional coupler, A40 DC blocking capacitor, and CR1 detector. HP 8360 Service Change C 12-15 In the \Replaceable Parts" chapter, add the following parts: Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description Major Assemblies A30 0955-0148 1 WAVE DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 20 GHZ MAX A30 0955-0125 1 WAVE DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 26.5 GHZ MAX A30 0955-0523 1 WAVE DIRECTIONAL COUPLER 50 GHZ MAX A40 11742A 1 DC BLOCKING CAPACITOR (HP 83620A/22A/30A) CR1 08360-60147 1 DETECTOR REPLACEMENT KIT (HP 83620A/22A/30A) CR1 08360-60148 1 DETECTOR REPLACEMENT KIT (HP 83640A) CR1 08360-60203 1 DETECTOR REPLACEMENT KIT (HP 83650A) W44 08360-20071 1 DIR COUPLER/ATTEN{A30J2/A31J1 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001) W44 08360-20079 1 DIR COUPLER/ATTEN{A30J2/A31J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001) W45 08360-20189 1 DC BLOCK/DIR COUPLER{A40J2/A30J1 (HP 83620A/22A/30A) W45 08360-20186 1 DC BLOCK/DIR COUPLER{A40J2/A30J1 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001) W59 08360-20138 1 DOUBLER/DIR COUPLER{A32J4/A30J1 (HP 83640A/50A) W59 08360-20156 1 DOUBLER/DIR COUPLER{A32J4/A30J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001) W71 08360-20249 1 PLS MOD SW FILT/COUPLER{A42J6/A30J1 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006) W71 08360-20248 1 PLS MOD SW FILT/COUPLER{A42J6/A30J1 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006) 08360-00008 1 MOUNTING BRACKET (COUPLER/DETECTOR) (HP 83620A/22A/30A) 08360-00009 1 MOUNTING BRACKET (COUPLER/DETECTOR) (HP 83640A/50A) 0520-0173 2 SM 256 .188PNPD (Attaches coupler to mounting bracket HP 83620A/22A/30A) 2200-0103 2 SMM 3.0 6 PNH TX (Attaches coupler to mounting bracket HP 83640A/50A) (HP 83620A/22A) (HP 83630A) (HP 83640A/50A) Cables Hardware 12-16 Change C HP 8360 Service In the \Replaceable Parts" chapter, delete the following parts: Ref. Desig. HP Part Number Qty Description Major Assemblies A30 5086-7645 1 BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83620A/22A/30A) A30 5086-7644 1 BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83640A/50A) W44 08360-20191 1 BRIDGE DET/ATTEN A30J5/A31J1 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006) W44 08360-20193 1 BRIDGE DET/ATTEN A30J5/A31J1 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001) W45 08360-20185 1 AMP FILTER/BRIDGE DET{A29J3/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A) W45 08360-20190 1 AMP FILTER/BRIDGE DET{A29J3/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 001) W59 08360-20194 1 DOUBLER/BRIDGE DET{A32J4/A30J4 (HP 83640A/50A) W59 08360-20192 1 DOUBLER/BRIDGE DET{A32J4/A30J4 (HP 83640A/50A Option 001) W71 08360-20252 1 PLS MOD SW FILT/BRIDGE DET{A42J6/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Option 006) W71 08360-20251 1 PLS MOD SW FILT/BRIDGE DET{A42J6/A30J4 (HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006) W73 08360-60250 1 RF INTERFACE/BRIDGE DETECTOR{A20J13/A30J3 5021-7872 1 MOUNTING BRACKET BRIDGE DETECTOR (HP 83620A/22A/30A/40A/50A) 0515-0430 2 SMM 3.0 6 PNH TX (Attaches bridge detector to mounting bracket) Cables Hardware HP 8360 Service Change C 12-17 Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck No Options 12-18 Change C HP 8360 Service Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck Option 001 HP 8360 Service Change C 12-19 Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck Option 006 12-20 Change C HP 8360 Service Cables{HP 83640A/50A RF Deck Options 001 and 006 HP 8360 Service Change C 12-21 Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck No Options 12-22 Change C HP 8360 Service Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck Option 001 HP 8360 Service Change C 12-23 Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A RF Deck Option 006 12-24 Change C HP 8360 Service Cables{HP 83620A/22A/30A Options 001 and 006 HP 8360 Service Change C 12-25 Change B 1. In the \Replaceable Parts" chapter, table 9-2, the part number for A6 that was shipped in instruments with serial prex numbers lower than 3213A was 08360-60007 (unless the instrument was congured with Option 002). However, for replacement purposes, use the existing part number in this manual. 2. In the \Replaceable Parts" chapter, gure 9-9, replace the two part numbers given for item 10 with part number 1400-0755. HP 8360 Service Change B 12-27 Change A 1. Instruments with serial prexes 3143A and below do not have the auxiliary output on the amplier/multiplier nor do they have cable W48 which connects this output to J14 on the rear panel. a. Delete all references to the auxiliary output and to W48. b. AT1 (50 SMA male termination) is located on A28J4 rather than on the rear panel J14 connector. 2. In the \Performance Tests" chapter: a. Replace the \Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough" test with the one provided after these instructions marked \Change A". b. In the \FM Bandwidth" test: i. Set the spectrum analyzer start frequency to 50 kHz. ii. Set the spectrum analyzer stop frequency to 12 MHz. iii. Use the spectrum analyzer markers to nd a 6 dB bandwidth. c. Replace the HP 83630A and 83650A test records with the test records provided after these instructions marked \Change A". 3. In the \Adjustments" chapter: a. Instead of the test setup shown in the \Amplier/Multiplier Adjustments", use the one provided after these instructions marked \Change A". HP 8360 Service Change A 12-29 15. Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Description and Procedure In CW, at specied maximum leveled power, the synthesizer is pulse modulated using a pulse generator. The synthesizer's RF output is ltered (only the video feedthrough passes), amplied, and displayed on an oscilloscope. Because of the low amplitude of the video feedthrough, a preamplier is used in the test setup; system gain must be considered when making this measurement. When video feedthrough is expressed as a percentage, the following equation is used: Video feedthrough (%) = [(video Vp/carrier Vp) x 100]/video gain 1. Preset all the instruments shown in Figure 2-21 and let them warm up for at least one hour. 2. To achieve peak power, turn on RF peaking: 4USER CAL5 Tracking Menu Peak RF Always (asterisk on) 3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-21 with the pulse generator connected directly to channel 1 of the oscilloscope (A). NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 12-30 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Change A Figure 2-21. Video Feedthrough Test Setup Equipment Pulse Generator Digitizing Oscilloscope Preamplier 130 MHz Filter 3.7 GHz Filter Attenuator 6 dB HP 8116A HP 54111D HP 8447F K & L Microwave 5LL30-130/BT2400/BP HP P/N 9135-0191 HP 8493C Option 006 System Calibration Note Change A The pulse generator output level can be aected by loading. Leave the pulse generator connected to the oscilloscope's channel 2 (through the BNC tee) as you set the output level. Performance Tests 12-31 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 4. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance On 50 mV 0V dc 50 Channel 2: Display Input Impedance Off 50 Timebase: Time/Division Delay Delay Reference 20 ns 0s At center Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Edge Channel 1 0.05V Positive Mode Source Level Slope Display: Display Mode Repetitive Averaging On Number of Averages 16 5. On the pulse generator, set: Pulse: Pulse width: Frequency: Offset: Selected 10 ns 2 MHz (500 ns) 0V 6. On the pulse generator, set the pulse amplitude for a reading of 0.1V on the oscilloscope. 12-32 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Change A Video Gain 7. Connect the pulse generator to the oscilloscope's channel 1 through the attenuator, lters, and amplier (B). 8. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Volts/Division 0.2V Offset 0.3V Input Coupling dc Input Impedance 50 0 Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Mode Source Level Slope Edge Channel 1 0.4V Negative 0 Vp 9. On the oscilloscope, note the pulse amplitude: 10. Calculate the video gain: Vp (from step 9) Video gain = system pulse generator Vp Vp = system 0:1 Vp Video Gain = Low Band Video Feedthrough Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 11. Connect the pulse generator output to the synthesizer's pulse input (C). 12. Connect the synthesizer to the oscilloscope's channel 1 through the attenuator, lters, and amplier (D). 13. On the synthesizer, press: 4CW5 First CW frequency in Table 2-21. 4ALC5 Leveling Mode Search . 4POWER LEVEL5 Maximum specied leveled power 4MOD5 Pulse On/Off Extrnl (asterisk on) NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Change A Performance Tests 12-33 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough or, for synthesizers with Option 002, instead press: 4MOD5 NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN Pulse Menu Pulse On/Off Ext Table 2-21. Low Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies Synthesizer CW Video Frequency (GHz) Feedthrough (%) 0.4 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.9 14. On the oscilloscope, set: Channel 1: Display Volts/Division Offset Input Coupling Input Impedance On 0.01 V 0V dc 50 Channel 2: Display Volts/Division Offset Off 1V 2V Timebase: Time/Division Delay Delay Reference 200 ns 400 ns At center 12-34 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Change A Trigger: Trigger Trigger Trigger Trigger Mode Source Level Slope Display: Display Mode Averaging Number of averages 15. On the pulse generator, set: Pulse width: Frequency: Offset: Amplitude: Edge Channel 2 1V Positive Repetitive On 64 500 ns 200 kHz (5 0V 5V s) 16. On the oscilloscope, note the maximum voltage from the baseline (see Vp Figure 2-22). Video feedthrough (Vp) = Figure 2-22. Measuring Maximum Voltage from the Baseline Video Feedthrough Change A Performance Tests 12-35 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 17. Using the video gain from step 10, the video feedthrough (Vp) from step 16, and the carrier voltage from Table 2-22, calculate the video feedthrough as a percent of carrier power: Video feedthrough (%) = [(video Vp/carrier Vp)x100]/video gain Table 2-22. Power Level Conversions to Volts Peak Synthesizer Maximum Peak Carrier Specied Power (dBm) Voltage1 (V) Into 50 0 0.316 0.5 0.335 2.0 0.398 3.0 0.447 4.0 0.501 5.5 0.596 7.0 0.707 10.0 1.000 10.5 1.059 12.0 1.259 13.0 1.413 17.0 2.239 20.0 3.162 1 PdBm010 Peak Carrier Voltage = 10 20 18. Record the video feedthrough (in Table 2-21). 19. Repeat steps 16 through 18 for the remaining CW frequencies in Table 2-21. 20. Record the worst case value from Table 2-21 on the test record. 12-36 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Change A High Band Video Feedthrough Note Typically, high band video feedthrough is so small that it is dicult to measure. Use the following procedure to verify that the video feedthrough is negligible. 21. On the oscilloscope, set channel 1 to 1 mV/div. 22. On the synthesizer, set the rst CW frequency in Table 2-23. Table 2-23. High Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies Frequency Video (GHz) Feedthrough (Vp) 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 23.0 23. On the oscilloscope, note the maximum voltage from the baseline. Video feedthrough (Vp) = Vp. Record this value in Table 2-23.. 24. Repeat steps 22 and 23 for each value in Table 2-23. 25. Using the worst case voltage (largest value) from (Table 2-23), calculate the video feedthrough as follows using the video gain from step 10: Video Feedthrough (Vp) = Video Vp/Video Gain Record this value on the test record. Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough > 20 GHz Disregard if beyond your synthesizer's capability. 26. Remove the 130 MHz lter from the test setup. 27. Repeat steps 7 through 10 to check video gain once more. Change A Performance Tests 12-37 Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 28. On the oscilloscope, reset channel 1 to 0.01 volts/division. 29. Repeat steps 13 and 16 through 17 (the oscilloscope and pulse generator are already set up) for the CW frequencies in Table 2-24. Do not exceed the maximum frequency of your synthesizer. Record the video feedthrough (in Table 2-24). Table 2-24. Millimeter Band Video Feedthrough Frequencies Frequency Video (GHz) Feedthrough (%) 23.0 28.0 35.0 45.0 30. Record the worst case value in Table 2-24 on the test record. Related Adjustments None In Case of Difficulty Refer to the Troubleshooting manual. 12-38 Performance Tests Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough Change A Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (1 of 8) Test Facility: Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency C % Hz (nominal) Firmware Revision Special Notes: Change A Performance Tests 12-39 HP 83630A Test Record Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (2 of 8) Model Report Number Test Equipment Used Model Number Date Trace Number Cal Due Date 1. Digital Oscilloscope 2. Measuring Receiver 3. Power Sensor 4. Power Meter 5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6. Function Generator 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 12-40 Performance Tests HP 83630A Test Record Change A Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (3 of 8) Model Test No. Test Description 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate 7. 2. Date Report No. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 5x10 010 /day Calculated Rate Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value: 0.1% of 10. Start Freq Stop Freq 3. Frequency Switching Time 8. 4. sweep 70 ms CW Step 16. Stepped Sweep 5 ms 25. Frequency List 70 ms Power Accuracy >010 dBm < 2 GHz 00.6 dB +0.6 dB 2 and 20 GHz 00.7 dB +0.7 dB 00.9 dB +0.9 dB < 2 GHz 00.5 dB +0.5 dB 2 and 20 GHz 00.6 dB +0.6 dB 00.8 dB +0.8 dB 14. Power > 20 and 26.5 GHz 5. Power Flatness 5. > 20 and 26.5 GHz 6. Maximum Leveled Power 6. Standard: 0.01 to 26.5 GHz +4.0 dBm 0.01 to 20 GHz +13.0 dBm Option 001: Change A 0.01 to 26.5 GHz +2.0 dBm 0.01 to 20 GHz +11.5 dBm Performance Tests 12-41 HP 83630A Test Record Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (4 of 8) Model Test No. 7. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty External Leveling 7. Minimum Power 10. Maximum Power 8. Date Report No. 00.2 mV 00.5 V Spurious Signals: Harmonic Harmonics 8. 0.01 to < 1.8 GHz 21. 1.8 and 26.5 GHz 035 dBc 0 50 dBc Subharmonics 9. 12. 7 and 20 GHz 050 dBc 21. 050 dBc > 20 and 26.5 GHz Spurious Signals: Non-harmonic 11. Spur Frequency: 060 dBc 060 dBc 060 dBc 060 dBc 125 kHz 060 dBc 500 kHz 060 dBc 16. Spur Frequency: 100 MHz Fixed 060 dBc 100 MHz Oset 060 dBc LO Feedthrough 060 dBc 20. Low Band Mixer Spur 12-42 Performance Tests HP 83630A Test Record 060 dBc Change A Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (5 of 8) Model Report No. Test No. Test Description 10. Spurious Signals: Line Related Date Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 10. At 6.99 GHz: 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc 10. At 1.9 GHz: 11. 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc Single Sideband Phase Noise 7. Osets at 6.99 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 Hz to 070 dBc 1 kHz to 078 dBc 100 kHz 7. 0107 dBc Osets at 1.97 GHz: < 1 kHz 1 kHz to < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 Hz to 100 kHz 7. 086 dBc 070 dBc 078 dBc 086 dBc 0107 dBc Osets at 18.0 GHz: < 1 kHz 1 kHz to < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 076 dBc 100 kHz 097 dBc 100 Hz to Change A 060 dBc 068 dBc Performance Tests 12-43 HP 83630A Test Record Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (6 of 8) Model Test No. 12. Test Description 14. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio 12. On/O Ratio 13. 80 dB Pulse Performance 10. Risetime 25 ns 10. Falltime 25 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Performance (Alternate) 29. Risetime 15. Date Report No. 25 ns 29. Falltime 25 ns 37. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 20. < 2 GHz 2% 2 mV 25. 2 and 26.5 GHz 16. AM Accuracy < 2 GHz: 8. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 11. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 18. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 21. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% > 2 and < 20 GHz: 12-44 Performance Tests HP 83630A Test Record Change A Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (7 of 8) Model Test No. 17. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty AM Bandwidth 10. 3 dB Bandwidth 18. Date Report No. 100 kHz AM Dynamic Range 12. Normal 19. Normal Internal < 20 GHz 020 dBm 30. Deep 037 dBm 30. Deep 20 GHz 040 dBm < 20 GHz 037 dBm 38. Deep Internal 20 GHz 040 dBm 37. Deep Internal 19. 20. 020 dBm FM Accuracy 13. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% 23. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% FM Bandwidth 17. 6 dB Bandwidth 21. 10 MHz Maximum FM Deviation 12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz: > 675 MHz Deviation Pass/Fail 24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz: Modulation Index 5 Change A 1 GHz 500 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 17 GHz 1.5 MHz 22 GHz 2 MHz Performance Tests 12-45 HP 83630A Test Record Table 2-36. Test Record for HP 83630A (8 of 8) Model Date Report No. Test No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz: Modulation Index 5 1 GHz 5 MHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz: >68 MHz deviation 22. 23. 1 GHz 8 MHz 5 GHz 8 MHz Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt. 002) 5. Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 7. Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns Modulation Meter (Opt. 002) 5. AM Meter 25% 35% 7. AM Meter 25% 35% 11. FM Meter 4.95 MHz 5.05 MHz 13. FM Meter 950 kHz 1.05 MHz 12-46 Performance Tests HP 83630A Test Record Change A Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (1 of 8) Test Facility: Report Number Date Customer Tested by Model Ambient temperature Serial Number Relative humidity Options Line frequency C % Hz (nominal) Firmware Revision Special Notes: Change A Performance Tests 12-47 HP 83650A Test Record Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (2 of 8) Model Report Number Test Equipment Used Model Number Date Trace Number Cal Due Date 1. Digital Oscilloscope 2. Measuring Receiver 3. Power Sensor 4. Power Meter 5. Microwave Spectrum Analyzer 6. Function Generator 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 12-48 Performance Tests HP 83650A Test Record Change A Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (3 of 8) Model Test No. Test Description 1. Internal Timebase: Aging Rate 7. 2. Date Report No. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 5x10 010 /day Calculated Rate Swept Frequency Accuracy Worst Case Value: 0.1% of 10. Start Freq Stop Freq 3. Frequency Switching Time 8. 4. 16. Stepped Sweep 5 ms 70 ms Power Accuracy > 010 dBm: < 2 GHz 00.6 dB 0.6 dB 2 and 20 GHz 00.7 dB 0.7 dB 00.9 dB 0.9 dB 01.7 dB 1.7 dB < 2 GHz 00.5 dB 0.5 dB 2 and 20 GHz 00.6 dB 0.6 dB 00.8 dB 0.8 dB 01.5 dB 1.5 dB > 20 and 40 GHz > 40 GHz Power Flatness 5. > 20 and 40 GHz > 40 GHz 6. 70 ms CW Step: 25. Frequency List 14. 5. sweep Maximum Leveled Power 10. Standard: 0.01 to 50 GHz 0 dBm 0.01 to +3.0 dBm < 40 GHz 0.01 to < 26.5 GHz 0.01 to < 20 GHz Change A +4.0 dBm +7.0 dBm Performance Tests 12-49 HP 83650A Test Record Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (4 of 8) Model Date Report No. Test No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Option 001: 0.01 to 50 GHz 02.5 dBm 0.01 to +1.0 dBm 0.01 to +2.0 dBm < 40 GHz < 26.5 GHz 0.01 to < 20 GHz 7. External Leveling 7. 00.2 mV Minimum Power 10. Maximum Power 8. +5.5 dBm 00.5 V Spurious Signals: Harmonic Harmonics: 8. < 50 MHz 8. 50 MHz and < 1.8 GHz 29. 1.8 to 50 GHz 030 dBc 035 dBc 045 dBc Subharmonics; 12. 7 and 20 GHz 050 dBc 29. 040 dBc 37. 9. > 20 and 40 GHz > 40 and 50 GHz 035 dBc Spurious Signals: Non-harmonic 11. Spur Frequency: 060 dBc 060 dBc 060 dBc 060 dBc 125 kHz 060 dBc 500 kHz 060 dBc 16. Spur Frequency: 100 MHz Fixed 060 dBc 100 MHz Oset 060 dBc LO Feedthrough 060 dBc 12-50 Performance Tests HP 83650A Test Record Change A Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (5 of 8) Model Report No. Test No. Test Description 20. Low Band Mixer Spur 10. Date Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 060 dBc Spurious Signals: Line Related 10. At 6.99 GHz: 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc At 1.9 GHz: 11. 120 Hz Spur 055 dBc 180 Hz Spur 055 dBc 240 Hz Spur 055 dBc Single Sideband Phase Noise 7. Osets at 6.99 GHz: < 1 kHz 1 kHz to < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 Hz to 100 kHz 7. 078 dBc 086 dBc 0107 dBc Osets at 1.97 GHz: < 1 kHz < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 100 Hz to 070 dBc 1 kHz to 078 dBc 100 kHz 7. 070 dBc 086 dBc 0107 dBc Osets at 18.0 GHz: < 1 kHz 1 kHz to < 10 kHz 10 kHz to < 100 kHz 068 dBc 100 kHz 097 dBc 100 Hz to Change A 060 dBc 076 dBc Performance Tests 12-51 HP 83650A Test Record Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (6 of 8) Model Test No. 12. Test Description 14. Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty Pulse Modulation On/O Ratio 80 dB 12. On/O Ratio 13. Pulse Performance 10. Risetime 25 ns 10. Falltime 25 ns 21. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Performance (Alternate) 33. Risetime 15. Date Report No. 25 ns 33. Falltime 25 ns 43. Level Accuracy 60.3 dB Pulse Modulation Video Feedthrough 20. 16. < 2 GHz 2% 25. 2 and 26.5 GHz 2 mV 30. 0.3% > 26.5 and 50 GHz AM Accuracy Low Band 8. < 2 GHz: AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 11. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 18. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 21. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 29. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% 32. AM Depth 28.5% 31.5% High Band > 2 and < 20 GHz: Doubled High Band > 20 GHz: 12-52 Performance Tests HP 83650A Test Record Change A Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (7 of 8) Model Test No. 17. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty AM Bandwidth 10. 3 dB Bandwidth 18. Date Report No. 100 kHz AM Dynamic Range 12. Normal 19. Normal Internal < 20 GHz 020 dBm 30. Deep 040 dBm 30. Deep 20 GHz 030 dBm < 20 GHz 040 dBm 38. Deep Internal 20 GHz 030 dBm 37. Deep Internal 19. 20. 020 dBm FM Accuracy 13. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% 23. Maximum FM Error 010% +10% FM Bandwidth 17. 6 dB Bandwidth 21. 10 MHz Maximum FM Deviation 12. DC FM Unlocked 100 Hz: > 675 MHz Deviation Pass/Fail 24. AC FM Locked 100 kHz: Modulation Index 5 Change A 1 GHz 500 kHz 5 GHz 500 kHz 9 GHz 1 MHz 17 GHz 1.5 MHz 22 GHz 2 MHz Performance Tests 12-53 HP 83650A Test Record Table 2-38. Test Record for HP 83650A (8 of 8) Model Date Report No. Test No. Test Description Minimum Maximum Measurement Spec. Results Spec. Uncertainty 24. AC FM Locked 1 MHz: Modulation Index 5 1 GHz 5 MHz 5 GHz 5 MHz 24. AC FM Locked 3 MHz: > 68 MHz deviation 22. 23. 1 GHz 8 MHz 5 GHz 8 MHz Internal Pulse Accuracy (Opt. 002) 5. Pulse Width 20 ns 30 ns 7. Pulse Width 45 ns 55 ns Modulation Meter (Opt. 002) 5. AM Meter 25% 35% 7. AM Meter 25% 35% 11. FM Meter 4.95 MHz 5.05 MHz 13. FM Meter 950 kHz 1.05 MHz 12-54 Performance Tests HP 83650A Test Record Change A Figure 12-1. Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Setup Change A Adjustments 12-55 Amplifier/Multiplier Adjustments Index 1 10 MHz reference standard removal, 7-36 10 MHz standard adjustment interval, 3-9 10 MHz standard adjustment, 3-5 125 kHz reference spur, 3-13 A ADC adjustment, 5-15 adjustments 10 MHz standard, 3-5 ALC power level accuracy, 3-91 AM accuracy, 3-102 AM delay, 3-106 AM/FM DAC oset and gain, 3-100 AM input impedance, 3-114 amplier lter, 3-49 external trigger edge selection, 3-123 FM gain, 3-109 FM input impedance, 3-117 fractional-N reference and API spurs, 3-13 fractional-N VCO, 3-11 low power SRD bias, 3-84 modulation generator atness, 3-120 modulator oset and gain, 3-86 power atness, 3-97 sampler assembly, 3-19 square wave symmetry, 3-112 sweep ramp, 3-18 volts/GHz, 3-125 YO driver +10V reference, 3-24 YO driver gain and linearity, 3-26 YO loop gain, 3-29 ALC power level accuracy adjustment, 3-91 alphanumeric display removal, 7-12 AM accuracy, 2-96 AM accuracy adjustment, 3-102 AM bandwidth, 2-104 AM delay adjustment, 3-106 AM dynamic range, 2-107 AM/FM DAC oset and gain adjustment, 3-100 AM input impedance adjustment, 3-114 amplier/lter adjustment, 3-49 amplier lter removal, 7-54 amplier multiplier removal, 7-54 amplier removal, 7-54 amplier switch removal, 7-54 API1 spur, 3-13 API2 spur, 3-13 automated adjustments ADC adjustment, 5-15 power atness adjustment, 5-16 step attenuator atness, 5-12 YO delay adjustment, 5-14 automated performance tests step attenuator atness, 5-7 automated tests BASIC, 5-2 binaries, 5-2 copying disks, 5-3 Index-1 equipment, 5-2 software installation, 5-3 AUX OUTPUT disconnection, 7-31 B BASIC automated tests, 5-2 binaries automated tests, 5-2 blocking capacitor removal, 7-50 BNC connectors removal, 7-31 BNC connectors, Option 004 removal, 7-44 C calibration constants, 4-1 changing, 4-6 default, 4-8 denition, 4-1 descriptions, 4-8 loading, 4-7 memory areas, 4-2 saving, 4-7 calibration constants utility, 5-22 checksum verication, 4-3 connector care, 10-9 coupler removal, 7-54 D DC blocking capacitor removal, 7-50, 7-54 diode switch removal, 7-54 directional coupler removal, 7-54 disassembly front panel, 7-4 motherboard, 7-70 rear panel, 7-26 RF deck, 7-45 display lter cleaning, 10-4 Index-2 display lter removal, 7-21 display removal, 7-12 doubler removal, 7-54 dual modulator removal, 7-54 E EEPROM storage calibration constants, 4-2 external ALC input removal, 7-44 external leveling, 2-37 external trigger edge selection adjustment, 3-123 F fan noise, 10-2 speed, 10-2 fan lter cleaning, 10-2 fan removal, 7-29 lter display, 10-4 lter removal, 7-54 FM accuracy, 2-114 FM bandwidth, 2-118 FM gain adjustment, 3-109 FM input impedance adjustment, 3-117 fractional-N reference and API apurs adjustment, 3-13 fractional-N VCO adjustment, 3-11 frequency switching time, 2-22 front panel BNC connectors removal, 7-17 front panel disassembly, 7-4 front panel emulation, 5-19 front panel processor removal, 7-11 front panel removal, 7-8, 7-74 fuse line fuse replacement, 10-5 rear panel, 10-5 fuse housing removal, 7-42 H O I internal pulse accuracy, 2-131 internal timebase aging rate, 2-8 oces, xi operation verication, 2-4 operation verication form, 2-6 Option 004 BNC connectors removal, 7-44 J P Hewlett-Packard oces, xi J10 removal, 7-31 J14 removal, 7-31 J1 RF output connector removal, 7-15, 7-32 J1 RF output connector removal, front panel, 7-76 J1 RF output connector removal, Option 004, 7-78 J6 removal, 7-31 J7 removal, 7-31 K keyboard reassembly, 7-22 keyboard removal, 7-18 L line lter removal, 7-43 line fuse, 10-5 lowband assembly removal, 7-54 low power SRD bias adjustment, 3-84 M maximum FM deviation, 2-124 maximum leveled power, 2-34 microcircuit removal, 7-54 modulation generator atness adjustment, 3-120 modulation meter, 2-133 modulator oset and gain adjustment, 3-86 motherboard disassembly, 7-70 motherboard removal, 7-85 password, 4-3 bypassing, 4-5 disabling, 4-4 entering, 4-4 setting, 4-5 performance tests AM accuracy, 2-96 AM bandwidth, 2-104 AM dynamic range, 2-107 external leveling, 2-37 FM accuracy, 2-114 FM bandwidth, 2-118 frequency switching time, 2-22 internal pulse accuracy, 2-131 internal timebase, 2-8 maximum FM deviation, 2-124 maximum leveled power, 2-34 modulation meter, 2-133 power accuracy, 2-28 power atness, 2-31 pulse modulation on/o ratio, 2-65 pulse modulation video feedthrough, 2-87 pulse performance, 2-68 pulse performance (alternate), 2-76 single sideband phase noise, 2-60 spurious signals (harmonics & subharmonics), 2-40 spurious signals (line-related), 2-56 spurious signals (non-harmonic), 2-50 swept frequency accuracy, 2-12 power accuracy, 2-28 power atness, 2-31 Index-3 power atness adjustment, 3-97, 5-16 power sensor calibration factor, 5-23 power sensor conguration, 5-23 prex number, x pulse modulation on/o ratio, 2-65 pulse modulation video feedthrough, 2-87 pulse performance, 2-68 pulse performance (alternate test), 2-76 R RAM checksum, 4-3 RAM storage calibration constants, 4-2 rear panel BNC connectors removal, 7-31 rear panel disassembly, 7-26 rear panel interface removal, 7-38 rear panel removal, 7-34, 7-79 reassembly keyboard, 7-22 removal 10 MHz reference standard, 7-36 alphanumeric display, 7-12 connectors, front panel BNC, 7-17 connectors, Option 004 BNC, 7-44 connectors, rear panel BNC, 7-31 DC blocking capacitor, 7-50 display lter, 7-21 fan, 7-29 front panel, 7-8, 7-11, 7-74 front panel BNC connectors, 7-17 fuse housing, 7-42 keyboard, 7-18 line lter, 7-43 motherboard, 7-85 rear panel, 7-34, 7-79 rear panel interface, 7-38 RF deck, 7-83 RF output connector, 7-15, 7-32 RPG, 7-14 Index-4 source module interface, 7-13 transformer, 7-37 voltage selector switch, 7-40 replacement front panel, 7-4 motherboard, 7-70 rear panel, 7-26 RF deck, 7-45 RF deck lifting up, 7-47 RF deck disassembly, 7-45 RF deck removal, 7-83 RF output connector removal, 7-32 RF output connector removal, front panel, 7-76 RF output connector removal, rear panel, 7-78 RPG1 rotary pulse generator removal, 7-14 S sales oces, xi sampler assembly adjustment, 3-19 self-test utility, 5-22 serial number, x service oces, xi service position RF deck, 7-47 single sideband phase noise, 2-60 software loading, 5-4 software bugs, 5-6 source module interface removal, 7-13 spur adjustments, 3-13 spurious signals (Harmonics & subharmonics), 2-40 spurious signals (line-related), 2-56 spurious signals (non-harmonic), 2-50 square wave symmetry adjustment, 3-112 step attenuator atness adjustment, 5-12 step attenuator atness performance test, 5-7 step attenuator removal, 7-54 storage calibration constants, 4-2 sweep ramp adjustment, 3-18 swept frequency accuracy, 2-12 T T1 transformer removal, 7-37 timebase oscillator adjustment, 3-5 transformer removal, 7-37 U V VCO tuning voltage, 3-11 voltage selector switch removal, 7-40 volts/GHz adjustment, 3-125 Y YIG oscillator removal, 7-54 YO delay adjustment, 5-14 YO driver +10V reference adjustment, 3-24 YO driver gain and linearity adjustment, 3-26 YO loop gain adjustment, 3-29 UVEPROM calibration constants, 4-2 Index-5
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project